Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi
    The New Zealand Government: A United States SEC Registered Corporation  |  Who Owns New Zealand's Banks - And Australia's Banks - Anyone's Banks?
Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

· Home / Introduction


· Current Events & Breaking News

· Cabal / Illuminati / NWO Watch

· Mainstream Media Manipulation

· Banking Crimes & Criminals

· Political Crimes & Criminals

· Feature Articles

· Positive Developments


· NWO Globalist Agenda

· Secret Societies & The Illuminati

· Conspiracy To Rule The World

· What / Who Is "The Crown"?

· Agenda 21 In New Zealand

· Surveillance Society/Police State

· 'Terrorism' & Engineered Wars

· Eugenics / Depopulation Agenda

· Religion As A Tool For Control

· Common Law Vs Statute Law


· The Climate Change Scam

· Chemtrails & Geoengineering

· Suppressed Science

· Positive New Technologies

· Cures, Health & Wellbeing

· Dangerous & Dirty Technology

· Spiritual Aspects & Metaphysics

· The Extra-Terrestrial Presence


· Suppressed / Hidden History

· Real New Zealand History

· The Opal File: NZ / AUS History

· 150+ NWO Globalist Quotes


· Political Commentary

· Positive Resources

· Resistance, Resources & Links

· Contact

Newsletter archive - click here

Site Search:

Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
News Archives


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Anna von Reitz: The Banking System Including Specifics On The World Bank And Karen Hudes
February 24 2020 | From: PhiBetaIota / Various

The banks are crooked. All of them. They have no other choice. And THAT is the problem.

We have, whether we know it or not, created a criminal banking system and then stood back and let it roll. What kind of results do we expect from that?

Related: The Astounding Profit Australian Banks Make In New Zealand Every Hour & Debt Scam Disclosure

A train wreck is what I expect from that, and “transitioning” out of this crooked system is made difficult by the fact that both alternative models, the gold-backed system and the quantum system, are known to be crooked, too.

What bothers me is that the bankers know this and I know this and you should know it if you don’t - but nobody is talking about this fundamental fact.

The Federal Reserve [Worldwide Reserve Banking] system is a fantasy built on grossly criminal practices requiring impersonation, enslavement, and barratry.

The IMF system is built on a currency commodity rigging scheme - the “Exchange Stabilization Fund”.

The BRICs system is built on manipulation of gold reserves and artificially restricting access to gold - commodity rigging, again.

The Quantum system is another fantasy built on manipulation of old MS-DOs programming and manipulation of digits, more rigging...

Related: The Federal Reserve Cartel: The Eight Families + 7 Not-So-Secret Homes Of Super Secret Societies

It’s all about manipulation of “perceived values” of symbols and artificially controlling access to commodities. It’s all crooked. And if you think about it more than five minutes, it’s also crazy.

It’s idolatry. Just like people used to carve statues and worship the “image of God” they had themselves created, we create these “symbols of value” - coins, pieces of paper, etc. - and give them value based on our belief that they have value.

Years ago I waved a dollar bill at a friend who was staring at me like I was nuts.

I said to him, “Look at this! What is it? It’s a piece of paper! And it’s not even a useful piece of paper. It’s printed all over, so not good to write on. It’s too stiff and hard-surfaced to use for toilet paper.

What in the hell do you think this is? What gives it any “value” if not your pig-headed belief that it HAS value?”


And it is the same thing with a gold coin. Sure, gold is a metal, so relatively speaking, more valuable than paper.

It’s even a fairly rare metal with some special properties as metal, which increases its value for some industrial applications.

Related: Gold Standard Versus Keynes: Which Is Economically Illiterate?

But, when you get right down to it, what good is it to you? Can you eat it? Wear it? Will it keep you warm or fuel your car?

And if you don’t use gold or silver, what other commodities are you going to arbitrarily pick? Blueberry jam? Seltzer water?

You see, this whole system of thinking and doing things is crazy, so instead of arguing over which idiot-system we are going to use, let’s stop being idiots.

There is only one (1) and exactly one (1) honest form of money possible.

And that is money based on the value of all traded commodities and all labor, worldwide.

A currency based on all traded commodities and all labor immediately guts the motivation for rigging commodities and buffers everyone against losses. It also puts a curb on “futures trading” - because every country is a producer of “currency standard goods”, and so, at least potentially, is every individual.

So, we could have honest money, free trade, and global harmony for the cost of issuing a currency based on the total value of traded goods and labor, worldwide.

It could be issued by one international Think Tank and all the various countries could take turns sending their own oversight teams to make sure nobody was fudging anything.

Related: Helen Clark, Don McKinnon Front NZ Chapter Of US Think-Tank & The Mundane Reality Of Think Tanks

That takes care of the fear that there would be one bank controlled by one set of all powerful bureaucrats.

Along with this, strict and permanent accords would have to be adopted guaranteeing every living man and woman the absolute right to engage in trade and to use this global currency without restriction or fear of losing access to it and the transfer systems related to it.

Our money would stand for the labor, both skilled and unskilled, of workers in China as well as Belize, Germany, and all the other countries of the world. It would stand for all the commodities traded on every stock exchange worldwide.

So a gain in the value of skilled labor in Bangladesh would increase the value of the money worldwide, and a new forest planted in Brazil would increase the value of the money worldwide.

In this way, the monetary system would encourage everyone to do better and to help each other.

It would also encourage every government on Earth to be diligent in guarding against counterfeiting and hoarding and other evils, because they would know that it was their money being victimized by these practices, along with everyone else’s.

Related: Reserve Bank Funding Agreement Ratified - But Who / What The Hell Is "The Reserve Bank Of New Zealand"? 

Ah, but what about the Eternal Problem? How to pay for the disabled, the sick, the elderly, the infants - all those who, for one reason or another, are not able to pull their weight?

We simply value them more, and in our new banking system, we give them extra tokens.

Life itself is infinitely valuable, beyond price.

So we need to stop focusing on the comparatively petty issue of how do we feed the poor and infirm - and start focusing on the much larger issue of properly valuing life and thereby valuing our brothers and sisters, fathers and mothers, friends and neighbors, the dogs at our feet and the trees lining our streets.

Comment: The following links were articles recently released by the 'Reserve Bank of New Zealand.'

In an utterly obsurd attempt to keep the narrative going that the local chapter of a Rothschild-run private central bank has any legitimacy to lend currency to a nation - they bang on about being inclusive of all racial groups - and get this - even pat themselves on the back for winning a central bank award for transparency?

Transparency from a central bank? Who are they kidding?


These lying criminals can see the writing on the wall.

“It is important for our legitimacy that a broad cross-section of New Zealanders – rather than a few technical experts or regulated institutions – are interested in and understand our activities. Where we fit, what we do, and what we don’t do. We are working for all current and future New Zealanders.”

"We want to be a ‘Great Team, Best Central Bank’ and transparency plays a crucial part to get there. This award recognises our efforts to bringing a higher level of transparency and accountability in achieving our mandate,” Mr Orr said. "

These quotes are absolute nonsense.

The people are waking up - and in this context they are now repeating the most important question of all relating to this:

“Why is a privately owned and run banking institution issuing and controlling the currency of my country?”

Aiming for Great and Best for Te Pūtea Matua

RBNZ Monetary Policy Handbook internationally recognised for transparency

After all, everything that we trade and everything that we earn from work and services, is all predicated on being alive and having needs and desires as living people.

Most of us are both producers and consumers, but those who are only able to consume are vitally important as well.

It is the consumers who give meaning and value to what the producers produce, whether it is goods or services.

Consumers are the ultimate source of “perceived value” in any such system. Put another way, it’s my hunger that makes your hot dog valuable in the first place.

Related: Why Gold Is Money - Fiat Money Creates An Immoral Society: Money With Real Value Is Crucial

If we remember these simple facts when we create economic service systems - and that is all that banking and insurance and stock and bond markets are - and properly value consumers for what they contribute, then everything falls back into balance. Both the yin and the yang have their due.

From that perspective, it then becomes possible for people to see that all of this, whether honest or crooked in its factual operation, is arbitrary.

It’s a game. We are keeping tally and nobody really knows why.

That simple act of keeping track of what goes into the system and what comes out of the system and into “your” account and “my” account, is what creates the illusion of limitation, separation, and value. Accounting makes rich men rich and poor men poor.

Accounting is the mechanism of enslavement, just as law is the instrument of condemnation.

So we need to ask ourselves - what are we accounting for? Why?

Perhaps it might make sense if the purpose of accounting was to make sure that everyone gets a fair share, or to make sure that something pencils out in terms of effort going into it versus benefit coming out of it, but instead, the main purpose of accounting in the modern world is to keep track of digits and shunt them here and there, to keep a tally of symbols - signifying what? Non-existent piles of silver? Hours that nobody ever worked?

Related: The Bankers’ Scam - The Power Of Money: Beat The Bankers Through Debt Termination & Commonwealth Bank Of Australia: One Of The Largest Banks In The World Just Accused Of Laundering Millions For Drug Cartels

This might be harmless enough in a theoretical world, but our actual experience tells us that it is harmful, because people forget it is a game and charlatans make false claims in commerce based on these tallymarks.

They take actual homes and farms and factories “in return for” - well, nothing at all.

Yes, I will give you credit for reading this, because most people can’t bear to think about these things - and I will note that there is no big difference between me “giving you credit” for reading this and any bank giving you credit for filling out a loan application, pledging your assets to them, so that they have credit to loan you.

You finally see how stupid this is? How important it is to know what you are valuing? And how that value is accounted fof?

Value, like beauty, is actually in the eye of the beholder. It doesn’t exist external to the relationship between individual Producers and individual Consumers.

So focus the economic services industry on the relationship between Consumer and Producer, and properly value the Consumers.

The simpler, more mindful, more direct, and more honest we can make the interface between Consumers and Producers on a worldwide basis, the better.

Related: Central Bank Issues Stunning Warning: "If The Entire System Collapses, Gold Will Be Needed To Start Over" & If You Borrow Money From The Bank, It Holds A Grip (‘Death Pledge’) Over You

Instead of quibbling about what physical material we use to make tokens - our little Tiki gods made of gold, plastic, paper or what-have-you - or what form the tokens take, our attention should be on what we value and why we value it and how we account for it.

The more abundant and the more widely dispersed the tokens are, whatever we use as tokens, the better.

We don’t need to be coy or chintzy about our reasons for distributing tokens, either, so as to make them seem more valuable by being scarce. We can freely give every man, woman, and child on this planet more than enough tokens to live and live well, which should be the goal of any sane economic system.

And then, we need to ask ourselves a lot of disturbing questions like: do we really need ten Barbie dolls?

Do we need to eat meat every night of the week? What impacts do our consumer choices have on the planet? The plants, the animals, and other people?

Do we need to make other choices and value other things? Or value different things more?

Maybe love and health should hit the scales and weigh in as being “valuable”? These are the worthy questions, and the answers we give can change the world.

Related: The World’s Best Economist

It really doesn’t matter whether we use gold, paper, plastic, or digits as a “medium of trade”.

Whatever tokens we use to represent value, they remain tokens, in the same way that a statue representing a saint remains a statue.

So let’s re-focus our thinking and the worldwide debate about banks and “money” and currencies, and most of all about “value” - and let’s squarely face such questions as, “Can value be stored?”

I, for one, don’t believe that value can be stored in a gold coin like storing electrons in a car battery; rather, I see that some delusions are more durable than others. People more readily believe that gold has value, so according to their belief, it does.

But that’s like saying I believe in ghosts, so I am more scared when I hear something go bump in the night.

It’s not a reflection of the value of gold. It’s a reflection of people’s long term belief in the value of gold.

Let’s ask - what is our standard for assigning “value” to a cord of wood, or an hour of time? Let’s ask why your hour as a brain surgeon is so much more valuable than my hour cleaning ten toilets?

Related: The Next Move To Steal Your Money: A Plan To Rip-Off Your Wealth

Most of all, let’s ask who all this really belongs to - because to be honest, none of us created any of what we are trading.

Even our ability to walk around and think and perform work is being constantly created for us by powers we don’t begin to comprehend.

So, in the final analysis, what are we doing, but indulging in an adult game of “Pretend”?

Let’s look at what we are doing, why we are doing it, and how we are doing it. And then answer the real question that we are being asked by the entire Universe: what do you want? Do you want things to be like this?

And if not, let’s change it.

Related: Karen Hudes: What The Flack?

Karen Hudes is a flak for the World Bank - but this statement requires analysis of what the “World Bank” is. It’s a bank of banks, controlled by bankers from all over the world.

So what happens when the World Bank does things that endanger or offend the member banks?

If things get bad enough and the implications liability-wise are clear enough, those member banks that stand to lose the most will need a “whistleblower” to dampen down the improper actions being taken by the World Bank.

The same scenario could develop within the World Bank itself. The Directors could find themselves being outgunned and out-maneuvered by several very powerful member banks - in effect, forced to do immoral or illegal things and left to take the blame for it.

Enter Karen Hudes.

That is the kind of “Whistleblower” she is - not the brave, lonely figure alerting the world to criminal wrong-doing, but the Insider being employed to blow the whistle because internal organizational control mechanisms aren’t working.

You might think of her as the person being paid to pull the emergency brake on a runaway train.

Related: The Conspiracy to Rule the World: #33: The World Bank

So, she’s certainly not an enemy of the World Bank. She still indirectly works for them and so, last time I looked, does her husband.

She was, in fact, taking action to help at least some factions within the World Bank and most likely, her activities stem from the second scenario - that is, most likely she was working for some of the directors of the World Bank to save the World Bank.

My beef with Karen is that she either doesn’t know or chooses not to tell the truth about the American issues. She misrepresents American history and does so in a way that undermines efforts to settle accounts.

And why that is?

She has spent her life in Europe and even many Americans who grew up and stayed in this country for a lifetime don’t know their own history, so it is completely plausible and even likely that she simply doesn’t know that she is misrepresenting what went on here.

It could also be that she knows the history and is - again - protecting the World Bank.

The World Bank has reasons why it does not want to hear about what it owes Americans.

Related: The Rothschild Bloodline: Financial Wizards & Wealthy Cults

For starters:

1. We know that FDR collected by his own admission 20,000 tons of privately held American gold.

We know that 6,000 tons of that was used to capitalize the Federal Reserve System, and 14,000 tons was used as a bankruptcy guarantee for the other Secondary Creditors - the World Bank and IBRD (International Bank of Reconstruction and Development).

We know this gold stash was used as a collateral guarantee backing both the World Bank and IBRD as a result.

We also know that when the bankruptcy of “the” United States of America, Incorporated was finally settled in November of 1999 - that gold was not returned to the Americans.

World Bank and IBRD claimed it as “abandoned assets” - and made no attempt to contact us and return the assets to the lawful heirs - the living people of this country.

I have a problem with that.

It’s bad enough that they had the free use of our assets as collateral for 66 years without our consent and even worse that FDR stole our assets at gunpoint in the first place - which they also had cause to know - without adding injury to insult by purloining the assets once the bankruptcy was over.

Related: The Khazarian Bankster Cult That Hijacked The World & Worthless Pieces Of Paper - Interest On Fake Money Is Confiscating Your Freedom

We want the 14,000 tons of American gold returned to the lawful government of this country, to be returned for the direct benefit of the heirs of those it was stolen from.

It’s just simple law and decency. If your Grandmother was forced at gunpoint to “donate” her wedding ring, you’d feel the same way I do. It’s not even the thought of any riches. It’s the thought of justice and property being returned to the lawful heirs and owners.

Second Bone to Pick:

Upward of $21 trillion dollars worth of credit owed to Americans is also owed by the banks - and the World Bank and its members certainly have cause to know this.

The “system” adopted in 1913 and completely implemented in 1934 is a debt-credit system using a private military script I.O.U. known as the FEDERAL RESERVE NOTE - FRN’s, as currency.

Like any other “Note” this is just a piece of paper promising to pay at some later date.

Related: $21 Trillion Of Unauthorized Spending By US Government Discovered By Economics Professor

But to be legal there has to be a redemption date and there is none published on these notes - why?

Because the debt was transferred to Treasury Bonds that are issued in tranches and paid off on specific dates - to the purported investors, the Federal Reserve Banks.

But are the Federal Reserve Banks the actual investors?

No. They are just a bunch of check kiters, illegal securities brokers, and crooks..

The American States and People are the actual investors - again, at gun point, forced to “invest” by Legal Tender Laws.

So let’s look a little deeper at the actual situation.

They are using debt as legal tender which results in what is known as a debit-credit system.

I give you an I.O.U. and you give me a hamburger.

Have I paid you for the hamburger?


I have promised to pay you back sometime in the future.

In this way the “US National Debt” accumulated, and so also did the American National Credit.

Related: Why The Whole Banking System Is A Scam - Godfrey Bloom MEP

All the Americans who exchanged their actual labor and actual hamburgers for I.O.U.s are owed pre-paid credit for every penny of the US National Debt.

Plus interest.

This is a fact that none of the banks want to face, because they all benefited from using this credit that was in fact owed to us. They purloined it, leveraged it, invested it, cashiered it away so that we couldn’t have any direct benefit from it, and now, they don’t want to admit what they did and return it.

In fact, they can’t return it, but they could make a good faith effort to benefit the people they wronged by carrying through on the promised remedy passed by their Congress back in 1934, and honoring a system of Mutual Offset Credit Exchange Exemption, which the miscreants never actually disclosed to the public or fully implemented.

In a MOCEE system both parties owe each other debts.

In this case, we owe them for government services and they owe us for the goods, services, credit, etc., that they receive from us - so we simply agree to “offset” our debts.

I owe you $10, you owe me $100, so we agree that henceforth, I owe you nothing and your debt to me is reduced to $90.

Confirmed - Loans & Mortgages Are Created Out Of Thin Air By The Banks

This stunning news clip from New Zealand TV news show 'Seven Sharp' confirms the revelations shared by 'The Money Masters' and other such pioneering thinkers and researchers who have long sought to bring forward the truth about how money works.

The is as stunning as it is simple: whenever you apply for a loan or a mortgage THE BANK YOU APPLIED TO CREATES THE MONEY OUT OF NOTHING.

It is not lent to you from the banks' holdings, it is not borrowed from other accounts. It simply is entered into a bank account digitally and from that day forth you are contractually responsible for paying back the created money PLUS all the interest that accrues.

This fiat currency is destroying the confidence, trust, and agreements that we hold with one another and with merchants on a daily basis by corrupting the medium of exchange that we all collectively agree to use.

Many will go on to expound the details of promissory notes, double entry book keeping and all sorts of other confusing details, but it is essential that this video or the source for it at Seven Sharp should be shared with every one you know.

Please, take 5 minutes now to share this video and explain why it is so important that everyone knows that the banks are hoodwinking the people and it does not need to be this way any more.

Ken O'Keefe Exposes the Economic & Financial Slavery & Rothschilds

If the rats had simply carried through and made this available to the Americans, the US Debt would have been kept in check and never “blossomed” into a $21 trillion dollar behemoth. Plus interest.

Now the “US” Corporations, including the Federal Reserve System, responsible for this theft and embezzlement of pre-paid credit owed to the Americans, applied for and received bankruptcy protection because of the bogus “US National Debt” that should have been offset -but clearly, this was all predicated on fraud and embezzlement of credit owed to us, so that no bankruptcy protection should have been allowed.

Those who benefitted from this theft and who protected the perpetrators - the Pope and the Queen - remain on the stick for it, but all the banks worldwide benefitted, so Karen’s buddies at the World Bank are squeezing their knees together, too.

It’s an absolutely staggering amount of pre-paid credit that was extracted from us and the interest owed on it has taken on a life of its own.

The pre-paid American National Credit is the elephant in the downstairs bathroom.

We know that they can never pay us back in actual fact, but they can begin to make amends by doing what they agreed to do in the first place. They need to be authorizing Mutual Offset Credit Exchange Exemptions for all Americans, allowing us to offset all public debts.

Related: The Fraudulent Monetary System & The Occult Meanings Of Mortgage: Why A Mortgage Is A Pledge To The Dead

In real time that means that we would be able to offset mortgage payments (which are public debt, not private - but that’s another story), college loans, utility payments, and various other bills.

This could be done simply by issuing a special purpose credit card.

In this way, Americans would finally obtain relief and the Perpetrators would finally be paying some of their own bills and nobody would have to go broke over it.

So far, they are trying tooth and nail to obscure and cover up the facts, but both the history and the very nature of a debt-credit system belie them.

They are stuck and they either come to terms to provide relief that is owed, or eventually enough “wolves” will wake up - enough other countries will realize that they have been or are being victimized in exactly the same way, and then all bets are off.

I suspect that this latter fact is what makes the World Bank so nervous.

Related: Overseas Banking Villains Suck New Zealanders’ Wealth Offshore

Growth and profits are good things for corporations - and that includes banks, but not at the cost of enslaving people you are supposed to serve, and not at the cost of fraud, embezzlement, and all the other crimes involved.

This is just "the credit side" of things. There’s more that puts us - Americans - at odds with Karen and the World Bank on the actual assets side.

In 1868, the Scottish Government chartered a commercial corporation calling itself “The United States of America, Inc.”

They then gained access to our credit using this semantic deceit.

Their plan and the plan of every other corporation operating in this manner ever since, was simply to charge up our credit cards to the limit, claim bankruptcy protection for themselves, and claim that we were their co-signers - so as to leave us holding the proverbial bag.

Before their planned bankruptcy, however, they did a number of things that have still to be corrected or accounted for.

Most significantly, they bought the Philippine Islands “for” us, using our money to do it, and then, they transported all our physical gold to the Philippines for “safe-keeping” offshore.

Yeah, right.

Related: The Connection Between 9/11, JFK And The Global Collateral Accounts

That original Doppleganger went bankrupt in 1906 and the next Doppleganger, “the” United States of America, Inc. pulled the same basic trick, inflated the currency, ran up the stock market, caused the whole “Roaring Twenties” and Prohibition mark up, went bankrupt in 1933 - and in 1934, their Board of Directors calling itself a “Congress” passed legislation “creating and independent government for the Philippines”.

This created a situation wherein we owned the land of the Philippines lock, stock, and barrel, but now the Philippines had an “independent government” to act as the Trustee for all our gold that was packed off and stored there.

This is the connect between Marcos and the Philippines and our gold and President Kennedy and the various agreements that various Presidents made “for” us and that Karen keeps hooting about - the Bilateral Minefields and Green Hilton and so on.

Comment: Anna's knowledge on matters in the East (and especially with regards to deposited historical gold and other assets in bunkers in Eastern Asian countries) is outside of her otherwise extremely well-versed sphere of expertise. Therefore some of her comments on Eastern matters are not always well informed.

To put it mildly, all that went on back then by any sane evaluation, is piracy.

And by Maxim of Law, “Possession by Pirates does not change ownership.”

Everything that they stashed over there still belongs to us and we have the shipping and docket and flat and box numbers and everything else from those days down to this. We even have their supreme Bank Trustee in our jurisdiction, and are working with him to sort this Mess out.

Related: Ghost Money, Burnt Money And Dead Money

So, that is stroke Number Three that Karen Hudes and the World Bank don’t want to face.

Don’t get me wrong. The Americans don’t own all the gold that is cashiered in the Philippines and Indonesia. We do, however, own a very goodly part of it, and we own it outright.

Our gold and silver deposits collateralize many, many, many banks and the loss of that collateral is what ultimately terrifies the banks.

As with so many other bunko schemes they changed the meaning of “Depositor” to allow themselves to seize deposits left in their keeping, but our deposits were made before those surreptitious changes away from a “normal course of business” - so we are unaffected and grandfathered-in.

Karen and her Employers at the World Bank don’t know whether to stand up or sit down as a result. Nobody knows what to do, and at the same time, nobody wants to talk to us - because they are afraid of us.

They know how mercilessly we have been cheated and defrauded and they expect no mercy in return.

I can only assume that they judge others by themselves.

Related: Governments Are Corporations & The Gold Standard Will Break Up The Banking Cartel

However, in the broad scheme of life, it does no good for anyone to seek the destruction of others. That just opens up another avenue for nasty people to profit themselves at everyone else’s expense, so no, we are not proposing vengeance.

We are proposing a peace and reconciliation process to discharge odious debt and open up credit resources and restore a sane economic system, at the same time that we fully restore our own government - putting Americans in control of America again.

This should be good news for people worldwide, as it dawns on them that “the US” is not America.

It should also be a relief that we are proceeding in a lawful and peaceful manner and not being vengeful.

At the same time, Mr. Trump and the Pope and the Queen, need to talk directly to the actual Creditors and dispense with any pretense that we are anyone or anything but what we are: the American States and People, doing business as The United States of America [Unincorporated].

Obviously, Karen and the World Bank and the community that she represents professionally have tried to avoid these facts and tried to explain them (and us) away, and that is why I have a less-than-high regard for Karen.

Related: Let’s Contemplate A Future Without Money & How It Would Work

I see her as someone who is grinding her own wheel and actually protecting interests that have been less than honest and forthcoming both now and in the past.

That doesn’t mean that they can’t change, and it doesn’t mean that we won’t talk to them in the interests of resolving all these issues. It just means that the facts as we know and observe them don’t jive with the story that Karen is selling.

A Final Comment from Anna:

[This comment is not part of the original article. It came to me from Anna today, February 23 2020 via email. I told her that I wanted to republish this article from PhiBetaIota and asked her for any additional comments:]

The fact is that the same parties control all the world’s gold just as they control oil supplies and soon hope to control water supplies.

The game now is to locate, jail, or otherwise neutralize these whackjob criminals.

I stand by everything I said in that article and it does not matter what you choose for your idol - paper, gold, crude oil - nor does it matter if it comes from the East or the West.

It’s all crooked, it’s all idolatry, and if the Pope or the Mullahs or the leaders of the Synagogues of the world were worth their salt, they would all be denouncing it and calling for the honest currency system I described.

Until we adopt such a system there will be commodity rigging and fraud. I am sorry but that is just the way it goes. Human nature is what it is.

Related Articles:

How, the Rich Enrich Themselves

Financial Fraud: Easy Money Corrupts The Monetary System

Paradise Papers: The Shadowy World Of Big Money

Seven Charts That Show How The Rich Hide Their Cash

Why Mainstream Economists Don't See Recessions Coming

More Confessions Of An Economic Hit Man: "This Time, They’re Coming For Your Democracy"

Who Owns New Zealand's Banks - And Australia's Banks - Anyone's Banks?

The New Zealand Government: A United States SEC Registered Corporation

The end of existing global financial debt-money system

The Money Counterfeiters

The Great Transition: The Shadow Ruling Force Behind The Central Banks Secrecy Is Repugnant In A Free And Open Society

Hell's Top Banker Explains "How To Destroy The Global Economy"

Central Banking Exposed: Central Banks Only Care About Debt, Profit And Control

Black Magic: Satanists Rule The World, Not Politicians, Bankers Or Military Heads [Although They Are Usually All One And The Same] + Another Illuminati Whistleblower Speaks Out

An Illustrated History Of The House Of Rothschild: 1743 - 2006 & The Illuminati Grand Plan

The Federal Reserve And The Bank Of England Financed The 3rd Reich + International Red Cross Report Confirms The Holocaust Of Six Million Jews Is A Hoax

Why Gold Is Money - Fiat Money Creates An Immoral Society: Money With Real Value Is Crucial

The College Degree Of The Richest Person In Every Country

The Three Varieties Of Money

The Truth About Money Is Out & Austerity In 8 Minutes: Why It Does Not Work, Why It Is Still Practised

A Central Banker’s Plan For Your Money

Babylonian Money Magic & How Modern "Commercial Law" Is Based On Ancient Babylonian Codes

Forgotten History: US Bankers Financing US Enemies - And Why It Is Important Now

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Bill Clinton Poses With Epstein’s ‘Pimp’ Ghislaine Maxwell And A Sex Slave On Board Private Jet The ‘Lolita Express’
February 23 2020 | From: TheSun / Various

Bill Clinton poses side-by-side with suspected pimp Ghislaine Maxwell - as the pair board pedophile Jeffrey Epstein’s notorious private jet.

Click on the image above to view a close up version in a new window

The former US President is seen smiling on the steps of the plane - dubbed the Lolita Express - next to Maxwell, in astonishing pictures exclusively obtained by The Sun.

Related: UK Judge Forbids Parents to Protest Outside of Schools Against Sodomy Lessons for Children

In another image he has his arm round Epstein's personal masseuse and sex slave Chauntae Davies - who had been ordered to wear a 'pilot' shirt to look professional.

Other never-seen-before images show Clinton traveling on the infamous Boeing 727 jet while playing cards and chomping on a cigar.

Now, for the first time, Chauntae Davies has revealed the extraordinary details of Clinton's long distance flight to Africa with Maxwell and a number of other celebrities.

Related: 2019: Year Of The Rock Spider In Review & Ghislaine Maxwell And Jeffrey Epstein Were Spies Who Used Underage Sex To Blackmail Politicians, ‘Ex-Handler’ Claims

The star-studded group – which included actors Kevin Spacey and Chris Tucker – visited Ghana, Nigeria, Rwanda, Mozambique, Johannesburg and Cape Town in a five-day humanitarian trip.

There is no suggestion Clinton, Spacey, 60, or Tucker, 48, did anything wrong during the tour, or knew of Maxwell's alleged activities on Epstein's behalf, or the abuse Chauntae suffered at his hands.

However, it will further raise concerns about how some of the world's most famous and powerful people were drawn into Epstein's circle at a time when he was committing horrific sex crimes.

Clinton was pictured with his arm around Epstein's private masseuse Chauntae Davies

Related: FBI Finds New Clinton Emails – Includes Classified Information and Discloses that Clinton Used Text Messages for Government Business

Plus: Ex-Secret Service Agent Threatens To Drop New Details About Bill Clinton & “Lolita Express”

Chauntae, now 40, told The Sun:

"It’s clear that Epstein was using this private jet and his wealth to get close to rich and powerful people.

“Looking back at these images now it raises a lot of questions about why Bill Clinton was using the plane and what perhaps Jeffrey may have been trying to accomplish by having him around.”

Sex trafficker Epstein – who killed himself in his jail cell in August - was accused of using the aircraft to transport underage girls to his various luxury homes around the world.

Victims of the monster say he organised orgies on board the three-engine commercial jet.

American dignitaries and rich and powerful figures - including under-fire royal Prince Andrew - also regularly travelled on the plane.

No evidence has emerged to prove that Andrew or Bill Clinton took part in sexual activity on the Lolita Express.

But Chauntae, who suffered a series of rapes and sexual assaults at the hands of disgraced Wall Street tycoon Epstein, opened up about the September 2002 Africa trip for the first time.

Related: Former Law Enforcement Official: Benghazi Coverup Was To Protect Clinton Foundation – General Flynn Attacked Because He Knew Too Much

It was part of a project for Clinton’s foundation, in order to raise awareness about poverty and the AIDS crisis.

But it also saw pedophile Epstein and his alleged pimp Maxwell - who has always vehemently denied any wrongdoing - rubbing shoulders with America’s former commander-in-chief and other A-list celebs.

Chauntae, then aged 22, categorically denied that any improper behavior occurred around Clinton and that he was a “complete gentleman” the entire time.

The former president also previously issued a statement in regards to his travels on the plane and denied knowing anything about the financier’s crimes.

It said:

"President Clinton knows nothing about the terrible crimes Jeffrey Epstein plead guilty to in Florida some years ago, or those with which he has previously been charged in New York.

“In 2002 and 2003, President Clinton took a total of four trips on Jeffrey Epstein’s airplane: one to Europe, one to Asia, and two to Africa, which included stops in connection with the Clinton Foundation.

Staff, supporters of the Foundation, and his Secret Service detail traveled on every leg or every trip.”

Chauntae has never accused Andrew of any wrongdoing and Andrew himself has always denied any impropriety.

Speaking on his behalf, Buckingham Palace said: “The Duke of York has been appalled by the recent reports of Jeffrey Epstein’s alleged crimes."

Related: One Of Epstein’s Victims Claims She Was Forced To Have Sex With Prince Andrew As A Teen & Mega Group, Maxwells And Mossad: The Spy Story At The Heart Of The Jeffrey Epstein Scandal

Describing how she found herself on the once-in-a-lifetime trip, Chauntae revealed how she received a call from Epstein’s office asking if she would come on a trip he was hosting. He gave her just a week’s notice to prepare.

She said:

"That was all I was told, just a simple yes or no and can I leave in a week?

Meaning, get all necessary shots, reschedule any existing appointments, pack a suitcase and meet us in New York to fly to Africa.

It did weigh heavy on my mind the remoteness of being on the other side of the world with Jeffrey, not knowing what to expect from him.

I was praying Jeffrey wouldn’t make a move on me, desperately wanting everything about this trip to be kept professional.”

Massage therapist Chauntae - who was allegedly raped and sexually assaulted by Epstein on other trips, including at his private Caribbean island of Little St James - was terrified of the American.

At the time of the Africa trip she had recently broken her finger and recalls that Ghislaine Maxwell – who had first recruited her into Epstein’s inner circle - was unsure if she should travel.

Chauntae said: “Ghislaine, after first convincing me I didn’t want to miss out on this opportunity when I initially hesitated, had doubts I could help carry things and prepare food."

“I took a commercial flight from LA to New York and then walked from that plane to Jeffrey’s plane sitting in the middle of the tarmac."

“A man ushered me over and I boarded to find Sarah Kellen and two other assistants, waiting for Jeffrey and Ghislaine’s arrival, along with whoever they were hosting."

Related: Corey Feldman Calls LAPD To Out Pedophiles During Dr. Oz Appearance & ‘House Of Cards’ Star Kevin Spacey Hit With Additional Accusations Of Sexual Misconduct

Plus: Kevin Spacey Posted a Chilling Video on YouTube One Day Before the Sudden Death of His Accuser

“I was curious to see who my travel companions would be. I hoped we got along. The man handed me a packet and suggested I look through it and become familiar with the itinerary."

“He gave us uniformed shirts to wear, white button downs with captain shoulder patches. I felt like a goober but I was a good sport and put it on."

“We were given a briefing on the food that was available on the plane and our flight schedule, but then we took a seat.”

Chauntae then told how she was shocked and surprised to see the A-list guests arrive, including ex-Prez Clinton.

She said: “I jumped out of my seat and was immediately aware that my travel mates had arrived. And in walks Bill Clinton."

“He continued to walk onto the plane, introducing himself. I thought him to be charming and sweet."

“More of the guests arrived, and somehow, as the plane closed its doors, I stood looking around the room at all the new faces I just met."

Related: Ben Swann Fired From CBS After Exposing D.C. Pizzagate

Plus: Why is Justin Bieber Tagging Babies “Yummy” on Instagram? The Answer is Sickening

Plus: The One-Eye Sign: Its Origins And Occult Meaning

“Chris Tucker, Kevin Spacey and Bill - accompanied also of course by the Secret Service."

“I literally pinched myself to make sure I was alive and the pain meds for my finger weren’t causing me to hallucinate."

“I was going to Africa with the most eclectic group of people imaginable.”

Our pictures also show Kevin Spacey alongside Maxwell and a smiling Chris Tucker.

Chauntae revealed that after everyone was formally introduced the plane took off from a New York airfield and everyone quickly began bonding.

She said: “It was like I was at camp with the most unimaginable group of campers one could put together."

“Everybody cracked jokes at one another. Clinton was chiming in cracking jokes along with us, and we were all laughing and bonding over corny jokes."

Related: Leaked ABC News Insider Recording Exposes Epstein Coverup “We Had Clinton, We Had Everything” & MSM Executives Part Of ‘Network Of People’ That Covered For Epstein – Project Veritas Founder To RT

Plus: "I Know Where All The Bodies Are Buried": Clinton Foundation CFO Spills Beans To Investigators

“A movie was put on, everyone took either a seat in the giant armchairs or on the floor, and watched it all together. Eventually, everyone fell asleep to the movie.”

The trip saw the group attend events in Ghana, Rwanda, Nigeria, Mozambique and South Africa.

On the Ghana leg of the trip, Chauntae revealed she went shopping at a small wooden jewellery store and helped the former President pick out a bracelet for his daughter Chelsea.

She said: “He and I were bonding over the fact that my great uncle, Russel Cronkhite was the head chef for the Blair House, the guest house of the White House, during his Presidency."

“He was the chef that made Chelsea’s infamous pizzas for her thirteenth birthday party."

“Clinton was a great guy on the trip. He’d sit around on the plane with a cigar in his mouth, playing cards between flights."

“I wrote in my journal at the time that I wished he could be president again. He was charismatic and funny and kind and personable."

Related: Detective Publishes Book Exposing High-Level Government Pedophile Ring, Shot In The Head Days Later & NZ Widow Says Her Former Husband's Paedophile Rings Goes To 'Highest Heights'

Plus: Pizzagate: Melania Trump Puts Elite Pedo Ring On Notice During Easter Visit

“It was obvious he cared about not just our country but the world. He was a gracious host.”

Following the final leg of the trip in South Africa, Epstein’s plane departed for London and Clinton and the other celebrities left.

Chauntae and a smaller group of people flew to Paris with Epstein.

Despite the experiences on the foreign visit, Chauntae was haunted by her previous experiences with Epstein.

She added: “I felt shamed by what had been happening with Jeffrey and I was doing my best acting performance to keep things looking as professional as I could."

“I had to cover it up for everyone. I still thought it was happening only to me and I couldn’t talk about it with any of the other assistants.”

Related Articles:

Explosive documentary exposes ‘Pedophiles in Parliament’ and the British Royal Family

Journalist Shane Dowling has been jailed for exposing paedophile judges and judicial bribery

The Pornification Of America: How Young Girls Are Being Groomed By Sexual Predators

A Pedophile Writer Is on Trial. So Are the French Elites

Spielberg’s daughter chooses career in porn & says her director dad approves

Hillary having on-camera seizures, Biden losing his mind every time he talks, Amy Klobuchar violently shaking: Why do Democrats seem so Sick?

Federal Court Hearing on Clinton Emails – Judicial Watch Asking for Deposition of Hillary Clinton

The road not taken: Another FBI failure involving the Clintons surfaces

Judicial Watch Court Victory: Clinton / Mills depositions delayed not denied

Court Slams Clinton Email Cover-Up

The Video Of Hillary Clinton Lying That YouTube Tried To Bury

Tulsi: “Hillary & her gang of rich, powerful elite are going after me”

38 people cited for violations in Clinton email probe

State Department Review of Clinton Emails Cites 38 People for Mishandling Classified Information

Watchdog Says Benghazi Coverup Discussed on Emails to Clinton’s Unsecured Server

Everyone Is a Russian Asset

Report: FBI Interviews Victim Alleging Bill Clinton Raped Him At Age 8 In Satanic Ritual

Hillary Clinton Money Laundering Front Men Indicted - the Beginning of Her End?

UK: Clinton Foundation and IS funded from the same sources - AssangeUK: Clinton Foundation and IS funded from the same sources

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Screentime Is Making Kids Moody, Crazy, And Lazy
February 22 2020 | From: PsychologyToday

Children or teens who are “revved up” and prone to rages or - alternatively - who are depressed and apathetic have become disturbingly commonplace.

Chronically irritable children are often in a state of abnormally high arousal, and may seem “wired and tired.”

Related: How classroom technology is holding students back

That is, they’re agitated but exhausted. Because chronically high arousal levels impact memory and the ability to relate, these kids are also likely to struggle academically and socially.

At some point, a child with these symptoms may be given a mental-health diagnosis such as major depression, bipolar disorder, or ADHD, and offered corresponding treatments, including therapy and medication. But often these treatments don’t work very well, and the downward spiral continues.

What’s happening?

Both parents and clinicians may be “barking up the wrong tree.” That is, they’re trying to treat what looks like a textbook case of mental disorder, but failing to rule out and address the most common environmental cause of such symptoms - everyday use of electronics.

Time and again, I’ve realized that regardless of whether there exists any “true” underlying diagnoses, successfully treating a child with mood dysregulation today requires methodically eliminating all electronics use for several weeks - an “electronics fast” - to allow the nervous system to “reset.”

Related: The Reasons Why We Can't Put Down Our Smartphones

If done correctly, this intervention can produce deeper sleep, a brighter and more even mood, better focus and organization, and an increase in physical activity.

The ability to tolerate stress improves, so meltdowns diminish in both frequency and severity.

The child begins to enjoy the things they used to, is more drawn to nature, and imaginary or creative play returns. In teens and young adults, an increase in self-directed behavior is observed - the exact opposite of apathy and hopelessness.

It’s a beautiful thing.

At the same time, the electronic fast reduces or eliminates the need for medication while rendering other treatments more effective.

Improved sleep, more exercise, and more face-to-face contact with others compound the benefits - an upward spiral! After the fast, once the brain is reset, the parent can carefully determine how much if any electronics use the child can tolerate without symptoms returning.

Restricting electronics may not solve everything, but it’s often the missing link in treatment when kids are stuck.

But why is the electronic fast intervention so effective? Because it reverses much of the physiological dysfunction produced by daily screen time. 

Related: Apple Fined £21,000,000 For Deliberately Slowing Down Older iPhone Models

Children’s brains are much more sensitive to electronics use than most of us realize. In fact, contrary to popular belief, it doesn’t take much electronic stimulation to throw a sensitive and still-developing brain off track.

Also, many parents mistakenly believe that interactive screen-time - Internet or social media use, texting, emailing, and gaming - isn’t harmful, especially compared to passive screen time like watching TV.

In fact, interactive screen time is more likely to cause sleep, mood, and cognitive issues, because it’s more likely to cause hyperarousal and compulsive use.  

Here’s a look at six physiological mechanisms that explain electronics’ tendency to produce mood disturbance:

1. Screen Time Disrupts Dleep and Desynchronizes the Body Clock

Because light from screen devices mimics daytime, it suppresses melatonin, a sleep signal released by darkness. Just minutes of screen stimulation can delay melatonin release by several hours and desynchronize the body clock.

Once the body clock is disrupted, all sorts of other unhealthy reactions occur, such as hormone imbalance and brain inflammation. Plus, high arousal doesn’t permit deep sleep, and deep sleep is how we heal.

Related: Digital Addiction Increases Loneliness, Anxiety And Depression

2. Screen Time Desensitizes the Brain’s Reward System

Many children are “hooked” on electronics, and in fact gaming releases so much dopamine - the “feel-good” chemical - that on a brain scan it looks the same as cocaine use.

But when reward pathways are overused, they become less sensitive, and more and more stimulation is needed to experience pleasure.

Meanwhile, dopamine is also critical for focus and motivation, so needless to say, even small changes in dopamine sensitivity can wreak havoc on how well a child feels and functions.

3. Screen Time Produces “Light-at-Night.”  

Light-at-night from electronics has been linked to depression and even suicide risk in numerous studies.

In fact, animal studies show that exposure to screen-based light before or during sleep causes depression, even when the animal isn’t looking at the screen.

Sometimes parents are reluctant to restrict electronics use in a child’s bedroom because they worry the child will enter a state of despair - but in fact removing light-at-night is protective.  

Related: Could Light From LED Screens Cause Irreversible Eye Damage?

4. Screen Time Induces Stress Reactions

Both acute stress (fight-or-flight) and chronic stress produce changes in brain chemistry and hormones that can increase irritability.

Indeed, cortisol, the chronic stress hormone, seems to be both a cause and an effect of depression - creating a vicious cycle. Additionally, both hyperarousal and addiction pathways suppress the brain’s frontal lobe, the area where mood regulation actually takes place.

5. Screen Time Overloads the Sensory System , Fractures Attention , and Depletes Mental Reserves

Experts say that what’s often behind explosive and aggressive behavior is poor focus. When attention suffers, so does the ability to process one’s internal and external environment, so little demands become big ones.

By depleting mental energy with high visual and cognitive input, screen time contributes to low reserves.

One way to temporarily “boost” depleted reserves is to become angry, so meltdowns actually become a coping mechanism.

Related: US Patent 6506148 B2 Confirms Human Nervous System Manipulation Through Your Computer & TV + Biological Effects Of Living Near A Cell Phone Tower

6. Screen-Time Reduces Physical Activity Levels and Exposure to “Green Time.”

Research shows that time outdoors, especially interacting with nature, can restore attention, lower stress, and reduce aggression. Thus, time spent with electronics reduces exposure to natural mood enhancers.

In today’s world, it may seem crazy to restrict electronics so drastically.

But when kids are struggling, we’re not doing them any favors by leaving electronics in place and hoping they can wind down by using electronics in "moderation."

It just doesn't work.

In contrast, by allowing the nervous system to return to a more natural state with a strict fast, we can take the first step in helping a child become calmer, stronger, and happier.

Related Articles:

Screen-time Is Making Kids Moody, Crazy, and Lazy - 6 ways electronic screen time makes kids angry, depressed and unmotivated

Did Google Assassinate Wife Of Whistleblower Who Exposed The Search Engine?

Google - a dictator unlike anything the world has ever known

Apple Fined $27 Million For Slowing Down Older iPhones

Oliver Stone Warns Moviegoers: Beware Of Your Smartphones, 'This Will Be Our Undoing'

Advertising Watchdog Partially Upholds 5G Advertisement Claiming Wireless Tech Is Harmful & Wifi, 5G And EMF Pollution Can Cause Psychiatric Effects In Humans, Plus Spontaneous Abortions, Infertility And Cellular DNA Damage

The Ongoing Destruction Of The Minds Of Children & The Mass Dumbing Down Of Humanity Is Now Confirmed By Scientists

Why People Get Addicted To Drugs (Or Other Things)

The Binge Breaker: Silicon Valley Is Addicting Us To Our Phones

Google Operating Like A News Publisher, Project Veritas Leaks Reveal & Mother Of All Google Whistleblowers Exposes Global Criminal Plan To Control All Information

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Why Medically Caused Deaths Continue To Be Ignored
February 21 2020 | From: JonRappoport / Various

More than any other reporter, I have continued to champion and spread the word about Dr. Barbara Starfield’s revelation: The US medical system kills 106,000 people a year with its medicines. Extrapolate that number for a decade: more than MILLION DEATHS.

I have reported, many times, on Starfield’s review, “Is US Health Really the Best in the World,” published in the Journal of the American Medical Association on July 26, 2000.

Related: Renowned Doctor Slams Medical Education & Says We Have “An Epidemic Of Misinformed Doctors”

I interviewed her in 2009, when she told me that her death numbers (106,000 per year) were conservative, and that the federal government was doing NOTHING comprehensive to fix the ongoing disaster.

Imagine that, coming from a doctor who was a revered public health expert at the Johns Hopkins School of Public Health.

Since I’ve written more articles about Dr. Starfield’s revelations than any reporter around, I also know the reaction of the mainstream press over the years: SILENCE. And more silence. And more.

So this time, I thought I’d explain the main reasons for the silence.

On one obvious level, it stems from the fact that the pharmaceutical industry buys enormous amounts of ads on and around news media. Do not bite the hand that feeds you.

Related: The Eradication Of Natural Alternatives: Big Pharma Wants To Eliminate The Competition

And of course, blaming the medical system for a million deaths per decade…well, if you’re the New York Times and you’re making this into a take-no-prisoners ongoing building story, you’re going to incur considerable heat. Blowtorch heat.

Then there is this: nowhere in the medical literature is there any evidence, based on published studies of drugs, that these substances do such catastrophic damage. In fact, the studies and reports of clinical drug trials are largely glowing.

Only one conclusion can be reached: the medical literature is rife with fraud from top to bottom.

This fact would immediately throw the reputations of the most prestigious medical journals in the world into garbage landfills.

Indeed, we have, on the record, an editor of one of these publications broadly confessing to a mind-boggling reality: Dr. Marcia Angell, editor of The New England Journal of Medicine for 20 years, has written:

"It is simply no longer possible to believe much of the clinical research that is published, or to rely on the judgment of trusted physicians or authoritative medical guidelines.

I take no pleasure in this conclusion, which I reached slowly and reluctantly over my two decades as an editor of The New England Journal of Medicine.”

- NY Review of Books, January 15, 2009, “Drug Companies & Doctors: A Story of Corruption”

Related: Science Is Broken, And The Peer-Review Process Produces “Utter Bulls##t” Parading Around As Real Science

Next: if the press dug deep into the guts of the Starfield story, the FDA, which must approve all medical drugs before they are released for public use, would go down with a blinding crash.

No one would be able to defend the Agency. Its profound criminal alliance with Pharma would come full force to the surface.

Multiple medical schools would come under the gun for their relationships with Pharma, and their basic practice of teaching monopolistic drug medicine and not nutritional medicine.

These schools pretend “the evidence of safety and efficacy” for drugs is wide-ranging and invariably clear. Therefore, they, the schools, are abetting what amounts to a capital crime.

And what of the basic Hippocratic oath to “first do no harm”?

Where is that vaunted pledge that tries to establish the practice of medicine as supremely ethical?

Related: The Zombie-Like Lives Of Sheeple From Birth To Death

As you can see, a whole long line of dominos would fall, if the Starfield story were pursued, by the mainstream, with time, energy, money, and passion for the truth. (Starfield is not the only citation on medically caused deaths. I have documented others in the past.)

Finally, we arrive at a psychological and even philosophical reason for press silence on this ongoing holocaust: for millions of people, the institution of medicine is a foundational pillar of Reality in the world.

Attachment to it is, in a way, mythological. Loyalty to the medical system runs the gamut from hope for raw physical survival to spiritual sustenance.

Creating doubt, widespread doubt, about such a powerful building block of Existence - that would be tinkering with the very structure of things, “meddling with the primal forces of nature.”

But here, on these pages, I’ll meddle with anything I want to. If you can’t handle that, so be it. If I want to make a true fact into a sledgehammer and use it over and over, I will. And on this issue of medical caused deaths, I’d be crazy not to.

Related Articles:

Cot Deaths Linked To Vaccinations + Harvard Medical School Doctor: Vaccine Science Is Not Settled

The Criminalization Of Science Whistleblowers + The Connection Between Sudden Infant Death, Vaccines And Vitamin C

Profits Before Safety: Why Are Legal Exemption Lines Drawn For Big Pharma?

More than 9 million older Americans suffer from adverse drug reactions EACH YEAR; why are we not being told of the dangers of pharmaceuticals?

Why Have Insect-Delivered Diseases Tripled Since 2004?

Court Orders EPA to Stop Sales of Pesticide Linked to Brain Damage in Kids

YouTube declares war on natural medicine, begins banning channels that promote botanical healing that might hurt the profits of Big Pharma

Aluminum is far from harmless – here’s how to reduce your exposure

Johnson & Johnson ordered to pay $6.32 billion in talcum powder cancer case

Colloidal Silver’s Advantage Over Pharmaceutical Antibiotics

Got a cold? Take 8,000 mg of vitamin C

After NYT declares war on Vitamin D, nutritionally illiterate Harvard professor claims coconut oil is “pure poison”

Health Benefits of Sunbathing Far Outweigh Risks, World Health Organization Says

Harvard quack spreads fear about coconut oil, claims it’s “pure poison” and recommends eating LARD instead

Google, Amazon and IBM all trying to acquire your hospital records; issue statement demanding end of patient privacy

Common painkiller may substantially increase the risk of heart disease

FDA Approves Painkiller 1,000X More Powerful Than Morphine Despite Epidemic of Drug Overdoses & Natural Alternatives

Ask yourself: Why are there no prescription medications without horrific side effects?

Taking multivitamins can reduce your risk of death from any illness by up to 70%

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Spider's Web: Britain's Second Empire
February 20 2020 | From: IndependentPoV

At the demise of empire, City of London financial interests created a web of secrecy jurisdictions that captured wealth from across the globe and hid it in a web of offshore islands.

Today, up to half of global offshore wealth is hidden in British jurisdictions and Britain and its dependencies are the largest global players in the world of international finance.

Related: The Top Of The Pyramid: The Rothschilds, The Vatican And The British Crown Rule World

The Spider's Web was substantially inspired by Nicholas Shaxson's book Treasure Islands you can read an extract of it here: The Truth ABout Tax Havens

For those interested to learn more about tax justice and financial secrecy, read about the Tax Justice Network's campaigning and regular blogs - become part of the movement for change and listen to the Tax Justice Network's monthly podcast/radio show the Taxcast: TaxJustice.net

Related Articles:

The British Empire Is Un-Masked, But Desperate

Propaganda Techniques Of Empire + P.C. Language Control And The Rise Of The Third Reich

The Evil Empire [Would Like To Think It] Has The World In A Death Grip

Core Edicts Of The Khazarian Mafia Top Command (Part III)

The British East India Company: The Drug Company of the Venetian Black Nobility

The Crown Of England Is Owned And Operated By The Vatican

Elections In New Zealand, Australia, Canada, England, Germany, The Netherlands & Exposed: Proof NZ Prime Ministers Are Globalists

The Secretive Bank Of England - Controlling The World's Money Supply + Banking Data Dump

Black Magic: Satanists Rule The World, Not Politicians, Bankers Or Military Heads [Although They Are Usually All One And The Same] + Another Illuminati Whistleblower Speaks Out

The Bankers’ Scam - The Power Of Money: Beat The Bankers Through Debt Termination & Commonwealth Bank Of Australia: One Of The Largest Banks In The World Just Accused Of Laundering Millions For Drug Cartels All Wars Are Bankers' Wars

What Is "The Crown"?

The End Of Anglo-American Hegemony

Panama Papers Show How Rich United States Clients Hid Millions Abroad

The Great Transition: The Shadow Ruling Force Behind The Central Banks Secrecy Is Repugnant In A Free And Open Society

Federal Reserve Has Declared Economic War On America In Order To Destroy Trump

The Federal Reserve Cartel: The Eight Families + 7 Not-So-Secret Homes Of Super Secret Societies

The Federal Reserve And The Bank Of England Financed The 3rd Reich + International Red Cross Report Confirms The Holocaust Of Six Million Jews Is A Hoax

Who Owns New Zealand's Banks?

More Confessions Of An Economic Hit Man: "This Time, They’re Coming For Your Democracy"

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Will Google’s Social Credit System Determine Your Future?
February 19 2020 | From: Mercola / Various

China started rolling out a social credit system in 2018, which awards and subtracts points for certain types of behavior.

Google is the largest monopoly the world has ever seen, and its data-siphoning tentacles reach deep into our everyday lives, collecting data on every move you make and conversation you have, whether online or in the real world.

Related: Surveillance fears over plans to put sensors in state houses

By the end of 2021, approximately 1 billion cameras will be watching public movements across the globe. Cities are also inviting residents and businesses to plug their private surveillance cameras into their police network, which expands the surveillance system even further.

To make sense of all this footage, video analytic software and artificial intelligence are used. Video analytic capabilities include fight and fall detection, loitering and motion recognition, dog walking, jaywalking, toll fare evasion and lie detection.

There are now proposals suggesting all of this data, in combination with AI-enabled analytics systems, could be used for “predictive policing” as illustrated in the 2002 movie “Minority Report,” where suspected perpetrators are arrested before actually committing the crime.

US Tech Chief Calls China ‘Advanced Authoritarian State,’ Warns Against Surveillance, Censorship

You may have heard about China's social credit system - a dystopian monitoring scheme focused on the moral dimension of human life and behavior - which was conceived in 2014 and rolled out in in earnest in 2018. As reported by Business Insider in October that year:1

"Like private credit scores, a person's social score can move up and down depending on their behavior. The exact methodology is a secret - but examples of infractions include bad driving, smoking in non-smoking zones, buying too many video games and posting fake news online.

China has already started punishing people by restricting their travel. Nine million people with low scores have been blocked from buying tickets for domestic flights.

They can also clamp down on luxury options - three million people are barred from getting business-class train tickets. The eventual system will punish bad passengers specifically. Potential misdeeds include trying to ride with no ticket, loitering in front of boarding gates, or smoking in no-smoking areas."

Aside from impeding your ability to travel, an individual's punishment for "bad behavior" per the social credit system can also result in slower internet speed, being banned from attending certain schools or getting a higher education, being barred from certain types of employment, confiscation of pets and, of course, public shaming.

Related: Responding To The “Nothing To Hide” Argument In Support Of Mass Surveillance + We Are All Targeted Individuals Now with Dr. Katherine Horton

Google Makes Orwellian Surveillance Easy

In the bitchute video above, Truthstream Media details how this kind of public "trustworthiness" scoring can alter the way people behave - indeed their view of reality itself, and the vast data mining required for the system to work. As noted in the video:

Social credit scores award or remove points based on behavior. It's Big Data meets Big Brother. This will be a world with no more personal experiences, only transactions for the social credit system.

This [the system] knows every person, every bike, every car, every bus. That's because it essentially turns every public interaction into a transaction where points can be earned or lost."

Google, of course, is a perfect fit for this kind of Orwellian surveillance scheme. It is, by far, the largest monopoly the world has ever seen, and its data-siphoning tentacles reach deep into our everyday lives, collecting data on every move you make and conversation you have, whether online or in the real world.

Google actually tracks your movements online, even when you don't think you are using their products. Most websites you visit use the 'free' Google Analytics program to track everything you do on a website. Google purchased Urchin Software back in 2005, and by giving it away were able to integrate this important surveillance tool into most of the internet.

Google Analytics integrates with Google's ad network monopoly, as well as the largest email service Gmail. These systems are not free, they are a tightly integrated package of surveillance tools - selling your data, selling ads served to you, and manipulating content to direct your behavior.  

Related: Orwell’s 1984 No Longer Reads Like Fiction - It’s The Reality Of Our Times & The Propaganda Ministry Known As “The Free Press”

These tools collect data along with other Google products like the Android 'smart' phones, the Nest home security system, and even Google's Home Assistant. You can expect these surveillance products to become free over time as the absolute goal is to exploit every bit of data they can collect from you

A 2015 Wired article revealed some of the details of how Google's online empire is built, noting "One of the company's cluster switches provides about 40 terabits per second of bandwidth - the equivalent of 40 million home internet connections," and "Google now sends more information between its data centers than it trades with the internet as a whole."

As highlighted in a January 27, 2020, article by The Intercept, smart camera networks equipped with facial recognition and video analytic software will advance global surveillance even further, and should be banned to prevent an inevitable slide into invisible yet all-encompassing authoritarianism.

The rise of all-seeing smart camera networks is an alarming development that threatens civil rights and liberties throughout the world.

Law enforcement agencies have a long history of using surveillance against marginalized communities, and studies show surveillance chills freedom of expression - ill effects that could spread as camera networks grow larger and more sophisticated," The Intercept notes.

Exposing China's Digital Dystopian Dictatorship | Foreign Correspondent

China is marrying Big Brother to Big Data. Every citizen will be watched and their behaviour scored in the most ambitious and sophisticated system of social control in history.

Related: Rubio Raises Alarm on China’s “Surveillance Empire”

Silicon Valley Is Building America's Social Credit System

According to Fast Company, China's social credit system is not entirely unique. A parallel system is developing in the United States, in part as the result of Silicon Valley and technology-industry user policies, and in part by surveillance of social media activity by private companies," Fast Company writes.

For example, life insurance companies can now use content shared in social media posts to determine your premium. "That Instagram pic showing you teasing a grizzly bear at Yellowstone with a martini in one hand, a bucket of cheese fries in the other, and a cigarette in your mouth, could cost you," Fast Company notes.

PatronScan is another example. These devices are used by restaurants to identify fake IDs and undesirable customers - people previously removed from an establishment for causing a fight, committing sexual assault, stealing or doing drugs.

The list is shared among PatronScan customers, so getting banned in one bar or restaurant effectively bans you from all bars and restaurants in the U.S., Canada and U.K. for up to one year. For additional examples, see the original Fast Company article.

Related: China’s New Cybersecurity Program: NO Place to Hide

The Expansion of Public Video Surveillance

Many TV's now have a camera and can be used to record your emotions while watching presidential debates or the evening news. 

The Intercept article cited earlier goes on to detail the rise and expansion of video surveillance, starting with Axis Communications' internet-enabled surveillance camera, launched in the late '90s, to more modern video management systems that organize all this visual data into databases.

By the end of 2021, the marketing firm IHS Markit predicts 1 billion cameras will be watching public movements across the globe. As if that's not enough, cities are also inviting residents and businesses to plug their private surveillance cameras into their police network, which expands the system even further.

According to The Intercept, Detroit, Chicago, New Orleans, New York City and Atlanta have all deployed these types of "plug-in surveillance networks," and many others are considering it as well. To actually make sense of all this footage, video analytic software and artificial intelligence (AI) are used.

Video analytic capabilities include "fight detection, motion recognition, fall detection, loitering, dog walking, jaywalking, toll fare evasion and even lie detection," The Intercept report

Related: The Role Of Utility Meters In Mass Surveillance

Object recognition and "anomalous or unusual behavior detection" are also used to flag particular incidents that are then reviewed by human eyes. The Intercept recounts how this information can be used by law enforcement to identify potential crime situations:

In Connecticut, police have used video analytics to identify or monitor known or suspected drug dealers.

Sergeant Johnmichael O'Hare, former Director of the Hartford Real-Time Crime Center, recently demonstrated how BriefCam helped Hartford police reveal 'where people go the most' in the space of 24 hours by viewing footage condensed and summarized in just nine minutes.

Using a feature called 'pathways,' he discovered hundreds of people visiting just two houses on the street and secured a search warrant to verify that they were drug houses"

Is a 'Pre-Crime' Department Next?

Companies are also working on searchable databases that can access and make sense of visual data from a range of different platforms, which will "supercharge the ability to search and surveil public spaces," The Intercept says.

What's more, there are now proposals suggesting all of this data, in combination with AI-enabled analytics systems, could be used for "predictive policing" as illustrated in the 2002 movie "Minority Report," where suspected perpetrators are arrested before actually committing the crime.

Related: The Complete List of Alternatives to all Google Products

Sound too crazy to be true? The Intercept cites a 2018 document by the data storage firm Western Digital and the consulting company Accenture, "Value of Data: Seeing What Matters - A New Paradigm for Public Safety Powered by Responsible AI," which predicts smart surveillance networks may be deployed "across three tiers of maturity."

The first tier is where we're at now, where law enforcement use CCTV networks to investigate crimes after they've already occurred.

At the second tier level, predicted to be in place by 2025, municipalities will be transformed into fully connected "smart cities," where the cameras of businesses and public institutions are all plugged into a government-run AI-enabled analytics system. The third tier, predicted by 2035, will have predictive capabilities. As reported by The Intercept:

"A 'public safety ecosystem' will centralize data 'pulled from disparate databases such as social media, driver's licenses, police databases, and dark data.' An AI-enabled analytics unit will let police assess 'anomalies in real time and interrupt a crime before it is committed.' That is to say, to catch pre-crime"

Google's Ad Network Monopoly

Google's monopoly goes well beyond web search. It also has a potentially dangerous monopoly on online advertising. In 2007, Google bought DoubleClick, which already dominated the digital advertising market. As reported by InfoWorld:

Here's the danger: Google already knows a tremendous amount about the traffic it sends to individual Web sites - where it comes from, what people are looking for, even some basic demographics.

With DoubleClick in the fold, they will also know what ads are being served on any given page. That gives Google unprecedented insight into publishers' business. And remember, those publishers may be partners, but they are also competitors, often trying to woo the same advertisers as Google. 

Web sites live and die based upon ad revenue and on charging advertisers a certain rate based upon the number of pages served and the quality of their readership/user base. I could imagine a not-entirely-paranoid fantasy in which Google can run the numbers, turn around, and offer better rates to advertisers for a similar audience."

To learn more of Google's surveillance of you and those you love, please view my comprehensive interview with Robert Epstein below.

Epstein, former editor-in-chief at Psychology Today, is now a senior research psychologist for the American Institute of Behavioral Research and Technology, where for the last decade he has helped expose Google's manipulative and deceptive practices.

Google Goes After Your Health Data

More recently, it's also become apparent Google is going after everyone's health data. Fitbit, which was recently purchased by Google, will provide them with all your physiological information and activity levels, in addition to everything else that Google already has on you.

As discussed in "How Google Is Stealing Your Personal Health Data," Google, Amazon and Microsoft also collect data entered into health and diagnostic sites, which is then shared with hundreds of third parties - and this data is not anonymized, meaning it's tied specifically to you, without your knowledge or consent.

In other words, DoubleClick, Google's ad service, will know which prescriptions you've searched for on Drugs.com, for example, thus providing you with personalized drug ads.

"There is a whole system that will seek to take advantage of you because you're in a compromised state," Tim Libert, a computer scientist at Carnegie Mellon University told Financial Times.

Google and various tech startups have even been investigating the possibility of assessing mental health problems using a combination of electronic medical records and tracking your internet and social media use.

Related: Professor: “God-Like” Google Has Been “Weaponized” For Political Purposes & Experts From UK Take A Look At US Social Media

Undisclosed data mining is also occurring in hospitals. A whistleblower recently revealed Google amassed health data from millions of Americans in 21 states through its Project Nightingale, and patients have not been informed of this data mining, as reported by The Guardian:

"The secret scheme … involves the transfer to Google of healthcare data held by Ascension, the second-largest healthcare provider in the U.S. The data is being transferred with full personal details including name and medical history and can be accessed by Google staff. Unlike other similar efforts it has not been made anonymous though a process of removing personal information known as de-identification."

According to Google and Ascension, the data being shared will be used to build a search tool with machine-learning algorithms that will spit out diagnostic recommendations and suggestions for medications that health professionals can then use to guide them in their treatment.

Google claims only a limited number of individuals will have access to the data, but just how trustworthy is Google these days? Since the data includes full personal details, sooner or later, they're likely to find a way to use it.

Google and Mastercard Track Your Purchasing Habits

Your credit card data, which at first glance would appear completely separate from Google, is also being used by the internet giant to customize ads.

As reported by Bloomberg August 31, 2018, four unnamed insiders, three of whom claim to have been directly involved in the negotiations, claim Google and Mastercard brokered a business alliance that gives Google access to Mastercard users' retail spending.

Related: China’s Big Brother Social Control Goes To Australia & New Zealand Prime Minister, French President Head Anti-Online Extremism Summit In Paris

The two companies never made the agreement public, though. Christine Bannan, counsel with the advocacy group Electronic Privacy Information Center (EPIC) told Bloomberg:

"People don't expect what they buy physically in a store to be linked to what they are buying online. There's just far too much burden that companies place on consumers and not enough responsibility being taken by companies to inform users what they're doing and what rights they have."

According to Google, Mastercard users can opt out of ad tracking using Google's online Web & App Activity console. The question is, how would users know to do that when they were never told such tracking was occurring in the first place?

Google's Store Sales Measurement service also suggests it's not just Mastercard users that are being tracked. As noted by Bloomberg, when Google announced the new sales measurement service in 2017, it claimed it had access to about 70% of U.S. credit and debit card sales.

Goodbye Google

To have any chance of protecting your privacy, you simply must avoid Google products, as they account for the greatest personal data leaks in your life.

To that end, Mercola.com is now Google-free. We do not use Google Analytics, Google ads or Google search for internal searches. To boycott Google, be sure to ditch or replace:

Gmail, as every email you write is permanently stored. It becomes part of your profile and is used to build digital models of you, which allows them to make predictions about your line of thinking and every want and desire.

Many other older email systems such as AOL and Yahoo are also being used as surveillance platforms in the same way as Gmail. ProtonMail.com, which uses end-to-end encryption, is a great alternative and the basic account is free.

Google's Chrome browser, as everything you do on there is surveilled, including keystrokes and every webpage you've ever visited. Brave is a great alternative that takes privacy seriously.

Brave is also faster than Chrome, and suppresses ads. It's based on Chromium, the same software code that Chrome is based on, so you can easily transfer your extensions, favorites and bookmarks.

Related: Here’s What The Big Tech Companies Know About You & Sundar Pichai Lies To Congress About Google Tracking Location Of Users

Google search engine, or any extension of Google, such as Bing or Yahoo, both of which draw search results from Google. The same goes for the iPhone's personal assistant Siri, which draws all of its answers from Google.

Alternative search engines include SwissCows and Qwant. Avoid StartPage, as it was recently bought by an aggressive online marketing company, which, like Google, depends on surveillance.

Android cellphones, which run on a Google-owned operating system, can track you even when you're not connected to the internet, whether you have geo tracking enabled or not. Blackberry is more secure than Android phones or the iPhone. Blackberry's upcoming model, the Key3, may be one of the most secure cellphones in the world.

Google Home devices, as theyrecord everything that occurs in your home or office, both speech and sounds such as brushing your teeth and boiling water, even when they appear to be inactive, and send that information back to Google. Android phones are also always listening and recording, as are Google's home thermostat Nest, and Amazon's Alexa.

Additional Privacy Tips

In my recent interview (above) with Epstein, he also offered the following guidance for those seeking to protect their online privacy:

Use a virtual private network (VPN) such as Nord, which is only about $3 per month and can be used on up to six devices. In my view, this is a must if you seek to preserve your privacy. Epstein explains:

When you use your mobile phone, laptop or desktop in the usual way, your identity is very easy for Google and other companies to see. They can see it via your IP address, but more and more, there are much more sophisticated ways now that they know it's you. One is called browser fingerprinting.

This is something that is so disturbing. Basically, the kind of browser you have and the way you use your browser is like a fingerprint. You use your browser in a unique way, and just by the way you type, these companies now can instantly identify you.

Brave has some protection against a browser fingerprinting, but you really need to be using a VPN. What a VPN does is it routes whatever you're doing through some other computer somewhere else. It can be anywhere in the world, and there are hundreds of companies offering VPN services. The one I like the best right now is called Nord VPN.

You download the software, install it, just like you install any software. It's incredibly easy to use. You do not have to be a techie to use Nord, and it shows you a map of the world and you basically just click on a country.

The VPN basically makes it appear as though your computer is not your computer. It basically creates a kind of fake identity for you, and that's a good thing. Now, very often I will go through Nord's computers in the United States. Sometimes you have to do that, or you can't get certain things done. PayPal doesn't like you to be in a foreign country for example."

Nord, when used on your cellphone, will also mask your identity when using apps like Google Maps.

Related: Google, Facebook And Amazon Are Just Extensions Of The Surveillance State; Dangerous Mafia Heads Of A Fascist Corporate Regime + Internal Facebook Documents Reveal Zuckerberg Discussed Selling User Data To Developers, Advertisers

Clear your cache and cookies - As Epstein explains in his article:23

Companies and hackers of all sorts are constantly installing invasive computer code on your computers and mobile devices, mainly to keep an eye on you but sometimes for more nefarious purposes.

On a mobile device, you can clear out most of this garbage by going to the settings menu of your browser, selecting the 'privacy and security' option and then clicking on the icon that clears your cache and cookies.

With most laptop and desktop browsers, holding down three keys simultaneously - CTRL, SHIFT and DEL - takes you directly to the relevant menu; I use this technique multiple times a day without even thinking about it. You can also configure the Brave and Firefox browsers to erase your cache and cookies automatically every time you close your browser."

Don't use Fitbit, as it was recently purchased by Google and will provide them with all your physiological information and activity levels, in addition to everything else that Google already has on you.

Related Articles:

Facial recognition will soon be everywhere. Are we prepared?

Google Is Watching You In Your Home

Hidden Cameras Use AI to Monitor Phone Use

Google achieves “quantum supremacy” that will soon render all cryptocurrency breakable, all military secrets revealed

CIA Torture Unredacted

Edward Snowden: The Untold Story of How One Patriotic American Exposed NSA Surveillance

Google Admits That ‘Others’ Can Access The Camera On Samsung & Android Smartphones

All Eyes Are On You!

Bill Gates: Aadhaar Doesn't Harm Privacy, It Merely Gives an Identity

5 People Died in 10 Months on a 16-Mile Stretch of a Smart Motorway

Google admits it let random strangers download your videos… as it seeks monthly fee for rifling through your photos

Letter from Alleged Insider Claims Zuckerberg Did NOT Create Facebook and is a Frontman for Military Intelligence

"Intelligence Coup Of The Century": CIA Ran Global Spy Op Using Well-Known Swiss Encryption Company.

Swiss investigate report that firm helped CIA break codes.

Wikipedia Page

The Wiretap Rooms: The NSA’s Hidden Spy Hubs in Eight U.S. Cities

Edward Snowden: How Your Cell Phone Spies On You

Google Operating Like A News Publisher, Project Veritas Leaks Reveal & Mother Of All Google Whistleblowers Exposes Global Criminal Plan To Control All Information

Google Whistleblowers: Search Engine Penalizing All Sites That Don’t Conform To Political Correctness &
Everything You Need To Know About Net Neutrality

Google, Facebook And Amazon Are Just Extensions Of The Surveillance State; Dangerous Mafia Heads Of A
Fascist Corporate Regime + Internal Facebook Documents Reveal Zuckerberg Discussed Selling User Data To Developers, Advertisers

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Emotional Intelligence: The Social Skills You Weren't Taught In School
February 18 2020 | From: StumbleUpon

You’re taught about history, science, and math when you’re growing up. Most of us, however, aren’t taught how to identify or deal with our own emotions, or the emotions of others. These skills can be valuable, but you’ll never get them in a classroom.

Emotional intelligence is a shorthand that psychological researchers use to describe how well individuals can manage their own emotions and react to the emotions of others.

People who exhibit emotional intelligence have the less obvious skills necessary to get ahead in life, such as managing conflict resolution, reading and responding to the needs of others, and keeping their own emotions from overflowing and disrupting their lives. In this guide, we’ll look at what emotional intelligence is, and how to develop your own.

What Is Emotional Intelligence?

Measuring emotional intelligence is relatively new in the field of psychology, only first being explored in the mid-80s. Several models are currently being developed, but for our purposes, we’ll examine what’s known as the “mixed model,” developed by psychologist Daniel Goleman.

The mixed model has five key areas:

Self-awareness: Self-awareness involves knowing your own feelings. This includes having an accurate assessment of what you’re capable of, when you need help, and what your emotional triggers are.

Self-management: This involves being able to keep your emotions in check when they become disruptive. Self-management involves being able to control outbursts, calmly discussing disagreements, and avoiding activities that undermine you like extended self-pity or panic.

Motivation: Everyone is motivated to action by rewards like money or status. Goleman’s model, however, refers to motivation for the sake of personal joy, curiosity, or the satisfaction of being productive.

Empathy: While the three previous categories refer to a person’s internal emotions, this one deals with the emotions of others. Empathy is the skill and practice of reading the emotions of others and responding appropriately.

Social skills: This category involves the application of empathy as well as negotiating the needs of others with your own. This can include finding common ground with others, managing others in a work environment, and being persuasive.

You can read a bit more about these different categories here. The order of these emotional competencies isn’t all that relevant, as we all learn many of these skills simultaneously as we grow. It’s also important to note that, for our purposes, we’ll only be using this as a guide. Emotional intelligence isn’t an area that most people receive formal training in. We’ll let psychologists argue over the jargon and models, but for now let’s explore what each of these mean and how to improve them in your own life.


Before you can do anything else here, you have to know what your emotions are. Improving your self-awareness is the first step to identifying any problem area you’re facing.

Here are some ways to improve your self-awareness:

Keep a journal: Career skill blog recommends starting by keeping a journal of your emotions. At the end of every day, write down what happened to you, how you felt, and how you dealt with it. Periodically, look back over your journal and take note of any trends, or any time you overreacted to something.

Ask for input from others: As we’ve talked about before when dealing with your self-perception, input from others can be invaluable. Try to ask multiple people who know you well where your strengths and weaknesses lie. Write down what they say, compare what they say to each other and, again, look for patterns. Most importantly, don’t argue with them. They don’t have to be correct. You’re just trying to gauge your perception from another’s point of view.

Slow down (or meditate): Emotions have a habit of getting the most out of control when we don’t have time to slow down or process them. The next time you have an emotional reaction to something, try to pause before you react (something the internet makes easier than ever, if you’re communicating online). You can also try meditating to slow your brain down and give your emotional state room to breathe.

If you’ve never practiced intentional self-awareness, these tips should give you a practical head start. One strategy I personally use is to go on long walks or have conversations with myself discussing what’s bothering me. Often, I’ll find that the things I say to the imaginary other end of the conversation can give me some insight into what’s really bugging me. The important aspect is to look inwards, rather than focusing solely on external factors.


Once you know how your emotions work, you can start figuring out how to handle them. Proper self-management means controlling your outbursts, distinguishing between external triggers and internal over-reactions, and doing what’s best for your needs.

One key way to manage your emotions is to change your sensory input. You’ve probably heard the old advice to count to ten and breathe when you’re angry. Speaking as someone who’s had plenty of overwhelming issues with depression and anger, this advice is usually crap (though if it works for you, more power to you).

However, giving your physical body a jolt can break the cycle. If you’re feeling lethargic, do some exercise. If you’re stuck in an emotional loop, give yourself a “snap out of it” slap. Anything that can give a slight shock to your system or break the existing routine can help.

Lifehacker alum Adam Dachis also recommends funneling emotional energy into something productive. It’s alright to let overwhelming emotions stew inside you for a moment, if it’s not an appropriate time to let them out. However, when you do, rather than vent it on something futile, turn it into motivation instead:

"I recently started playing tennis for fun, knowing that I’d never become exceptional because I began too late in life. I’ve become better and have a very minor talent for the game, so when I play poorly I now know and I get down on myself.

When up against an opponent with far more skill I find it hard to do much else than get angry. Rather than let that anger out, I take note of it and use it to fuel my desire to practice more. Whether in sports, work, or everyday life, we can get complacent with our skill and forget that we always have some room for improvement.

When you start to get mad, get better instead."

You can’t always control what makes you feel a certain way, but you can always control how you react. If you have some impulse control problems, find ways to get help when you’re feeling calm. Not all emotions can be vented away. My struggle with depression taught me that some emotions persist long after the overflow. However, there’s always a moment when those feelings feel a little less intense. Use those moments to seek help.


We talk about motivation a lot. When we’re talking about motivation as it relates to emotional intelligence, however, we don’t just mean getting up the energy to go to work. We’re talking about your inner drive to accomplish something. That drive isn’t just some feel-goody nonsense, either. As Psychology today explains, there’s a section of your prefrontal cortex that lights up at the mere thought of achieving a meaningful goal.

Whether your goal is building a career, raising a family, or creating some kind of art, everyone has something they want to do with their life.When your motivation is working for you, it connects with reality in tangible ways. Want to start a family? Motivated people will start dating. Want to improve your career? Motivated people will educate themselves, apply for new jobs, or angle for a promotion.

Daniel Goleman suggests that in order to start making use of that motivation, you first need to identify your own values. Many of us are so busy that we don’t take the time to examine what our values really are. Or worse, we’ll do work that directly contradicts what we value for so long that we lose that motivation entirely.

Unfortunately, we can’t give you the answer for what it is you want in life, but there are lots of strategies you can try . Use your journal to find times when you’ve felt fulfilled. Create a list of things you value. Most of all, accept the uncertainty in life and just build something. Fitness instructor Michael Mantell, Ph.D suggests that using lesser successes you know you can accomplish. Remember, everyone who’s accomplished something you want to achieve did it slowly, over time.


Your emotions are only one half of all your relationships. It’s the half you focus on the most, sure, but that’s only because you hang out with yourself every day. All the other people that matter to you have their own set of feelings, desires, triggers, and fears. Empathy is your most important skill for navigating your relationships.

Empathy is a life-long skill, but here are some tips you can use to practice empathy:

Shut up and listen: We’re gonna start with the hardest one here, because it’s the most important. You can’t experience everyone else’s lives to fully understand them, but you can listen. Listening involves letting someone else talk and then not countering what they say. It means putting aside your preconceptions or skepticism for a bit and allowing the person you’re talking to a chance to explain how they feel. Empathy is hard, but virtually every relationship you have can be improved at least marginally by waiting at least an extra ten seconds before you retake the conversation.

Take up a contrary position to your own: One of the quickest ways to solidify an opinion in your mind is to argue in favor of it. To counter this, take up a contrary position. If you think your boss is being unreasonable, try defending their actions in your head. Would you find their actions reasonable if you were in their shoes? Even asking the questions of yourself can be enough to start empathizing with another’s point of view (though, of course, getting real answers from others can always help).

Don’t just know, try to understand: Understanding is key to having empathy. As we’ve discussed before, understanding is the difference between knowing something and truly empathizing with it. If you catch yourself saying, “I know, but,” a lot, take that as an indicator that you should pause a bit more. When someone tells you about an experience that’s not your own, take some time to mull over how your life might be different if you experienced that on a daily basis. Read about it until it clicks. It’s okay if you don’t spend all your time devoted to someone else’s life, but putting in just some time—even if it’s idle thought time while you work - can be beneficial.

By definition, empathy means getting in the emotional dirt with someone else. Allowing their experiences to resonate with your own and responding appropriately. It’s okay to offer advice or optimism, but empathy also requires that you wait for the right space to do that. If someone’s on the verge of tears, or sharing some deep pain, don’t make light of it and don’t try to minimize the hurt. Be mindful of how they must feel and allow them space to feel it.

Social Skills

Summing up all social skills in one section of an article would do about as much justice to the topic as if we snuck in a brief explainer on astrophysics. However, the tools you develop in the other four areas will help you resolve a lot of social problems that many adults still wrestle with. As Goleman explains, your social skills affect everything from your work performance to your romantic life:

"Social competence takes many forms – it’s more than just being chatty. These abilities range from being able to tune into another person’s feelings and understand how they think about things, to being a great collaborator and team player, to expertise at negotiation.

All these skills are learned in life. We can improve on any of them we care about, but it takes time, effort, and perseverance. It helps to have a model, someone who embodies the skill we want to improve. But we also need to practice whenever a naturally occurring opportunity arises – and it may be listening to a teenager, not just a moment at work."

You can start with the most common form of social problems: resolving a disagreement. This is where you get to put all your skills to the test in a real-world environment.

We’ve gone into this subject in-depth here , but we can summarize the basic steps:

Identify and deal with your emotions: Whenever you have an argument with someone else, things can get heated. If someone involved is emotionally worked up, deal with that problem first. Take time apart to vent, blow off steam on your own, then return to the problem. In a work environment, this may just mean complaining to a friend before you email your boss back. In a romantic relationship, remind your partner that you care about them before criticizing.

Address legitimate problems once you’re both calm: Once you’re in your right headspace, identify what the conflict is. Before you jump to solutions, make sure you and the other person agree on what the problems really are. Propose solutions that are mutually beneficial and be sympathetic to any concessions the other person may be unwilling to make (but be sure to stand firm on your own).

End on a cooperative note: Whether in business or pleasure, relationships work best when everyone involved knows that they’re on the same page. Even if you can’t end on a positive note, make sure that the last intention you communicate is a cooperative one. Let your boss/coworker/significant other know that you want to work towards the same goal, even if you have different views.

Not every type of interaction with another person will be a conflict, of course. Some social skills just involve meeting new people, socializing with people of different mindsets, or just playing games. However, resolving conflict can be one of the best ways to learn how to apply your emotional skills.

Disputes are best resolved when you know what you want, can communicate it clearly, understand what someone else wants, and come to favorable terms for everyone. If you’ve been paying attention, you’ll notice that this involves every other area of the emotional intelligence model.

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Research Shows We Can Heal With Vibration, Frequency & Sound + Which Is Worse: The NSA Or The FDA?
February 17 2020 | From: CollectiveEvolution / NoMoreFakeNews / Various

Cymatics is a very interesting topic. It illustrates how sound frequencies move through a particular medium such as water, air, or sand and as a result directly alter physical matter.

There are a number of pictures all over the internet as well as youtube videos that demonstrate how matter (particles) adjust to different sounds and different frequencies of sound.

Related: Michael Tellinger - 2017 Sound Resonance Magnetics & Reality

When it comes to ancient knowledge, sound, frequency and vibration have always been perceived as powerful forces that can influence and alter life all the way down to the cellular level.

Sound healing methods are often used by Shamans, who employ drums and singing to access trance states. Research has even demonstrated that drumming and singing can can be used to slow fatal brain disease, and it can generate a sense of oneness with the universe.

In Brief:

The Facts: Multiple studies and examples have shown how sound, frequency and vibration can literally alter physical material matter. Research has also shown that sound, frequencies and vibration can be used as a significant healing method for various ailments.

Reflect On: How plausible would it be for these interventions to become a regular part of therapy, just as much as pharmaceutical drugs are now?

Sound therapy is getting more popular, and it can have many medical applications, especially within the psychological and mental health realms.

Sound, frequency and vibration are used all throughout the animal kingdom, and there are many examples. If we look at the wasp, they use antennal drumming to alter the caste development or phenotype of their larvae.

Related: The World Economic Forum Talks About “Mind Control Using Sound Waves” & Total Individual Control Technology - Insider Exposes How You And Your DNA Are Being Targeted

Conventional thinking has held for quite some time that differential nutrition alone can explain why one larvae develops into a non-reproductive worker and one into a reproductive female (gyne).  However, this is not the case, according to a 2011 study:

"But nutrition level alone cannot explain how the first few females to be produced in a colony develop rapidly yet have small body sizes and worker phenotypes.

Here, we provide evidence that a mechanical signal biases caste toward a worker phenotype. In Polistes fuscatus, the signal takes the form of antennal drumming (AD), wherein a female trills her antennae synchronously on the rims of nest cells while feeding prey-liquid to larvae.

The frequency of AD occurrence is high early in the colony cycle, when larvae destined to become workers are being reared, and low late in the cycle, when gynes are being reared.

Subjecting gyne-destined brood to simulated AD-frequency vibrations caused them to emerge as adults with reduced fat stores, a worker trait.

This suggests that AD influences the larval developmental trajectory by inhibiting a physiological element that is necessary to trigger diapause, a gyne trait.”

This finding indicates that the acoustic signals produced through drumming within certain species carry biologically meaningful information (literally: ‘to put form into’) that operate epigenetically (i.e. working outside or above the genome to affect gene expression).

Pretty fascinating, isn’t it? Like many other ancient lines of thought, this has been backed by modern day scientific research.

Related: Social Engineering - The War On The Higher Mind Of Humans: Here’s Why You Should Consider Converting Your Music To A=432 Hz


Another example comes from cancer research. In his Tedx talk, “Shattering Cancer with Resonant Frequencies,” Associate Professor and Director of Music at Skidmore College, Anthony Holland, tells the audience that he has a dream.

That dream is to see a future where children no longer have to suffer from the effects of toxic cancer drugs or radiation treatment, and today he and his team believe they have found the answer, and that answer is sound. Holland and his team wondered if they could affect a cell by sending a specific electric signal, much like we do with LCD technology.

After searching the patent database for a device that could accomplish this, they came across a therapeutic device invented by New Mexico physician Dr. James Bare.

The device uses a plasma antenna that pulses on and off, which, as Holland explains, is important because a constant pulse of electricity would produce too much heat and therefore destroy the cell.

For the next 15 months, Holland and his team searched for the exact frequency that would directly shatter a living microorganism.

The magic number finally came in the form of two inputs, one high frequency and one low. The high frequency had to be exactly eleven times higher than the low, which in music is known as the 11th harmonic.

Related: Five Historical Vaccine Scandals Suppressed By The Establishment & FDA Admits Vaccines Contaminated With Serious Viruses Including Cancer + Measles Vaccination Is Not Protecting Against Measles

At the 11th harmonic, micro organisms begin to shatter like crystal glass.

After consistently practicing until they became efficient at the procedure, Holland began working with a team of cancer researchers in an attempt to destroy targeted cancer cells.

First they looked at pancreatic cancer cells, eventually discovering these cells were specifically vulnerable between 100,000 - 300,000 Hz.

Next they moved onto leukemia cells, and they were able to shatter the leukemia cells before they could divide. But, as Holland explains in his talk, he needed bigger stats in order to make the treatment a viable option for cancer patients.

In repeated and controlled experiments, the frequencies, known as oscillating pulsed electric field (OPEF) technology, killed an average of 25% to 40% of leukemia cells, going as high as 60% in some cases. Furthermore, the intervention even slowed cancer cell growth rates up to 65%.

You can read more about the story, find sources, and watch that TEDx talk here.

Related: Introduction / Overview: The Bio-Resonance Feedback ‘Healing Computer’ Technology

Another example occurred in  1981, when biologist Helene Grimal partnered with composer Fabien Maman to study the relationship of sound waves to living cells.

For 18 months, the pair worked with the effects of 30-40 decibel sounds on human cells. With a camera mounted on a microscope, the researchers observed uterine cancer cells exposed to different acoustic instruments (guitar, gong, xylophone) as well as the human voice for 20-minute sessions.

They discovered that, when exposed to sound, cancer cells lost structural integrity until they exploded at the 14-minute mark. Far more dramatic was the sound of a human voice - the cells were destroyed at the nine-minute mark.

After this, they decided to work with two women with breast cancer. For one month, both of the women gave three-and-a-half-hours a day to “toning” or singing the scale.

Apparently, the woman’s tumor became undetectable, and the other woman underwent surgery. Her surgeon reported that her tumor had shrunk dramatically and “dried up.” It was removed and the woman had a complete recovery and remission.

These are only a few out of multiple examples that are floating around out there.

Related: Cancer Industry Not Looking For A Cure; They’re Too Busy Making Money & Same Amazon.Com That Banned Cancer Cure Documentaries Now All In With Big Pharma’s Toxic Cancer “Treatments” Via Its New “Go Gold” Astroturfing Campaign

Let’s not forget about when Royal Rife first identified the human cancer virus using the world’s most powerful microscope. After identifying and isolating the virus, he decided to culture it on salted pork.

At the time this was a very good method for culturing a virus. He then took the culture and injected it into 400 rats, which, as you might expect, created cancer in all 400 rats very quickly.

The next step for Rife was where things took an interesting turn. He later found a frequency of electromagnetic energy that would cause the cancer virus to diminish completely when entered into the energy field

You can read more about that story here.

More Research

A 2014 study published in the Journal of Huntington’s Disease found that two months of drumming intervention in Huntington’s patients (considered an irreversible, lethal neurodegenerative disease) resulted in “improvements in executive function and changes in white matter microstructure, notably in the genu of the corpus callosum that connects prefrontal cortices of both hemispheres.” 

The study authors concluded that the pilot study provided novel preliminary evidence that drumming (or related targeted behavioral stimulation) may result in “cognitive enhancement and improvements in callosal white matter microstructure.”

Related: Homeopathy Officially Recognized By Swiss Government As Legitimate Medicine To Coexist With "Conventional" Medicine

A 2011 Finnish study observed that stroke patients who were given access to music as cognitive therapy had improved recovery.

Other research has shown that patients suffering from loss of speech due to brain injury or stroke regain it more quickly by learning to sing before trying to speak.

The phenomenon of music facilitating healing in the brain after a stroke is called the “Kenny Rogers Effect.”

A 2012 study published in Evolutionary Psychology found that active performance of music (singing, dancing and drumming) triggered endorphin release (measured by post-activity increases in pain tolerance), whereas merely listening to music did not.

The researchers hypothesized that this may contribute to community bonding in activities involving dance and music-making.

Related: The A=432 Hz Frequency: DNA Tuning And The Bastardisation Of Music

According to a study published by the National Institute of Health, “Music effectively reduces anxiety for medical and surgical patients and often reduces surgical and chronic pain. [Also,] Providing music to caregivers may be a strategy to improve empathy, compassion, and care.”

In other words, music is not only good for patients, it’s good for those who care for them as well.

Below is an interesting interview with Dr. Bruce Lipton. You can view his curriculum vitae here.

What About The Mind?

A few years ago, these scientists held an International Summit on Post-Materialist Science, and created a manifesto to explain its significance.

The scientists involved were Mario Beauregard, PhD (University of Arizona), Gary E. Schwartz, PhD (University of Arizona), and Lisa Miller, PhD (Columbia University), in collaboration with Larry Dossey, MD, Alexander Moreira-Almeida, MD, PhD, Marilyn Schlitz, PhD, Rupert Sheldrake, PhD, and Charles Tart, PhD.

There are hundreds of published peer-reviewed publications showing statistically significant results for this type of science, yet unfortunately, it is still shunned by mainstream academia, even though so many mainstream academic scientists support it. What is going on here?

The idea that the mind affects physical material reality is not trivial, and it’s been demonstrated repeatedly with statistically significant results through fascinating research undertaken by government programs, places like the Institute of Noetic Sciences (founded by Dr. Edgar Mitchell), and, in more recent developments, the group of internationally recognized scientists mentioned above.

Related: The Healing Benefits Of Spending Time Alone

Many studies have been conducted in these realms as well. Let’s look at water.

Experiments over the past four decades have investigated whether human intention alone can affect the properties of water. This question has been of interest to alternative medicine research, because the human body is made up of approximately 70% water.

Interest in this topic has been rekindled recently by multiple researchers suggesting that intentionally influenced water can be detected by examining ice crystals formed from samples of that water.

Scientists have hypothesized and shown that water influenced by intention can indeed influence the physical formation of the ice crystals that water produces.

Consistent results commonly point to the idea that positive intentions tend to produce symmetric, well-formed, aesthetically pleasing crystals, and negative intentions tend to produce asymmetric, poorly formed, and unattractive crystals.

Dean Radin, the Chief Scientist at the Institute of Noetic Sciences, along with Masaru Emoto, Takashige Kizu, and Nancy Lund, designed an experiment that tested this hypothesis.

As the study’s description reads:

"Over three days, 1,900 people in Austria and Germany focused their intentions towards water samples located inside an electromagnetically shielded room in California.

Water samples located near the target water, but unknown to the people providing intentions, acted as ‘‘proximal’’ controls.

Other samples located outside the shielded room acted as distant controls. Ice drops formed from samples of water in the different treatment conditions were photographed by a technician, each image was assessed for aesthetic beauty by over 2,500 independent judges, and the resulting data were analyzed, all by individuals blind with respect to the underlying treatment conditions.

Results suggested that crystal images in the intentionally treated condition were rated as aesthetically more beautiful than proximal control crystals (p < 0.03, one-tailed). This outcome replicates the results of an earlier pilot test.”

You can access the full study here.

If thought alone does indeed have an effect on physical material reality, just imagine what it could do to our body? Something to think about.

Related: MMS Does Not Cure Stupidity

The Takeaway

The information presented in this article isn’t even the tip of the iceberg when it comes the the medical applications of sound, frequency and vibration, which are all obviously correlated.

One thing is clear, however, which is that there are many more methods out there, like the ones discussed in this article, that should be taken more seriously and given more attention from the medical establishment.

It seems all mainstream medicine is concerned about is making money and developing medications that don’t seem to be representative of our fullest potential to heal.

“Alternative” therapies shouldn’t be labelled as alternative, they should be incorporated into the norm.

Related Articles:

Top 7 Causes Of Cancer And Smart Alternatives For Prevention And Healing

Did you know that exposure to artificial blue light takes a toll on your eyes?

Companies Develop “Safe” Screens That Filter Blue Light Emitted By Electronic Devices

How to Naturally Increase Energy for a Happier, Healthier You

The Forgotten Art Of Squatting: Is It The Antidote For The Damage Done To Our Bodies From Sitting?

Are There Patents To Manipulate The Human Nervous System Using Electromagnetic Frequencies?

Which Is Worse: The NSA Or The FDA?

A message to Wikileaks, Cryptome, Public Intelligence, and other sites that expose secrets.

Does 2.25 million deaths in America, per decade, at the hands of the medical system, rate as a significant leak?

Related: Study Shows What Living In A ‘Greener’ Neighbourhood Can Do For Your Health

As my readers know, I’ve reported on a number of scandals concerning the toxicity of medical drugs, including shocking death numbers in the US.

These scandals are leaks from inside the National Security State.

If you visit Wikileaks, Cryptome, Public Intelligence, and other similar sites, how many purely medical documents do you find posted? How many damaging leaks exposing the crimes of the medical cartel do you find?

Very, very few.

Where are the medical insiders who are liberating and passing along incriminating documentary evidence?

Some of the best exposers of political, intelligence-agency, and military crimes are way behind the curve, when it comes to medical matters.

The medical sphere, for various reasons, is far better protected than any other segment of society.

Related: Medical Destruction: It’s Not Just A Conspiracy Theory

For the hundredth time, let me cite Dr. Barbara Starfield’s stunning review, “Is US health really the best in the world?” published on July 26, 2000, in the Journal of the American Medical Association.

Starfield, at the time, was working as a highly respected public health expert, at the Johns Hopkins School of Public Health.

She concluded that the US medical system kills 225,000 Americans a year. That would add up to 2.25 million deaths per decade.

Laid directly at the door of the American medical complex. 106,000 of those annual deaths, as Starfield reports, are the direct result of medical drugs.

Aside from the genocidal death toll, Starfield’s findings also imply massive fraud in all medical journals that routinely publish glowing results of clinical trials of drugs.

Such trials open the door to the marketing of drugs that kill, according to Starfield, 106,000 Americans every year. How is this possible unless deep, continuing, and abetted research fraud are the order of the day?

Indeed, Dr. Marcia Angell, the editor of New England Journal of Medicine for 20 years, wrote the following:

"It is simply no longer possible to believe much of the clinical research that is published, or to rely on the judgment of trusted physicians or authoritative medical guidelines.

I take no pleasure in this conclusion, which I reached slowly and reluctantly over my two decades as an editor of The New England Journal of Medicine.

- NY Review of Books, January 15, 2009

Homeopathy: The First Release Report

Homeopathy: No better than placebo?

In March 2015, the Australian National Health and Medical Research Council (NHMRC) published an Information Paper on homeopathy, commonly referred to as ‘The Australian Report’, essentially declaring homeopathy to be no better than placebo.

This document concludes that “…there are no health conditions for which there is reliable evidence that homeopathy is effective”.

This report triggered headlines around the world falsely suggesting NHMRC had found that homeopathy doesn’t work for any condition.

However, it wasn’t until after the report had been released, and headlines generated, that the alarming flaws in NHMRC’s approach to the Homeopathy review were brought to light. The most serious scientific breach… NHMRC did the review twice, only publishing their second attempt...

Related: Steps You Can Take To Detox Safely With Homeopathy

The FDA, of course, is the single government agency responsible for certifying drugs as safe and effective, before their public release is permitted. Yet the FDA takes absolutely no responsibility for the deaths.

Can you imagine the feeding frenzy, if, say, some leaker in the Pentagon passed along a political / military document to Wikileaks that showed the Dept. of Defense was poisoning to death, like clockwork, a hundred thousand of its own soldiers every year?

Let’s stop this insane nonsense of separating one whole set of government crimes from another, simply because the propagandized priests in the white coats are above reproach.

We’re not living in 1950 anymore, and this isn’t Kansas.

In 1988, when I was writing my first book, AIDS INC., I stated that medical covert ops are the most successful methods for pacifying, debilitating, and controlling populations, through toxification, because these ops fly the flag of political neutrality.

They appear to favor no king, dictator, president, government administration or partisan position.

Their propaganda is all about healing and helping.

Related: Science confirms: Baking soda, a kitchen staple, can be used to treat various autoimmune diseases

In fact, the medical cartel is, in the long run, the most effective branch of political repression, from one end of the planet to the other.

It favors top-down control by those in power, whoever they are, whatever they claim to stand for.

Consider this: when Ed Snowden released NSA documents that showed the extent of government surveillance on populations, no one from the intelligence establishment made a serious case that Snowden’s revelations were false.

Instead, they attacked Snowden for exposing “methods” of “the war on terror.”

However, in the medical arena, leakers would be afraid that doctors, medical bureaucrats, public health agencies, government leaders, drug-company fronts, and major media outlets would, all at once, deny the validity and truth of the leaks - despite the fact that the truth is there for all to see.

In other words, the best protected cartel in the world - medical - would act in a far more Orwellian fashion. It would say: the truth is not the truth, the facts are not the facts, 2 and 2 do not equal 4 - and the cartel would get away with doing that.

This is the kind of clout we’re talking about when it comes to medical matters.

Over the years, I’ve alerted mainstream reporters to the Starfield review, cited above, and other confirming published studies that reveal the horrific extent of medical destruction.

Related: Miraculous Healing Using the Power of the Mind is Possible – Here’s Why

Those reporters who bothered to get back to me issued blanket denials. They essentially said, “Yes, I see the evidence and the facts, but the facts aren’t facts. What’s happening isn’t happening.”

Now we’re talking about some heavy brainwashing.

By comparison, it makes the quality of the scandal around Snowden seem like a Sunday lunch in the park.

A few years ago, I had one reporter, who exposes political leaks, tell me: “I don’t mess with medical stuff. It would ruin my credibility.”

Indeed. Another indication of how powerful the medical apparatus is.

Recently, the Washington Post highlighted a new study that puts “medical errors” as the 3rd leading cause of death in America. There hasn’t been any significant follow-up. There hasn’t been an explosion of outrage. So even when exposure occurs, the brainwashing factor is so strong it makes no difference. It’s just another ho-hum day in the news business.

That’s mind control par excellence. That’s tremendous protection of criminals.

That’s like a crime boss saying, “Yeah, I kill 225,000 people every year, but it’s an accident” - and nothing happens.

He goes his merry way, and everyone praises him as a humanitarian.

The Mind-Blowing Story of a Simple Cure for 97% of Disease

There is a wide misperception that chlorine dioxide is the same thing as chlorine.

Chlorine reacts with organic matter to produce very toxic metabolites, but chlorine dioxide does not. Sodium chloride is another chlorine-containing molecule that can be toxic in large amounts - but it is essential for health and it is commonly known by the more familiar name of table salt.

Chlorine dioxide mainly reacts with sulfur-containing organic matter, and oxidizes the sulfur in them. This can be very beneficial in promoting the synthesis of sulfate.

Sulfate deficiency is a key factor in autism, and is probably caused by glyphosate. Chlorine dioxide enables the macrophages to produce hypochlorite which they commonly use to kill pathogens.

Chlorine dioxide, while not as effective as chlorine, can also break down glyphosate. While high doses of chlorine dioxide could be damaging because it is an oxidizing agent, I believe that in low doses it is very safe, certainly much safer than many of the prescription drugs that are currently being used to treat autism symptoms.

Talk about inventing and selling false reality. This one is at the top of the charts, and it stays there.

I could stop here, but I’m going to take this one step further, because, as you can see, I’m talking about mind control. So here is the vital add-on:

From the dawn of history, humans have been particularly vulnerable to statements, from “selfless altruists,” about being saved, being rescued, being given gifts from above. And behind those statements, when there is an organization involved, a top-down organization, the threat level rises considerably.

Leaders have always recognized that if they match their pronouncements and assurances with the population’s unflagging hope of being saved, they, the leaders, win. They win big.

Even in societies where overt human sacrifice was practiced, the cover story involved some kind of healing and rescue. The good gods would see the sacrifices and intervene to produce “better days.” Better life for all.

This is what was sold, and this was what was bought. For many people, the times have not changed. Make them a promise of medical rescue, and they’re in. They’re floating in a hopeful trance.

A hypnotic induction has been performed, and it works.

Related: 1899 Merck Manual Shows Natural And Food - Based Medicine Once Reigned Supreme + The Healing Web

The controlled subject responds with gratitude. At that point, you can engage in complete contradictions, rank absurdities, and doublespeak. The trance will hold.

As my old research collaborator, hypnotherapist Jack True, once told me in an interview, “People want dreams. When they lose faith in their own ability to dream about the life they want, they’ll accept someone else dreaming for them.

That’s what hypnosis is. Someone else dreaming for you. You accept a substitute. That’s mind control. That’s believing you can live in someone else’s creation forever…”

If I were the head of an institution of higher learning, I would engrave that quote above the gates, and I would build a four-year course that explores the implications of the quote in every dimension of human existence.

The medical cartel is the best-protected organization on the planet.

Related Articles:

Because it works so well, adult stem cell therapy is now being targeted by the FDA for elimination

Rediscovering the Art and Science of Sound Therapy

432 Hertz & the Suppression of Pythagorean Mathematics

A Navy SEAL Explains The Benefits of Ending A Shower With Cold Water

USC Researchers Discover How to Regenerate Your Entire Immune System In Only 72 Hours

New Study: 528Hz Sound "Miraculously" Cleaned Oil Polluted Water In The Gulf Of Mexico

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Toronto Protocols
February 16 2020 | From: RightEdition / HeartOfEurope / Various

From the International Free Press Agency “Intelligence Report” by Serge Monast (1995).

The debate about the existence of a master plan for the economic, cultural and political unification of the world and the radical transformation of societies has been going on for decades.

Related: Leaked Document “The Toronto Protocols“ from 1985 Reveals Deep State Agenda for the Future… And It’s Coming True

Even though the mainstream media consistently regards these assumptions as conspiration theories, videos and posts about secret organizations, their meetings and the establishment of a united “One World” reach millions of viewers on YouTube and other social networks.

The origin of the so called “Toronto Protocols” - which were published 20 years ago - is still not clear, but the bare content of the document seems to be certified by the elapsed time.

The document running under the name “Toronto Protocols” was published by a French-Canadian journalist, Serge Monast in May, 1995.

There is little accessible information about Monast - who was born in 1945 - but what we do know about him was amassed in a post by “Konteó blog” in 2012. Monast started off as a poet and writer, but from the second half of the ‘80s he became interested in investigative journalism.

End of June 1967: in Montreal there is Expo 67; in Ottawa, there are the final preparations for the “Centenary of the Confederation”; in the U.S it is the challenge of the Vietnam War and, through the country, the “Flower Power”.

We are close to the events of May 1968 in France, the explosion of nationalism in Quebec, the Woodstock Festival in the U.S. But at the same time, the end of June 1967 marks the final preparations for the development of the Plan of the “Fall of Nations” by the highest levels of Anglo-Saxon Freemasonry in Toronto (Canada).

Related: Freemasonry: Mankind’s Death Wish

This secret meeting, highly “Confidential”, is organized by the “6.6.6.” (so they call themselves), i.e. those who run the 6 largest banks in the world, the 6 largest energy consortia on the planet (including the oil part), and the 6 largest consortia of agri-food (which includes the control of the main Food Roads of the World).

These 6.6.6., being the most senior international financiers, will define, within their meeting, a “Common Strategy” for absolute control over “World Trade”; on the possession of the Energy Weapon (the open gateway of the twenty-first century); and the international control of the food (which also includes, for them, the pharmaceutical companies which include, in turn, the global market for “Vitamins” and “vaccines”).

Their “plan” boils down to three major themes: The Economic, the Political, and the Social Policy for the 70’s and 80’s. If successful, it must inevitably lead to the capture of “Global Power” by implementing the “New World Order”, the same which U.S President George Bush will do much to promote in the early 90s.

The Title of the Document of the 6.6.6: “PANEM and circuses” (From Bread and Circus Games) [i.e. an old Roman phrase to describe how the Emperors used to entertain and feed the masses so that they would be distracted from taking an interest in politics].

Bread and Circus, Medication and Conditioning, Omission and Denial

This is Big Sports and Entertainment have been designed to keep the masses appeased so they don’t have time to become concerned about how the Establishment is ripping them off at every level nor any inclination to be motivated to stop them from doing so.

And it's not a new trick but a variation on a theme developed by the elit in Roman times.

This is where the great schism lies. The awake and aware have snapped out of the control system. Those who haven't are being tooled around like puppets on a million nano strings. When you don't know, you don't know that you don't know...and are very easy to keep being fooled.

When you've woken up, the world is completely reversed from everything you were told and believed before. You now know that you now know! And everything rights itself and all is clear.

It takes some cobweb clearing to get a handle on the real picture but it happens, and in a relative hurry.

Truth not only defends itself, but drives itself.

The Romans came up with the idea that if you keep the people fed, watered and entertained - distracted - the 'elite' can get away with anything, behind the scenes. Today we have professional sports hysteria, mass media movies, mindless reality TV and music filling that role nicely, while subconsciously programming the masses with the themes and thoughtforms the elite decide on to further their agendas

"Bread and circuses" (or bread and games; from Latin: panem et circenses) is metonymic for a superficial means of appeasement. In the case of politics, the phrase is used to describe the generation of public approval, not through exemplary or excellent public service or public policy, but through diversion; distraction; or the mere satisfaction of the immediate, shallow requirements of a populace, as an offered "palliative."

Its originator, Juvenal, used the phrase to decry the selfishness of common people and their neglect of wider concerns. The phrase also implies the erosion or ignorance of civic duty amongst the concerns of the commoner.

Much of the violence and filth we have to live with can be directly attributed to this powerful mind-kontrol system which operates by the power of 60 HZ conditioned susceptibility, hypnosis for many. Hollywood superstars are paid big money because what they do is important to the Establishment Hierarchy, in terms of mind-kontrolling the masses and much of the world.

How do they maintain this illusion? Mental conditioning is the name of the game for the designers and propagators of the matrix.

Related: Simon Esler on The Toronto Protocols

Globalist Project Goal: The “Vital Genocide for the Benefit of the Hidden Profit”. Project Financing Means: Among other things, use of Humanitarian Aid, International Food Aid to fund the “Multinationals” of the 6.6.6.

-- The Document: Bread and Circus 1967

[all the historic periods having led to the decline of civilizations were quite marked, without exception, by “the Spirit of the Wandering people”.

Today, we have to make so that this “Spirit” is translated by a “World Society of the Leisure” under all its forms. This “Leisure” has to consist of the [Sex], of the [Drugs], of the [Sport], of the [Travel / Exoctism], and [Leisure activities] in general, but accessible to all the sectors of society.

The Man has to manage to believe that it is “Modern”, and that his modernity consists of his capacity, and his possibility of being able to enjoy much, and now all which surrounds him.

To achieve this objective it is imperative to be able to infiltrate the Medias (radio, television, newspapers), settings of “Fashion” and “Culture” (circles of New Music) by which we will influence, for sure all the layers of Western Societies.

Thus taking under the control of the “Senses” the youth (tomorrow’s adults), we will have consequently the way clear for infiltrating and transform in depth without being disturbed, the Politics, and the Legal System and the Education and thus allowing us to radically change the course, the future direction of Societies covered by our “Plan”.

Related: The Khazarian Mafia’s System Of Cartels

The populations, we know it, do not have any historical memory. They tirelessly repeat mistakes of the past without realizing that these mistakes had driven their forefathers before them, to the same forfeitures as they will live for the worse before the end of this century.

See, for example, that their grandfathers had lived at the beginning of this century thanks to the relentless work of our predecessors.

After having experienced, without limitation, the liberation of the morals, the abolition of the morality (in other words, the wandering of the spirit), they experienced the “Economic Crisis” and then the “War”.

Today, their grandchildren and their children will go straight to an outcome similar, even worse because this time, he will finally allow us to establish our “New World Order” but none of them are able to realize this, they will all be too preoccupied to excessively satisy their most primary sensual needs.

A “standard” generally more important, and that has already proven itself at the beginning of this century in the construction and implementation of the [Communist system] by the late-lamented Senior Officers of our lodges is the profitability of “the Exception”.

In principle, we know the Exception proves the General rule that is contrary to it. But in our vocabulary, it is the Exception that should be imposed to all.

We need to make sure to make “Exceptions” in different spheres of the Society, as being new “Rules” applicable to all conditions, a primary objective of all the future social protests carried out by the Nations Youth.

Related: Being “Crazy” In A Sick Society Is Actually Healthy

Thus exception will become the fuse by which all the historical society will collapse on itself in shortness of breath and an unprecedented confusion.

The foundations of the “Western Society”in their essence, originate in a straight line from the Judeo-Christian heritage. It is precisely this same heritage which made of “Family”, the “Node”, the “Cornerstone” of all existing social structure.

Our predecessors who had financed the revolutionary writers of the late nineteenth century and early twentieth century had understood the importance to divide, then to shatter the “vital Nucleus” if they wanted to, in Russia, to succeed in setting up the new “Communist System” at that time.

And that is precisely what they did by making meticulously produced by nonconformist philosophers and writers at the time: “A Manifesto to the glory of the God-State”, which shall have the absolute priority on the individual, on the “Family”.

To end with certainty in the construction of a World Government, [ A New Community World Order] where all the individuals, without exception, will be subjected to the “World State” of the “New Order”, we have to, first of all, remove the “Family” (what will entail, at the same moment, the disappearance of the ancestral religious teachings), and in the second place, level all the individuals by removing “Social classes”, in particular, “Middle classes”.

But we have to proceed in such a way that all these changes appear as arising from the popular will; that they have the appearance of the “Democracy”.

In using isolated cases, but amplifying them to the extreme with the help of student protests infiltrated by us, journalists favorable to our cause and politicians purchased, we will be able to put in place new organizations having all the appearances of the “Modernity” as an “Office of Child Protection” protected by a “Charter of Rights and Freedoms”.

Related: The Ongoing Destruction Of The Minds Of Children & The Mass Dumbing Down Of Humanity Is Now Confirmed By Scientists

For the success of our “World Plan: [The Red Plan]”, it is necessary us to make implant in all the Western Societies of the 70’s, “Offices for the Protection of Children” among which the officials (of young intellectuals without experience, freshly out of Universities where are highlighted our internationalist principles), will comply literally, without proper judgment, the “Charter of the Rights of the Child”.

Who will dare to oppose this without being identified at the same time with the barbarians of the Middle Ages?

This “Charter” painstakingly developed in our “Lodges”, we will finally eliminate any parental authority in the family by shattering people fiercely opposed to one another for the protection of their personal interests.

It will encourage children to denounce parents very authoritarian because too traditional, too religious. It will contribute thus to subjecting parents to a “Collective Psychosis of Fear”, which inevitably will cause, in a general way in society, a relaxation of parental authority.

Thus we shall have succeeded in the first instance, to produce a society similar to that of Russia of the 50’s where the children denounced their parents to the State, and this without anyone noticing.

Thereby transferring to the State the “Parental Role”, it will be much easier thereafter, of us to monopolize, one by one, all the responsibilities that had been, until to date, the exclusive responsibility of the parents.

This is how we can make be considered by all as an abuse against children, the traditional religious education of the Judeo-Christian origin.

In the same time, but at another level, we shall make register in the highest Laws of the Nations, than all the Religions, the Worship and the religious Practices of any kind, including the “Witchcraft and the Magic” must all be respected in the same way as the others.

Related: This 1926 Eugenics Exhibit Sums Up What The Elite Think About You And Your Family

This will then be of a disconcerting ease than to transfer this role of the state in relation to the child to the highest international bodies such as the United Nations.

Understand this well: “Our goal is not to protect children, or anyone from another, but to cause the collapse and subsequent fall of Nations which are a major obstacle to the implementation of our “New World Order”.

That is why the “Office of Child Protection” must be invested with absolute legal authority. They must be able, as they see fit, but always under the pretext of protecting the child, to remove them from their original home environments and place them in family backgrounds or foreign government centres that have been established for our internationalist principles and religions.

Therefore, it will complete the final breaking of the “Western Family Unit”. For without the protection and monitoring of their original parents, these children will be permanently handicapped in their psychological and moral development, and consequently represent natural prey, easily adaptable to our global aspirations.

For guaranteed success of such an enterprise, it is essential that civil servants working in these “offices” in the service of the State, are young, without past experience imbued with theories which we know empty and ineffective, and especially should be obsessed with the missionary spirit of the great protectors of children at risk.

Because for them all parents must represent as potential criminals, potential hazards to the welfare of the child here considered to be a “God”.

An “Office of Child Protection” and “Bill of Rights of the Child” have no reason to be without children at risk. In addition, the exceptions and the historical examples used for their implementation eventually sooner or later up disappearing if they were not constantly fed with new cases occurring on an ongoing basis.

Related: Greta & the UNCRC: “Children’s Rights” Used by UN to Destroy Parental Rights

In this sense, we must infiltrate the “Education System” of the Nations in order to make disappear under the cover of “Modernity” and “Evolution”, the teaching of Religion, History and Good Manners while diluting at the same time, under an avalanche of new experiments in the milieu of the Education, that of the language and mathematics.

In this way, by removing from the younger generations, any basis and any moral boundary, all knowledge of the past (and therefore any national pride), so all respect for others, all the power and knowledge of the language of science (and thus reality), we will help build a youth largely disposed to all forms of crime.

In this new universe fragmented by the fear of parents, and their abandonment of all responsibility regarding their children, we will have a clear path to form in our own way and according to our primary objectives, a youth where arrogance, contempt, humiliation of others will be considered as a new basis of “Affirmation of Self” and “Freedom”.

But we know from past experience even, that a similar youth is already doomed to self-destruction because this is fundamentally “individualistic”, so an “Anarchist” by definition. In this sense, it can not possibly represent a solid basis for the continuity of any society whatsoever, and even less a sure value for the care of its elderly.

In the same vein, it is also imperative to create a “Charter of Rights and Individual Freedom” and the “Office of Citizen Protection” by dangling to the masses, that these innovations are part of the:

“Modernity” of the “New Societies” of the Twentieth Century

In the same manner and at the same time, but at another level, to pass new laws for the “Respect and Individual Freedom”.

As in the case of the “Family”, but on the level of the “Society”, these laws will come into conflict with the rights of the Community, thereby leading the societies mentioned, right to their self-destruction.

Related: Toronto Protocols revealed 20 years ago – What are they about?

Because here, the inversion is complete: “It is no longer society (the right of the majority) that must be protected against individuals that can threaten, but rather (the Right of the Individual) which needs to be protected against the potential threats of the majority”. This is the goal that we set.

To complete the breakdown of the family, the education system, thus the society in general, it is essential to encourage the “Sexual Freedom” at all levels of the Western Society.

It is necessary to reduce the individual, therefore the masses, to the obsession of satisfying their primal instincts by all possible means.

We know that this step represents the culmination by which any society will eventually collapse on itself. Had it not been so in the Roman Empire at its height, and similar to all civilizations throughout history?

By men of Science and the laboratories funded by our Lodges, we have managed to develop a chemical process that will revolutionize all the Western Societies, and relegate to oblivion forever, moral principles and religious Judeo-Christians.

This process, in pill form, will open the way wide to the “Sexual Freedom” without consequences, and push the “Women” of the Nations to want to break with what will then be perceived as the yoke of the past (the slavery of women subjected to men and the traditional Judeo-Christian family).

Formerly “Centre and pivot of the family unit”, the modern woman, now as an independent individual, wants to break with its traditional role, break away from the family and lead her life according to their own personal aspirations.

Related: The Disintegration Of Western Society

Nothing more natural, we know, but where we will intervene strongly, it will be to infiltrate all the new “Feminine Protest movements” by pushing their logic to its extreme limits of consequence.

And these limits can be found already registered in the definitive breakdown of the traditional family and Judeo-Christian Society.

This “Sexual liberation” will be the ultimate means by which it will be possible to us to remove the “Popular Consciousness” any reference to the “Good and to the Evil”.

The collapse of this religious and moral barrier will permit us to finish the process of the false “Liberation of Man’s Past”, but which in reality is a form of slavery that will be profitable to our “Globalists Plans”.

This open door for the encouragement of “sexual freedom” to the “Divorce” to “abortion” on demand to the legal recognition of diverse forms of homosexuality will help us to radically change the historical basis of the “Legal Right” of the Societies.

It be a major asset to push for all of the individuals in a general relaxation of the morals, to divide the individuals as compared against each other, according to their instincts and their own interests, to destroy the future of the youth by pushing the adverse experiences of early sexuality and and the Abortions, and to break morally the future generations by pushing them to alcoholism, different drugs (which our Senior International Lodge Officers will take charge of taking the control at the world level), and in the suicide (that it be considered by a youth disillusioned and abandoned to themself, as being the chivalrous end).

Let us deceive the youth of the Nations by showing him to their parents as being irresponsible, atheistic, immoral; searching, after all, only for the pleasure, for the escape and for the wild satisfaction of their instincts at the price of the lie, the hypocrisy and the treason.

Related: Degeneracy And Fundamentalism Of Western Media Control & Truth In Media

Let us make of the divorce and the abortion a new social custom accepted by all. Thus encouraging him to the criminality under all the forms, and to take refuge in different groups, out of reach of the family environment that it will perceive, inevitably, as being a threat for its own survival.

The social fabric being so upset for ever, it will be possible to us from then on to act on Politics and the Economic of Nations to subject them in our thank you; to come there to accept of strength, our Plans of a New World Order.

Because, it is well necessary to acknowledge, the Nations, deprived that they will be then to be able to count on a strong youth, on a Society where the individuals, grouped around a common ideal, strengthened by indestructible moral ramparts, would have been able to provide its historical support, can only than abdicate to our global will.

Thus we can then inaugurate what was so much announced by our past creations: “The communist system which prophesied a world revolution set into motion by all the rejected of the earth” and “Nazism by which we had announced a New World Order for 1000 years”.

That is our ultimate goal; the work rewarded for all the valorous dead in labor for its accomplishment for centuries. Saying it loud and clear: “All the Brothers of the Lodges passed, died in the anonymity for the realization of this ideal to us is now possible to touch with the fingertips”.

It is well recognized by all that the Man, once after having assured their basic needs (food, clothing and shelter), is much more inclined to be less vigilant.

Let us allow him to lull his conscience while orienting to our way his mind, creating in himself pure piece of favorable economic conditions.

Related: Why Mainstream Economists Don't See Recessions Coming

Therefore during this period of 70 years where our agents will infiltrate all over the different spheres of the Society to accept our new standards in Education, Legal Law, Social Policy and we will make sure to spread him around an economic climate of confidence.

Labour for all, the opening of Credit for all; Leisure for all will be our bogie for the illusory creation of a new social class: the “Middle Class”.

Because once our objectives reached, the “Class” in the middle, between the secular poor, and we the rich, we will definitely remove by cutting off all means of survival.

This way, we shall make Nation states, the new “Parents”of the individuals. Through this reliable climate where our “International Agents” will have done what’s necessary to to push aside any spectre of world war, we shall encourage the excessive “Centralization” for the State.

In this way, the individuals can acquire the impression of a total freedom to explore while the legendary burden of personal liabilities will be transferred to the State.

Thus it will be possible to sharply increase the burden of the State by multiplying without any limit body of intellectual public servants. Insured for years in advance of material security, they will be consequently perfect for executors of “Governmental Authority”, in other words, of our “Power”.

Thus creating an impressive body of officials who in itself will form (a Government within the Government), irrespective of the political party that is in power.

This anonymous machine can serve us one day means of leverages when the moment comes to accelerate the economic collapse of the Nation States, because these will not be able indefinitely sustain such mass salaries without having going into debt beyond their means.

Related: Governments: The Enemy Of Freedom & Globalists Interviewed: They Admitted They Controlled The Government

On the other hand this same machine will give an image cold and uncaring of the government apparatus, and how this complex machine useless in many of its functions, will serve as a cover and protection against the populations.

For who would dare to venture through the mazes of such a labyrinth in order to assert his personal grievances?

Always during this period of general intoxication, we shall also take advantage of it to buy or eliminate, according to the necessities of the moment, all the company directors, the persons in charge of the major Bodies of State, Centers of Scientific research among which the action and the efficiency would risk to give too much ower to the Nation states.

The State should not absolutely become an independent strength in itself which would risk to escape us, and to put in danger our ancestral “Plans”.

We shall also watch to have an absolute control on all the supranational structures of the Nations. These international Bodies must be placed under our absolute jurisdiction.

In the same sense, and to guarantee the profitability of our influence with the populations, we shall have to control all the News media.

Our Banks will thus see to finance only those who are favorable to us whereas they will oversee the closure of the more recalcitrant. It should go almost unnoticed in principle in the populations, whom they will be absorbed by their need to make more money, and to entertain themselves.

We shall have to take care with finalizing, from now on, the phase of deregionalisation of the rural regions begun at the beginning of the “Economic crisis” of 1929.

Related: Hell's Top Banker Explains "How To Destroy The Global Economy"

Overcrowding the cities was our bedfellow of the “Industrial revolution”. The rural owners, by their economic independence, their capacity to produce the basis of the food supply of the States, is a threat for us, and our future Plans.

Piled up in cities, they will be more dependent on our industries to survive.

We cannot allow ourselves the existence of groups independent from our “Power”. Thus let us eliminate the landowners by making of them obedient slaves of the Industries being under our control.

As for others, let us allow them to get organized in Agricultural Cooperatives that our Agents will infiltrate to direct them better according to our future priorities.

Through the State, let us attempt to highlight well the compulsory “Respect” for the diversity of the “Cultures”, of the “Peoples”, of the “Religions”, of the “Ethnic groups” which are all ways, for us, to convey the “Personal freedom” before the notion of “National Unity”; which will allow us to divide better the populations of Nation Sates, and so to weaken them in their authority, and in their capacity to maneuver.

Pushed to these extreme limits but on the international plan, this concept, in the future, will urge the ethnic groups of the various Nations to group together to claim, individually, each their own part of “Power”; that will finish ruining Nations, and will make them burst in endless wars.

When Nation states will so be weakened by so much infighting, quite established on the recognition of the “rights of Minorities” in their Independence; that the nationalists divided into various cultural and religious factions will oppose blindly in fights without outcome; that the youth will have totally lost contact with its roots; then we can use the United Nations to begin to impose our:

New World Order.

Moreover, at that point, the “Humanitarian, Social and Historical Ideals” of the Nation States will have long since burst under pressure from the internal divisions.

-- End of Document 6.6.6. dated end June 1967.

Eighteen years later, or (6.6.6.) in the time, was held another La Réunion of importance for Canada.

The Group 6.6.6. meets once again in Toronto, at the end of June, 1985, but this time to finalize the last stages that should result, and on the collapse of the Nation States, and on the taking of the International Power by the United Nations.

Related: The Rothschild Bloodline: Financial Wizards & Wealthy Cults

Document: “Red Dawn” 1985

Globalist Project Goal: ESTABLISHMENT OF THE OCCULT WORLD Means of Financing Project: Control of IMF, GATT, Brussels Committee, NATO, UN and other International Organizations.

“The last eighteen years were very profitable for the progress of our world projects. I can say to you, Brothers, that we touch now almost the goal. The fall of the Nation States is not more than a question of time, relatively short, I have to admit to you confidently”.

Due to our Infiltration Agents and our colossal financial resources, unprecedented progress has now been made in all areas of Science and Technology of which we control the largest corporations financially.

Since secret meetings with M. de Rothchild within the 56 years, which were aimed at finalizing the development and implementation of the World “Computers”, it is now possible to foresee the establishment of a kind of “International Highway” where all these machines are interconnected.

Because, as you already know the direct control of individual populations of the planet at the very least would be be totally impossible without the use of computers, electronic and attaching them to each other in a vast “Global Network”.

These machines also have the advantage of replacing millions of people. In addition, they have neither conscience nor any moral, which is essential for the success of a project like ours.

Above all, these machines do, without question, everything is dictated to them. They are perfect slaves which our predecessors have dreamed, but not that they were able to doubt that one day it would be possible to perform such a miracle.

Related: One World Digital Dictatorship

These machines without country, without color, without religion, without political affiliation, are the ultimate fulfillment of our tool and the New World Order. They are the “Cornerstone”!

The organization of these machines in a vast “World Network” the superior levers of which we shall control, will serve us to immobilize the populations. How?

As you know, the basic structure of our New World Order consists, in its essence, of a multitude of diverse “Networks” each covering all the spheres of the human activity on the whole of the planet.

Until this day, all these “Networks” were interconnected by a common ideological base: that of the Man as being the “Center” and the “Ultimate Fulfillment” of the Universe.

So, thanks to all these “Networks” united by the link of the “New Religion of Man for Man”, we were easily able to infiltrate all the human sectors in all the Western countries, and to modify the “Judeo - Christian” base.

The result is that today, this Man, that it is a part of Politics, of the Economic, the Social, the Education, of the Scientific or of the Religous, already has, since our last La Réunion of the end of June, 67, abandoned his past inheritance to replacing it by our ideal of a World religion based only on the Man.

Cut off than he is from now on from his historical roots, this Man does not wait any more, in the end, as he is proposed a new ideology. This, properly understood, is ours, that of the “Global Village Community”, which will be the “Centre”.

And that is precisely what we will give him, encouraging him to take part, “Body and Soul”, in this “Global Electronic Network” where the borders of nation-states have been forever abolished, wiped out up to their deepest roots.

Related: The Transhumanist Agenda And The [Attempted] Future Of Humanity

While this misled man will be absorbed by his blind enthusiasm to be a part of its new “World Community” by being a part of this vast “Network of Computers”, for our account, we shall see, from the superior levers which will be hidden from him, to file, to identify , to record, and to make profitable according to our own objectives.

Because inside this “New Global Society”, no individual having a potential of “Profitability” for us, cannot escape us. The constant contribution of the “Electronic Technology” will have to assure us all the means to file, identify, and control all the individuals of the populations of the West.

For those who do not represent “Exploitable Profitability” by ourselves, we will ensure they are eliminated through all the local civil wars that we have taken care to break out here and there through: the work of our servants; and the “Fall of the Economy” of the Nation-States; and the:

“Oppositions and Claims” of Various Groups Within Those States

Here is thus the detailed manner by which we shall proceed before 1998 to pave the road to the birth of our “World Government”.

1. To multiply tenfold the “Society of the Leisure activities” which we have been so profitiable to date. By serving to us as the invention of “Video” that we financed, and games which are connected with it, end up corrupting the morality of the youth.

Let us offer him the possibility of satisfying now all his instincts. A being possessed by his senses and a slave of these, we know it, has neither ideal, nor internal strength to defend whatever it is. He is a “Individualist” by nature, and represents a perfect candidate whom we can model easily according to our desires and our priorities.

Moreover, remember yourselves with which ease our predecessors were able to direct all the German youth at the beginning of the century by means of the disenchantment of the latter!

2. Encourage the “Student Contesting” for all the causes connected with the “Ecology”. The compulsory protection of the latter will be a main advantage when we shall have urged Nation States to exchange their “Internal Debt” for the loss of 33 % of all their territories been left to the wild state.

3. Filling in the interior vacum of this youth by initiating him, from very young sound age, to the universe of Computers. Using that for the educational system. A slave in the service of another slave than we control.

Related: Let’s Be Honest About What Key & Obama Discussed While Golfing: [NWO Agendas +] TPPA & Kim Dotcom

4. On another plan, establishing “International Free Trade” as being a priority absolved for the economic survival of Nation States. This new economic conception will help us to accelerate the decline of the “Nationalists” of all the Nations; to isolate them in diverse factions, and at the deliberate moment, to set them wildly some to the others in civil wars which will finish ruining these Nations.

5. To assure us at all costs of the success of such an enterprise making sure that our Agents already infiltrated in the Ministries of Intergovernmental Affairs and Immigration of Nation States make indepth modifications to the Laws of these Ministries. These modifications will essentially aim at opening the doors of the western countries to a more and more massive immigration inside their borders (immigrations which we shall moreover have provoked by having taking care of touching off, here and there, new local conflicts).

By well orchestrated press campaigns in the public opinion of Nation States targeted, we shall provoke among them a significant refugees’ influx which will have the effect, to destabilize their internal economy, and to make increase the racial tensions inside their territory. We shall see to make so that groups of foreign extremists made part of these immigrants’ influxes; That will facilitate the destabilization.

6. This “Free Trade” which, in reality, is not because it is already controlled by us all at the top of the economic hierarchy, infiltrating it by the “Tri-Lateral Commission”: [that of Asia, America and Europe]. It will bring us the discord inside Nation States by the increase of the unemployment connected with the restructurings of our Multinationals.

7. Shifting slowly, but certainly, our multinationals acquired in new countries to the idea of “the Market economy”, such as the Eastern European countries, in Russia and in China for example. We do not care much, at the moment, if their population represents or not a vast pool of new consumers.

What interests us, is to have access, first of all, to a “Workforce-Slave” (cheap and non-union) which these countries and those of the Third World are offering us. Moreover, are not their governments set up by us? Do they not rely on foreign aid, and in the loans from our “International Monetary Fund” and our “World Bank”?

Related: Central Banking Exposed: Central Banks Only Care About Debt, Profit And Control

These transfers offer several advantages for us. They contribute to maintain these new populations in the illusion of a “Economic Liberation”, a “Political Freedom” while in reality, we shall dominate them by the appetite of the earnings and a debt which they can never settle.

As for the Western populations, they shall be maintained in the dream of [Economic Well Being] because the products imported from these countries do not suffer any price increase. By contrast, without them being aware at first, more and more industries will be obliged to close their doors because of the transfers that we will have conducted outside of the Western countries.

These closures will increase unemployment, and will bring major losses in revenue for the Nation States.

8. So we shall set up a “Global Economy” at the world level which will escape totally the control of Nation States. This new economy will be over everything; no political or labor-union pressure can have power over it. It will dictate its own “Global Politics”, and will force a political reorganization, but according to our priorities at the world level.

9. By this ” Independent Economy ” having only Laws as our Laws, we shall establish a “World Mass Culture”. By the international control of the Television, Media, we shall establish a “New Culture”, but levelled, uniform for all, without any future “Creation” avoiding us.

The future artists will be in our image or will not survive. Finished therefore the times when “Independent Cultural Creations ” put at any time in danger our globalist projects, like that was so often the case in past.

Related: The Globalists Are Openly Admitting To Their Population Control Agenda - And That's A Bad Sign

10. We will find it then possible to make use of the military forces of the Nation Syates (such as those of the United States) in humanitarian goals. In reality, these “Forces” will be used to submit our control to recalcitrant countries. Thus the Third World countries, and others like them will not be able to escape our desire to use their people as slave labor.

11. To control the world market, we shall have to divert the productivity of its first goal (free the man from the hardness of the work). We shall direct it to turn it against the man by enslaving the latter in our economic system where he will have only the choice to become our slave, and even a future criminal.

12. All these transfers abroad of our Multinationals, and the world reorganization of the economy will, among others, aim at making climb the unemployment in the western countries. This situation will be all the more practicable because at first, we shall have favoured the massive import of basic products inside the Nation States and, at the same moment, we shall have overloaded these States by the exaggerated employment of their population in the production of services which they cannot pay any more.

These extreme conditions will multiply by millions the masses of welfare recipients of all kinds, of illiterates, of homeless persons.

13. By the loss of millions of jobs in the primary sector, from covert evasions of foreign capital out of the Nation States, thus we will find it possible to set in danger of death the social harmony by the specter of civil war.

14. These international manipulations of the governments and the populations of Nation States will supply us the pretext to use our I.M.F to urge the western governments to set up “Budgets of Austerity” under the lid of the imaginary reduction of their “National Debt”; of the hypothetical preservation of their “International Credit rating”; of the impossible conservation of the “Social Peace”.

Related: The Truth About Money Is Out & Austerity In 8 Minutes: Why It Does Not Work, Why It Is Still Practised

15. By these “Emergency Budgetary Measures”, we shall so break the financing of Nation States for all their “Mega-Projects” which represent a direct threat to our world control of the economy.

16. Moreover all these austerity measures will allow us to break the national wills of modern structures in the domains of the Energy, the Agriculture, the Transport and the new Technologies.

17. These same measures will offer us the ideal opportunity to establish our “Ideology of Economic Competition”. This will be translated, with the Nation States, by the voluntary reduction of salaries, voluntary departures with [Presentation of Medals for Services rendered]; which will open to us doors to the establishment everywhere of our “Technology of Control”. In this perspective, all these departures will be replaced by “Computers” in our service.

18. These social transformations will help us to change in depth the “Police and Military” workforce of the Nation States. Under the pretext of the necessities of the moment, and without arousing of suspicions, we shall get rid once and for all, all the individuals having a “Judeo-Christian Consciousness”.

This “Restructuring of the Police and Military Bodies” will allow us to dismiss without contesting, the old staff, as well as all the elements not conveying our internationalist principles.

These will be replaced by young recruits devoid of “Consciousness and Morality”, and already quite entrained, and favorable to the mindless use of our “Technology of Electronic Networks”.

19. In the same time, and always under the pretext of “Budgetary Cuts”, we shall ensure the transfer of the military bases of the Nation States towards the United Nations organization.

Related: Gold Standard Versus Keynes: Which Is Economically Illiterate?

20. In this perspective, we shall work on the reorganization of the “International Mandate of the United Nations”. From “Peacekeeping Force” without decision-making power, we shall bring it to become a “Rapid Deployment Force” where will be merged, in a unified whole, the armed forces of the Nation states.

This will effectively permit us, without combat, the demilitarization of all these States in a way that none of them, in the future, are not sufficiently powerful (independents) to question our “World Power”.

21. To accelerate this process of transfer, we shall imply the current force of the United Nations in conflicts impossible to sort out. In this way, and by means of the Media which we control, we shall show to the populations the impotence and the uselessness of this “Force” in its current shape.

The helping frustrations, and pushed to its ckimax at the appropriate moment, will push the populations of Nation States to beg the international authorities to form such a “Multinational Force” as soon as possible to protect at all costs the “Peace”.

22. The next appearance of this global willpower of a “Multinational Military Force” will keep pace with the establishment inside the Nation States, a “Multi-Jurisdictional Task force”. This combination of the “Police and Military Staff”, created straight from the pretext of the increase of the growing political and social instability inside these States collapsing under the burden of the economic problems, will allow us to control better the western populations.

Here, the excessive use of the identification and the electronic recording information on the individuals will supply us a complete surveillance of all the intended populations.

23. This interior and exterior police and military reorganization of Nation States will allow the convergence towards the obligation of the implementation of a “Judicial World Center”. This “Center” will allow the various “Police Bodies of Nation States” to have quick access to “Data Banks” on all the potentially dangerous individuals for us on the planet.

Related: Is the New World Order a Jewish Conspiracy? No, it’s a Satanic Conspiracy

The image of a better judicial efficiency, and the more and more narrow links created and maintained with the “Military”, will help us to emphasize the necessity of a “International Court” doubled by a “World Judicial System”; the one for the civil affairs and criminal individuals, and the other one for the Nations.

24. During the growth accepted by all of these new necessities, it will be imperiative for us to complete as soon as possible the world control of firearms inside the territories of Nation States. To do it, we shall accelerate the “ALPHA PLAN” implemented during the 60’s by some of our predecessors.

This “Plan” originally aimed at two objectives which remained the same even today: by the intervention of “Crazy Shooters”, create a climate of insecurity in the populations to bring to a tighter control of firearms. Direct acts of violence so as to make it appear the responsibility of religious extremists, or persons affiliated to religious allegiances of “Traditional” tendency, or still, persons claiming to have priviledged communications with God.

Today, to accelerate the “Control of Firearms”, we can use the “Fall of the Economic Conditions” of the Nation States which will entail with it, a complete Social destabilization; thus increase of the violence. I do not need to remind you, nor to demonstrate to you, Brothers, the foundations of this “Control” of firearms.

Without this one, it would become almost impossible for us to put on their knees the populations of the targeted States. Remember yourselves with which success our predecessors were able to control Germany of 1930 with the new “Laws” applied in the time; laws moreover on which are based the current Laws of Nation States for the same control.

25. The last “Stages” relate in the “OMEGA PHASE” experimented from the experiments made at the beginning of the 70’s. They contain the application, at the world level, “Electro-Magnetic Weapons”.

The “Changes of Climate” entailing the destruction of the harvests; the bankruptcy in these conditions, farmlands; the denaturation, by artificial means of foodstuffs of regular consumption; the poisoning of the nature by an exaggerated and mindless exploitation, and the massive use of chemicals in the agriculture. All this, Brothers, will lead to the ruin assured by the food industries of Nation States.

Related: GE Food Venture: Chronically Dependent On Deception

The future of the “Control of the Populations” of these States passes necessarily by the absolute control, by us, of the food production at the world level, and by the takeover of the main “Food Roads” of the planet.

To do it, it is necessary to use Electro-Magnetics, among others, to destabilize the climates of the most productive States on the agricultural plan. As for the poisoning of the nature, it will be accelerated all the more as the increase of the populations will push it without restriction there.

26. The use of Electro-Magnetic cause “Earthquakes” in the most important industrial areas of the Nation States will contribute to accelerate the “Economic Fall” of the most threatening States for us; as well as to amplify the obligation of the implementation of our New World Order.

27. Who can suspect us? Who can suspect used means? Those who will dare to raise themselves up against us by broadcasting of the information as for the existence and for the contents of our “Plot”, will become suspicious in the eyes of the authorities of their Nation and their population. Thanks to the disinformation, to the lie, to the hypocrisy and to the individualism which we created within the peoples of Nation States, the Man became an Enemy for the Man.

So these “Independent Individuals” who are of the most dangerous for us exactly because of their “Freedom”, will be considered by their fellow men as being enemies and not liberators.

The slavery of the children, the plunder of the wealth of the Third World, the unemployment, the propaganda for the liberation of the drug, the exhaustion of the youth of the Nations, the ideology of the “Respect for the Personal freedom” broadcasted within the Judeo-Christian Churches and inside the Nation States, obscurantism considered as a basis for the pride, the inter-ethnic conflicts, and our last realization:

“Budgetary restrictions”; all this allows us finally to see the ancestral fulfillment of our “Dream”: that of the institution of our “NEW WORLD ORDER”].

Related Articles:

A History of the 21st Century

Making the case that many Democrats are no longer human, but rather biological vessels of “Demonic Obsession”

Hidden Criminals Rule the Earth

Baby body parts trafficking company StemExpress admits to keeping babies ALIVE so that whole, beating hearts and heads can be harvested

Marianne Williamson Admits “The System Is More Corrupt Than I Knew”

Greta’s Parents Pictured in Antifa Gear, After Climate Activist Denies Ties to Violent Group

Surprised? Greta Thunberg’s “Coach” A Soros, Bill & Melinda Gates Operative

Irrefutable Proof That Humanity Is Being Terraformed Into Mind-Controlled Slaves Who Will Lose Their Souls-There Is Only One Solution

Illuminati Overview

CIA, Climate, And Conspiracy: More Notes From The Edge Of The Narrative Matrix

Tiananmen Square: The Failure of an American-instigated 1989 Color Revolution

New Netflix movie fantasizes about time-traveling liberals carrying out the “pre-crime” murder of patriots to prevent an American uprising against globalism

Government is Your Enemy

CIA Torture Unredacted

Austin Homeless Being Implanted With Trackable Microchips

The NWO Reprograms America

NWO Mask Coming Off

Symbolic Pics of the Month 11/19

Is SERCO Worse Than DynCorp?

Global NWO machine now broken; connects dots from JFK to 10/24/2019 Global False Flag

Daniel Immerwahr on How to Hide an Empire: A History of the Greater United States

Nothing but the Truth | Anti New World Order Music

Impeachment Theater Offers Americans Glimpse Of The Unseen-Unelected Who Actually Rule Over Us

German Actress Absolutely Destroys Traitoress Merkel in Open Letter, 'You Belong in Prison'

How, the Rich Enrich Themselves

The Rothschilds Murdered at least Seven US Presidents

State of Orwell ~ Our Self-Imposed Prison System

Bernie Sanders Field Organizer caught on tape revealing plans to mass execute liberals and throw American citizens into gulags run by left-wing communists… or BURN DOWN cities if Trump wins

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Inherent Problem With Mainstream Education And How It Keeps The World Stuck
February 15 2020 | From: CollectiveEvolution

The Oxford dictionary defines education as “the process of receiving or giving systematic instruction, especially at a school or university”, but is it only in academic institutions that we are given systematic instruction on what to believe?

In the news, for example, we are systematically taught all about the world’s problems.

Related: The State weaponizes education to create ignorance

We are of course also told that governments are working to fix them; yet climate change, war, poverty and environmental destruction keep increasing.

Meanwhile, the advertisements in newspapers, on TV, online, and billboards across the world, constantly teach us that we are here to keep buying and consuming.

Consumerism, the message goes, will make us happy and create a healthy economy at the same time; yet mental and physical illness is at epidemic proportions, while the world’s economies are in ever-increasing debt.

The mainstream media, then, also fits this description of education, and we are being educated all the time that our purpose is to earn money, consume, and let those in charge sort out our future. Then we share that message with the people around us, and pass on that information to our children.

Meanwhile, scientists have now set the doomsday clock at 2 minutes to midnight with the growing nuclear threat, climate change, and a lack of trust in political institutions are three main reasons for this decision.

All this leaves us feeling anxious, helpless, even depressed – like there is nothing much we can do.

Related: Renowned Doctor Slams Medical Education & Says We Have “An Epidemic Of Misinformed Doctors”

Mainstream Education and Health

According to Harvard Medical School, “With headlines warning us of international terrorism, global warming, and economic uncertainty, we’re all likely to be a little more anxious these days.

As an everyday emotion, anxiety - the ‘fight or flight’ response - can be a good thing, prompting us to take extra precautions. But when anxiety persists in the absence of a need to fight or flee, it can not only interfere with our daily lives but also undermine our physical health.”

Studies, they explain, show that prolonged anxiety is linked to the development of chronic respiratory disorders (such as asthma), gastrointestinal disorders (such as IBS), migraines, and even heart disease.

In his 2013 Tedx talk, clinical psychologist Dr. Stephen Llardi presents his findings that by the time today’s youngest Americans are in their mid-twenties, 25% will be depressed, explaining:

"For many Americans, Europeans and people throughout the Western world, the stress response goes on for weeks and months and even years at a time, and when it does that, it’s incredibly toxic. The result: an epidemic of depressive illness.”

More recently, in 2016, The Rotman Research Institute (RRI) discovered that being subjected to chronic stress and anxiety increases the risk of “structural degeneration and impaired functioning of the hippocampus and the prefrontal cortex (PFC), which may account for the increased risk of developing neuropsychiatric disorders, including depression and dementia.”

Related: Unschooling: Radical Education That Produces Free Human Beings Instead Of Slaves

The mainstream narrative of fear and problems, studies show, is a story that prolongs the activation of the physiological stress response, causing a chronic pathological state that is wreaking havoc on our metabolic, neurological, cardiovascular and immune systems.

Mainstream Education in Schools

During the years I have spent teaching The Art of Critical Thinking (and developing WUWE), I have come to realize two things: critical thinking is not always a skill that is actively encouraged in mainstream academic institutions – often because “it is too political” – and when it is taught, people are often taught to “have an open mind” and “think out of the box” within the confines of the current mainstream narrative.

First, almost every important topic today is political: poverty, food security, climate change, sweat shops, social benefits, privatisation, refugees, war, Donald Trump – we all have opinions about these topics – but if we do not look at the facts surrounding these topics, we cannot formulate and act on informed opinions based on truth.

Second, in order to think out of the box, we need to look at that other side of the argument which is not the mainstream narrative, not our conditioning, or as R. Buckminster Fuller said: “

You never change things by fighting the existing reality. To change something, build a new model that makes the existing model obsolete.”

Related: This school replaced detention with meditation and the results are phenomenal

Schools, after all, are supposed to be places where we prepare new generations for a positive future in today’s world. The problem is that despite all we know about the world we live in, the mainstream narrative is still that a positive future, or ‘success’, just means fitting into the current story by getting a well-paid job.

Consequently, teachers usually have no choice but to teach an academic curriculum that covers some problems we face in the world, such as the consequences of climate change, but covers very little about how the current industrial growth society we live in today is causing these problems and even less about what we can do, and what is happening now, to change it.

This is the case in academic institutions the world over, and it is not surprising. Academics agree that the conventional (mainstream) curriculum is outdated and designed to prepare us to go into the workforce and contribute to a failing system which, we all know, is rapidly destroying the planet and us.

My experience teaching in the primary, secondary and higher education sectors worldwide for almost 20 years tells me teachers and students are interested in an alternative, positive way of looking at the world to this fear-based, problems-focused narrative we are presented with, but mainstream education simply does not allow for it.

"The people have the power, all we have to do is awaken that power in the people.

The people are unaware. They're not educated to realize that they have power.

The system is so geared that everyone believes the government will fix everything. We are the government."

- John Lennon

The Other Narrative

The mainstream narrative is just that – a story we are all educated to accept as truth.

Author, scholar and environmental activist Joanna Macy states in the film Planetary: “There are three stories actually.”

“The first story,” she says “is business as usual. All we need to do is grow our economy,” and then “there’s another story, which is seen and accepted as the reality by the scientists, the activists: when I lift back the carpet, look under the rug of the business as usual and see what it’s costing us. It’s costing us the world.”

She goes on to say “That’s not the end of the story though because there’s another narrative” and that is “that a revolution is taking place. A transition.” She calls this story “The great turning.”

Related: Is Psychiatry Bullshit? Some Psychiatrists View The Chemical-Imbalance Theory As A Well-Meaning Lie +
Psychotropic Drugs, Are They Safe? Fourteen Lies That Our Psychiatry Professors Taught Us In Medical School

So is it possible that we are in the midst of a solutions revolution right now, and the only problem is that we learn next to nothing about this alternative, exciting solutions-focused reality in the institutions that provide our education?

In the following Trews-style presentation I begin answering this question by looking at the first two narratives – “business as usual” and “what it’s costing us” –  and demonstrate that no matter what the conclusion, when we follow the reality given to us in the mainstream narrative, the outcome ends up with increased doom and gloom.

The solution, then, is to shift our focus away from the mainstream narrative towards the third story, the solutions-focused narrative, and participate in that story instead.

Related Articles:

A school principal on life at a low decile school

Study Shows We Are Born Creative Geniuses But The ‘Education’ System Dumbs Us Down

Logic & Analysis, a course for home-schooled children

Freedom from mind-controlled education

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Trap Of Romantic Love
February 14 2020 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit

The Search for Romantic Love: Most people - especially those brought up in the West - have been conditioned to believe that so-called romantic love is the most important pursuit in life and that only the ones who’ve found it are fulfilled.

From the tender age of one or two, we are told of fairy tales that end with two people of the opposite sex living “happily ever after”. As we age, novels, magazines, pop songs, television, Hollywood scripts, and self-help workshops reinforce the idea that romantic love is the ideal form of love.

Related: Discernment in Relationships

We are led to believe that our happiness heavily depends on romantic love, and that our personal worth is reflected in how good we are with our romantic relationships. Not surprisingly, when we’re single or we don’t experience love as it’s usually portrayed, we wonder if there’s something wrong with us.

We think that we’re missing out on true love and are anxiously praying for that moment when the fair maiden or prince will save us from our desperate situation.

As we are, we feel emotionally empty - something is lacking within our psyche that needs to be filled, yet we can’t do that on our own. Only another person can do it, and unless we are lucky enough to connect with him or her, we won’t ever discover pure joy and lasting contentment.

The belief that we’re not complete as we are and that we need someone else to fill in our sense of existential emptiness isn’t a modern one. In fact, it’s ancient.

In Plato’s ~2,500 year-old philosophical text Symposium, the comic playwright Aristophanes describes the origins of humanity. As he points out, the original form of man was a four-legged, four-armed, double-sexed entity.

Zeus, however, was afraid that humans might steal the power of the gods, so he decided to take away their power by having them sliced in half. According to Aristophanes, their heads turned “towards the wound, so that each person would see that he’d been cut and keep better order.”

This, he explains, is why each human being is craving for a significant other to complete them. In his own words: “Now, since their natural form had been cut in two, each one longed for its own other half, and so they would throw their arms about each other, weaving themselves together, wanting to grow together.”

If taken literally, Aristophanes’ recount is total nonsense, yet metaphorically it shows the central role that romantic love plays in our lives: We are in an endless search for that “special someone” - the soulmate - the universe created just for us, and we are willing to give up anything to “lose ourselves” in his or her embrace.

Romantic Love as Addiction

The moment we fall in love, the world turns into a magical place. Suddenly, life becomes more beautiful, adventurous, meaningful… in short, life becomes worth-living again.

The only problem is that, having experienced the emotional high of romantic love, we want more of it, yet no matter how much of it we get, our thirst for it is never quenched.

In other words, romantic love is addictive. In fact, research has shown that falling in love can have a similar impact on the brain as cocaine. To study the brain function of people engaged in romantic love relationships, biological anthropologist Helen Fisher put a group of participants through MRI brain scans.

Interestingly, what she found was that they behaved just like addicts: They had obsessive thoughts, participated in risk-taking activities and found it hard to deal with withdrawals.

The brain of people in love secretes an ample amount of hormones like dopamine, norepinephrine and serotonin — hormones that boost their pleasure and confidence levels. Feeling the exhilarating psychological effects of this hormonal boost, everything seems perfect to the romantic love addict.

The promises of fairy tales have come true. At last, life is as it’s supposed to be. Yet, once the initial high fades, everything changes. Life becomes mundane, ordinary, boring once again.

This return to “normal” reality is usually enough to bring a relationship to an end. Once that happens, the romantic love addict will soon come face-to-face with that sense of inner emptiness which has forever been torturing his/her psyche. Then, to deal with his/her withdrawal symptoms, the romantic love addict will go off in search of a new hit, and the story will repeat itself one more time.

Romantic Love: A Dangerous Self-Delusion

As you can understand, romantic love is temporary - it comes quickly and goes away just as fast. No matter how strong the feelings of lust and passion in new relationships might be, they are soon bound to disappear into thin air, as the power of romantic love loses grip over our emotional world.

But while we’re possessed by romantic love, it’s so overwhelming that it distorts our perception and often leads us into making choices that we will later regret.

For example, projecting their long-yearned fantasies upon their “other half”, it’s a common phenomenon for people in fresh romantic love relationships to exaggerate the positive traits of their partner and reduce or deny the negative ones.

This illusion makes them believe they’ve found their one and only perfect match. Feeling a sense of total acceptance and adoration for their partner, they are under the impression that their love is going to last forever. As a result, they tend to make quick, immature choices, such as hurrying to marry, only to find years later that they resent their partner for failing to meet their expectations.

Related: Toxic Relationship Habits Most People Think Are Normal

Romantic love is a blind self-delusion - it only exists in the realm of fantasy, an imaginary world that we’ve cultivated with the help of the romantic tradition, mainly through media programming. Just like pornography fools us into believing that perfect sex exists, the romantic tradition fools us into believing that perfect relationships exist.

Yet, romantic love isn’t just delusional - it can also be dangerous once we’ve fallen into its trap. Not just because of the wrong choices it can urge us to make, as mentioned earlier, but first and foremost because it creates an ideal out of love that nobody can possibly reach (because it doesn’t exist in the first place - in fact, that’s the very reason why it’s called ideal).

Hence, no matter how nice, compatible people we date, the yearning for the perfect romantic relationship with the fairy tale Dream Lover will always lead us to disappointment. Obsessed with a fantasy world, we can’t enjoy reality.

Escaping the Trap of Romantic Love

To escape the trap of romantic love is quite difficult, considering that we have a billion-dollar industry that is day in and day out promoting a misrepresentation of actual love relationships, in effect making a profit from the exploitation of our deep-rooted emotional need to love and be loved.

You see, capitalism doesn’t give a damn about love. In fact, the less we love one another, the better it is for capitalism. From the market’s standpoint, it’s good that we’re unhappy with our relationships, because then happiness can be sold to us through products and services that promise to substitute for the loss of connection that we long for.

Unfortunately, we’re so desperate that we’ve bought into those promises. This is reflected in our efforts to show our partners love through the act of buying stuff. Take, for example, Valentine’s day, when couples have been persuaded to blindly consume things, thinking that this will elevate their relationship.

But how can an expensive ring substitute for a tight, filled-with-loving-warmth hug? And how can a ready-made meal in a high-class gourmet restaurant substitute for a sincere, intimate look into the beloved’s eye?

What we need isn’t more stuff, just like we don’t need more romantic movies. Neither, of course, do we need the Ideal Lover from the dreamworld. All of these offer us nothing of what we need, and only mess up with our hearts.

What we actually need is more understanding.

We need to understand that there’s no person out there who will complete us.

If we feel a sense of emptiness within, we’re going to keep on experiencing it no matter how many romantic love partners we spend our time with. That’s because our inner emptiness is nothing but a lack of self-love. 

Therefore, unless we’re able to love and accept ourselves, we’ll always feel incomplete, regardless of how much love is shown to us.

We need to understand that we can’t love another unless we first love ourselves.

Healthy love relationships can only exist between two already complete, fulfilled people who decide to enrich their lives by sharing their overflowing-with-love hearts.

Unfortunately, most of us are emotional beggars seeking for completion in another person, only to find that our emptiness is actually deepening once we wake up to the fact that our partner is just as empty as we are.

We need to understand that love relationships are based on freedom.

Normally, partners are trying to fit each other into their fantasy image of how the Ideal Lover should look and behave like, not realizing that by doing so they’re depriving them of their freedom to be themselves.

This inevitably results in a constant state of conflict that ultimately turns relationships into prisons of emotional torture.

Just like birds need freedom of space so that they can soar into the skies, partners in an intimate relationship need the freedom to be themselves so they can spread their wings of love and fly to the peaks of consciousness.

We need to understand that healthy relationships require a lot of work.

There’s no great relationship without a lot of work behind it. In other words, great relationships don’t happen to be - they are slowly built with care and effort.

No matter how special a relationship might be, hardships to one degree or another are going to be a natural of part it, and the important question is how you deal with them: Is it through discussion and understanding or through fighting and judging?

Lastly, we need to understand that the Perfect Relationship doesn’t exist.

Contrary to what the romantic tradition has made us believe, the Perfect Relationship doesn’t exist other than in our imagination.

No actual living person is without flaws, we need to stop projecting our fairy tale fantasies on our partners, if we actually want to build genuine love relationships on the foundation of honesty, understanding and acceptance.

In addition, love relationships aren’t all passionate sex and romantic walks on sandy beaches under the filled-with-stars night sky. They’re not forever-lasting, either. In fact, they’re usually quite ephemeral. So let’s not make promises of perfect and eternal love.

Let’s be honest to one another, and keep our love real. I know, this is not the stuff movies and books are made of, but the reality nonetheless, and we better accept it before we’re slapped by it hard in the face.

Love relationships can’t be perfect, but they can still be amazingly beautiful. So let’s make the most of them, by celebrating what we do have, instead of worrying about what we don’t.

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

How Science Arrived At The Doorstep Of Spirituality
February 13 2020 | From: UpliftConnect / Various

Science Validates Collective Intention: Can thought, intention, and emotion influence the physical world? Many people believe that they can, but scientific models for testing and quantifying this idea often fall short.

Classical physics has been very successful at understanding the physical nature of the universe, yet this world-view assumes that reality is limited to matter.

Related: The Three Stages Of Spiritual Transformation

This leaves classical physics ill-equipped to measure or quantify non-physical phenomena. This has led to a movement towards post-material science.

If you experience intuition and other non-physical phenomena, you will be excited to learn that science is beginning to validate this realm. You will be inspired to explore the quantum ways that you are connected with the entire universe.

In Brief:

The Facts: Quantum science today is showing us that our collective thoughts and intentions can have an impact on our physical world and environment.

Reflect On: What does this mean when exploring the reality of ourselves? Or exploring the reality of how we can create change on our planet?

Spiritual practices like meditation, qigong, and yoga were considered forms of science long before Newton inspired classical physics. Quantum Physics flirts with realms of mystery that were traditionally reserved for mystics.

There is no need to be on the sidelines as an observer because there are a few very interesting research projects happening in the interstices between science and spirituality which we will explore below.

Today we have an unprecedented opportunity to participate in this historic process that integrates physics, consciousness, and group meditation.

Spiritual practices like meditation, qigong, and yoga were considered forms of science

Related: Pineal Gland: How To Detox The Part Of Your Brain That Controls Sleep, Aging And Your State Of Mind

Why Post Material Science?

Classical Newtonian Physics is primarily focused on the material world, yet consciousness studies are one of the cutting edges of scientific research.

This calls for a new paradigm that allows mind, consciousness, and non-material phenomena to be accepted into the equation of reality, while finding adequate means to study and quantify them.

A leading group of well-respected scientists have come together and presented a Manifesto for Post-Materialistic Science as a solution to the limitations of classical physics.

As with any new field of inquiry, it is not without controversy, and is upsetting to some members of the scientific status quo.

“Major advances in science - revolutions, even - follow the collapse of outworn paradigms, whose overthrow is forced by the accumulation of empirical evidence that violates the paradigm.”

- Dave Pruett, Former NASA researcher; Emeritus Professor of Mathematics, James Madison University

Related: In Harmony with All Life: The Open Source Way + Lifting The Veil: Merging Science And Spirituality

How Science Arrived at the Doorstep of Spirituality

The first echoes of the need for a new paradigm that addresses the non-physical realty came from Einstein in the early 1930’s.

In his research, he observed something so bizarre that he could barely believe what he was seeing. He called it “spooky action at a distance”, which later became two of the main concepts studied in the quantum information sciences, known as entanglement and non locality.

Entanglement occurs when two particles are so deeply linked (by a quantum field) that one particle can instantaneously (meaning faster than the speed of light!) influence the other even at great distances non-locally.

This implies that the physical distance between the particles is irrelevant, thus a quantum leap in our idea of what is possible.

“Major advances in science - revolutions, even - follow the collapse of outworn paradigms, whose overthrow is fThe shift from materialistic science to post-materialistic science may be of vital importance to the evolution of human civilization.

It may be even more pivotal than the transition from geocentrism to heliocentrism.”

- A Manifesto for Post-Materialistic Science

Related: Why ‘Conspiracy Theories’ & Spirituality Are Intimately Connected

Though this phenomena is not fully understood, it is accepted in quantum mechanics. Maybe you have experienced a moment where you randomly thought of a loved one that you hadn’t thought about in a long time, then the phone rings and you pick it up to hear their voice?

These sorts of “synchronicities” happen often for many people, yet may be hard to prove exactly why or how they happen. Quantum physics is at the very beginning of exploring this phenomena that is has usually been called coincidence…until now.

“Without the spiritual world the material world is a disheartening enigma.”

– Joseph Joubert

Have you had a moment where you randomly thought of a loved one, then the phone rings?

Related: Is The Pineal Gland The Gateway To A Spiritual Awakening?

Research Science Meets Meditation, Human Intention, and Consciousness

Bill Tiller, Fellow to the American Academy for the Advancement of Science and Chairman Emeritus of Stanford University’s Department of Materials Science, spent 34 years in academia after 9 years as an advisory physicist with the Westinghouse Research Laboratories.

He has published over 250 conventional scientific papers, 3 books and several patents.

As a renowned scientist, he is also a strong advocate for meditation, non-physical science, and spirituality.

He has coined the term Psychoenergetic Science to describe his work that combines consciousness and science.

“For the last four hundred years, an unstated assumption of science is that human intention cannot affect what we call ‘physical reality.’

Our experimental research of the past decade shows that, for today’s world and under the right conditions, this assumption is no longer correct.

We humans are much more than we think we are and Psychoenergetic Science continues to expand the proof of it.

- Dr. Bill Tiller

Tiller is convinced that intention can influence physical substances and he has developed a crystalline-based silicon technology that can capture and store an intention directed by a group of meditators.

Related: What Is The Ether, Dark Matter And Dark Energy? + The Big Secret Of Quantum Mechanics

This energetic intention resonates at a frequency that can be recorded or broadcast to achieve a designated effect in people.

Early research with this technology in his lab at Stanford, as well as labs in London and Berlin, indicates the ability of directed human intention to increase or lower the pH of water by 1 point, the growing of larvae at a 30% increased rate, and the killing of bacteria at a 30% increased rate.

This implies some sort of non-physical, non-local connection between intention and these physical substances.

Addressing Skepticism

As with any new field of study there will be successes and failures. Scientists are vulnerable to the weaknesses that we all experience.

Denial of facts, confirmation bias, resistance to new ideas, etc. are issues that scientists from the old and the emerging paradigm will need to address.

Vigorous research can be expensive and funding can be hard to find for theories that are unconventional. So yes, there will be skeptics and there will also be new discoveries that topple long-held beliefs about humans, the universe, and what is possible.

Just as Einstein was baffled and skeptical of his own observations of entanglement, we are all liable to have our preconceived notions challenged and overturned by this emerging field of non-material science.

Related: Scientific American Writer Exposes The Tribal Cultist Arrogance And Dogmatic Lunacy Of Science 'Skeptics'

Can I Get Involved?

Yes you can! The best thing about consciousness research on a global scale is that it requires participation from lots of people.

Since we face unprecedented challenges with climate instability, wars, and economic disparity, there has never been a more potent time on the planet for humans to collectively access higher realms of potential.

We are ready for a quantum shift and we really need one.

Global Coherence Initiative

Globally Synchronized for a Quantum Leap

Currently, leading minds in science, spirituality, and technology are learning to collaborate in ways that are certain to make some waves.

organizes globally synchronized meditations through their online network of over one million fans, as well as a network of over 2,000 local organizers in countries around the world.

Combined with United Nations Millennial Goals, like International Day of Peace during the September equinox, or World Water Day during the March equinox, the Unify Team is able to facilitate hundreds of thousands of meditators around the world to focus their intention on important global issues.

These global meditations are free and open to anyone who wants to be involved, or organize their own local event. Learn more here.

The Merraki Institute has partnered with Bill Tiller and is conducting vigorous scientific research in another participatory global experiment.

Merraki is a Greek word meaning, “Doing something with soul, creativity, or love” and it is refreshing to see this ethic being central to a scientific research project.

If you are interested in participating with Tiller’s exciting new technology that uses crystalline-based silicon to store and emit an energy transmission of intention, you can learn more or get involved here.

Related: Let There Be Light: First Individual Particle Of Light Ever Seen + The Birth Of Quantum Holography - Making Holograms Of Single Light Particles

What About Love?

We all exist within a larger field of energy, a quantum field. Perhaps love, intention, and emotion are entwined within this mysterious field? We have the ability to access various internal states of consciousness through meditation and mindfulness, we can alter our social relationships, and potentially we can shift things on a global scale.

This process begins within, is deepened with personal practice, and is celebrated in the larger community that is engaging in these ancient practices.

We may finally start to see scientific validation for the unseen realms that many of us feel intuitively. Hopefully we will also begin to experience quantum shifts in the world around us as we deepen our understanding.

We are not alone, and the boundaries where we begin or end as physical, emotional, and electrical beings is constantly being redefined by science. Unity consciousness may be a scientific law waiting to be discovered…

Related Articles:

Spirit Led Activism - The True Power Of The People + Rites Of Passage - Encountering Spiritual “Initiations” On The Path

This Is How Your ‘Aura’ Affects Your Health & Those Around You + Magnetic Fields Of The Human Body And Their Functions & 13 Signs You Are Experiencing A Spiritual Awakening

Spiritual Leap Of Faith

The Spiritual Consequences Of Alcohol Consumption + The Likely Cause Of Addiction Has Been Discovered, And It Is Not What You Think

Extracting Energy From The Quantum Vacuum: Can Zero-Point Energy Power Our Planet? & For 30 Years The US Department Of Energy And “Scientific Establishment” Has Blocked The Truth About Cold Fusion (Low-Energy Nuclear Reactions), The Ultimate “Renewable” Energy Solution For Humanity

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Eradication Of Natural Alternatives: Big Pharma Wants To Eliminate The Competition
February 12 2020 | From: Sott / Various

Everyone has the simple desire to find happiness within themselves - to find a state of well-being that can be carried throughout their lives. Sara is no different. Sara is a teacher who struggles with mental conditions for which she has been prescribed a bevy of medications.

Over the years she has struggled, as most in her situation have, with addiction and the unbearable side-effects of her FDA-approved "safe" medications.

Related: Deep Medical Fraud: Logical Insight Cancels Brain Fog & FDA Quietly Bans Powerful Life-Saving Intravenous Vitamin C

Her absolute passion in this life is for the children whom she molds and develops with an unrivaled dedication. As she began to grapple further with the unexpected effects and growing addiction to her medications, she began to see it affecting her ability to be present in her responsibilities, while also stealing her creativity that she so greatly treasured.

So when she discovered kratom, which successfully replaced not one, but all of her medications, with zero side-effects, she thanked God for providing this miracle and natural alternative.

In a time when much of what Westerners thought they knew about themselves and their health has begun to prove unfounded, the ever-present natural and homeopathic alternatives are once again gathering attention.

Due largely in part to the continual effort of the pharmaceutical industry, many are unaware that the majority of natural alternatives to the overwhelming amount of different pharmaceutical medications are not only very effective, but in many cases, a far better option.

To some this might seem a fantastical claim, yet that is exactly what people have been conditioned to think.

Related: What Is Natural Health? A Comprehensive Guide to Living Healthy

Big Pharma has been caught in kickback schemes, exposed for bribery, fraud, and price-fixing, and has made it quite clear to the American people that their primary concern is not the health of the nation, but their own bottom line. Yet the pharmaceutical giants march on, increasing their profit with every passing year.

To think that this or any other company would not attempt to stomp out competition that threatened to rival their products is just naïve. This is seen in business every day.

Yet people seem to cast Big Pharma in a light of righteousness, as if they are some benevolent caregiver providing the country with loving healthcare; as if they are somehow exempt from the cutthroat nature of big business simply because their efforts are incorrectly seen as a public service,
even though Big Pharma is not concerned with anything above and beyond its own profits.

What is being witnessed is an all-out assault on any possible natural alternative to Big Pharma medications; and currently in their crosshairs, being heralded as a miracle drug, is the natural root extract kratom.

Just as the nation is witnessing with cannabis, the pharmaceutical industry is beginning to wage war against this natural substance because it threatens to expose the simple fact that natural remedies actually work; and work well.

Related: Why Does Modern Medicine Have A Big Problem With Natural Health?

Kratom has shown to work wonders for pain relief, anxiety, insomnia, and much more. In addition to its list of uses, it has a long and respected history; kratom has been used in Southeast Asia for centuries and is perfectly safe, especially when compared to the obvious dangers known to exist with opiate use.

Opiates are an epidemic in this county, causing more 16,000 deaths a year, and according to the National Institute on Drug Abuse, an estimated 36 million people abuse opioids worldwide, with an estimated 2.1 million Americans suffering from opiate addiction.

The number of unintentional overdose deaths from prescription pain relievers has soared in the United States, more than quadrupling since 1999.

The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention report that more Americans now die from painkillers than from heroin and cocaine combined. This is due in large part to the industry's efforts to over-prescribe opiate based medications; and this is not a hypothetical.

Many doctors have been arrested, charged, and shut down do to running what is called a "pill-mill," or a location where doctors unanimously and haphazardly hand out prescriptions for opiate painkillers for a multitude of reasons, primarily and most commonly, the pharmaceutical company's direct compensation for being one of their best salesmen.

Americans now consume more than 84 percent of the world's supply of oxycodone and almost 100 percent of hydrocodone opioids.

These "painkillers," which most doctors will tell you do a poor job of living up to that title, are currently listed as a Schedule II controlled substance.

Currently cannabis, the plant being shown to have more health benefits than all of Big Pharma's medications combined, is listed as a Schedule I controlled substance, implying that the plant has zero medical value and is highly addictive - both of which are categorically untrue.

To add insult to injury, the Federal government has a patent on the medical use of cannabis, all while arresting those who use cannabis for its medical value. It's laughably absurd.

Related: Cancer Update: There Are Now 100 Scientific Studies That Prove Cannabis Cures Cancer + Watch What Happens When Cannabis Is Injected Into Cancer Cells

To the resounding cheers of the American people, Big Pharma has been losing the battle to keep cannabis in the dark shadowy recesses of the illegal drug world and out of the hands of those in desperate need of its healing properties.

That in itself is a perfect example of how the industry is not focused on the needs and desires of the people they claim to help, but rather on telling them what they need and creating a situation in which that need becomes a reality; and their profits soar at the expense of real cures as opposed to prolonged treatments.

As kratom continues to rise and its value begins to be clearly demonstrated, Big Pharma has now made it their number one enemy.

It may seem illogical and unnecessary to label a natural root extract that has been used for thousands of years as dangerous while this country's number one prescribed medication is killing people in the millions, yet that is exactly what's happening.

In Alabama, Governor Robert J. Bentley signed a bill Tuesday that would make kratom a Schedule I controlled substance, right alongside heroin, and amazingly, with the same penalties.

The stark contrast between painkillers and a natural substance such as kratom is painfully obvious.

Related: How Rockefeller Founded Big Pharma And Waged War On Natural Cures

It's clear that opiates are the real problem; so all should be asking themselves why law enforcement chooses to focus on the natural substances alone: It always comes back to money.

There are billions of dollars in profit that the government stands to lose with the rise of natural substances such as cannabis, kratom, or kava, on both a medical and an industrial level. This is why Americans are exposed to fast-tracked drugs with countless known (as well as unknown) side-effects that fly through the FDA, only to be pulled years later due to terrible and often terminal results.

This has almost become an accepted practice. Yet there are drugs with the potential to cure and not just treat that get shelved at the FDA for decades, shrugged off as just the backlogged efforts of the FDA. They can only do so much, right?

The FDA just approved a new super-Vicodin type drug called Zohydro. This drug contains up to five times the amount of hydrocodone and does not have time-release protection, so it can be easily crushed up and snorted or injected by those who would abuse it.

This drug was approved after only one twelve-week trial in which five of the people involved died as a result.

Yet kratom, which has been used for centuries and is widely accepted as extremely safe, is dangerous and unlawful in the eyes of the Feds.

“When you talk to pain specialists in our field, they will all tell you one indisputable fact: opiates are lousy drugs to treat chronic pain"
said one FDA committee member who voted against Zohydro approval.

The hypocrisy within this country's medical field, as well as many others, has become something of an established American business model. Lie long enough, with enough confidence and with enough force, and the Truth no longer matters.

Recently the Editor-in-Chief of The Lancet released information showing how at least 50% of all scientific research today is false.

This is becoming business as usual, and it is at the expense of the nation's health. They are bogging down drugs that can cure while fast-tracking highly addictive treatments, producing the perfect return customer.

With Alabama's new law deeming kratom illegal and with other states soon to follow, Sara is left falling back into her old rut of addiction and mental fog brought on by the prescribed "healthcare" that so often left her feeling lost in a world full of potential.

Related: Huge Victory For Natural Medicine In Australia As Nation Rejects Pharma-Engineered Attempt To Outlaw Nearly All Herbs

So many fall victim to the pacification and addiction almost certain to rear its ugly head when being subjected to daily and prolonged pharmaceutical drug use. Kratom was the one natural substance that gave her zero side-effects and completely relieved her of her anxiety while rendering her other drugs unnecessary.

It is not hard to see why Big Pharma saw this substance as a threat to its ongoing domination of the drug trade in the United States.

Related Articles:

Censorship Of Alex Jones Won’t Stop With Alex Jones: Natural Medicine, Cannabis And Health Freedom Channels Are Already Being Blacklisted

Another Natural Remedy For Alcoholism And Depression? South American Psychedelic Herb Promotes Feelings Of
Well-Being, According To New Study

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Western Propaganda - So Simple But So Effective
February 11 2020 | From: JournalNeo

When some time ago Noam Chomsky and I met at MIT, in order to write a book “On Western Terrorism: From Hiroshima to Drone Warfare” and to produce a film with the same title together, the topic we mainly aimed at discussing was that of the countless genocides the West has committed all over the world since the end of the WWII. The second topic was impunity.

But no matter what atrocities we re-visited, our conversation kept slipping towards one crucial theme: the propaganda that has been manufactured in media centers like New York, Paris, London and other North American and European cities; the propaganda created in order to twist both the past and the present.

Related: Trump: “The Media is Rigged”

Without such brainwashing and the almost total indoctrination of the Western general public and the ‘elites’ in all of the ‘client’ states, no imperialist and neo-colonialist policies would have become truly successful.

We spoke about US commercial advertising and its influence on German Nazi propaganda, and about Nazi propaganda influencing by return both the US and European propaganda-makers.

Noam kept asking me about my childhood in socialist Czechoslovakia, and I explained to him, honestly, how indoctrinated I was as a teenager: not by the Communist dogmas, but by the BBC, the Voice of America and the Radio Free Europe – all of them relentlessly spreading the Western political and market gospel to all corners of the socialist world.

Both Noam and I have created dozens of essays on the topic, as well as several books. My latest one, basically written about all the corners of the world where the Empire is spreading destruction and followed by indoctrination, has more than 800 pages, and is called “Exposing Lies of the Empire”.

Related: Startling Evidence Indicates Funded Propaganda Campaign Responsible For War On Fake News

And I always feel that even this massive book just touches the tip of the iceberg, that it is only a beginning!

Western propaganda is actually a perfect apparatus! It is effective and it is almost fully ‘bulletproof’. It ‘works’! European empires have been refining it for many long centuries, and the European offspring – the United States – has elevated it to almost total perfection.

One precondition for its success is, of course, that the Western political and economic regime owns almost all the major media channels and distribution outlets of the world. Diversity can never be tolerated. It could smash the idiocy! Once this prerequisite is completed, things get relatively relaxed and cozy for the demagogues in Washington, London and Paris.

Here is just an example of how easy it is to smear a world leader who resists the imperialist designs of the Empire:

Imagine that one sunny morning, some 10 major newspapers and television stations declare that various anonymous but highly reliable sources in Moscow have informed them that the Russian President Vladimir Putin is a vampire!

Related: Twenty Five Rules Of Disinformation, Propaganda, “PSYOPS”, Debunking Techniques

This ‘news’ would fly all over the world. Many readers and viewers would at first roll around on the floor laughing, but some would not. And even several of those who found the information thoroughly bizarre and unbelievable would at some point realize that seeds of doubt were beginning to grow inside their brains: “OK, it is absurd, of course, but what if? What if? How awful that would be!”

But how can one really prove that he or she is not a vampire? Or how can one prove that he or she has not been visited by some evil extra-terrestrial flying saucers on several occasions?

At some point, the Russian President would feel that he had enough of the charade. He’d go to the best university clinic in Moscow, and ask for a certificate that clearly stated that he is not a vampire. Several leading academics and doctors would get involved and produce a complex and thorough scientific conclusion, resolutely stating that President Putin is not a vampire.

Shocked by and reacting to the vulgarity demonstrated by the Western propaganda tsars, most of the Russian media outlets would offer some commonsense and logic:

"Can’t we all see clearly that he cannot be a vampire? All his teeth are of approximately equal length, he socialized during the day, he does not sleep in a coffin, he eats garlic and he is not scared of crosses; be they Orthodox, Protestant or Catholic ones!” 

Others would argue that there are actually no real vampires inhabiting our Planet.

This is when the Western mass media would go into overdrive. Sarcastically it would declare that the Russian academia, Russian doctors and Russian media cannot be trusted – they are all under the heel of the state, and on top of it they have been infiltrated by nation’s secret services and former KGB agents.

"And doesn’t ‘Vlad’ sound somehow similar to ‘Bran’, which is the castle in Romania, which in turn used to be the home base of the commander-in-chief of all militant vampires - Count Dracula?”

There would still be some rational resistance: “No, ‘Vlad’ does not really sound like ‘Bran’, and anyway, nobody in Russia calls Mr. Putin ‘Vlad’ – only the Western media does.” But such voices of reason would never reach the general public all over the world! And on it goes.

In the end, a few billions of human brains would register and subconsciously store the ‘vampire theory’, and they would never again look at the President of Russia, or at his country, with the same eyes!

Related: Trump: Reminder, The Only Evidence Of Russian 'Collusion' Is By Hillary & The DNC + The Mechanics Of Democratic Deception

Of course the Russian leadership is not the only one that the West is targeting. There is a relentless flow of ‘shocking’ rumors and derogatory remarks made by the mainstream media against the President of China, of Byelorussia, against the leadership of Iran, South Africa, Eritrea, Zimbabwe, Syria, and North Korea as well as against all the left-wing governments of Latin America.

After being repeated hundreds of times, the rumors, at least for many people, get confused with facts, and get accepted as facts.

When still leading Cuba, Fidel Castro was constantly ‘dying’ or ‘disappearing’. The North Korean government has been relentlessly portrayed as a desperate gang of bloodthirsty sexual maniacs, executing and raping all that moves.

The ANC and especially President Zuma have done ‘nothing to close that staggering social divide in South Africa’. In South America, the pro-Western media outlets invented and then perfected a new lucrative industry: manufacturing corruption scandals and implicating in them virtually all of the popular socialist leaders.

Nihilism, darkest ‘news’, and scenarios have been force-fed to the public, in order to eradicate all zeal and optimism that comes when one is building a great independent and egalitarian nation.

"I never forget that day,”
an Eritrean cameraman exclaimed, during my visit to his country. “I had just finished an assignment inside the Presidential Palace. Then I met my friends and we were having coffee in front of the main gate. Suddenly the Western networks began broadcasting that ‘there is a coup in Asmara’.

Social media went bananas. It was the “Breaking News” story everywhere. And here we were, right there, on a lazy sunny afternoon, in front of the Palace… I had just seen the President…. All was quiet!

They just invented it, in order to get people out onto the streets! They were trying to manufacture a coup via their media outlets.”

It is mainly fear, implanted into the brains of its subjects and slaves; fear that allows the Empire to control almost the entire Planet. Often it is subconscious fear, but it is fear nevertheless. Fear can be that of the Empire as a whole, or of its might and brutality, or even of the alternatives, portrayed in the most unsavory and frightening colors by the propaganda.

Related: The Mainstream Media Lies

In order to rule unopposed, one has to be feared! And one has to smear the alternatives. The task to spread fear, slander diversity and dissent, was given to the official media, academia and ‘artists’.

Of course the biggest ‘threat’ to the Empire has been the two sisters who were born under the same star, from the same mother called Humanism. Their names are Communism and Socialism. And I am not only talking about the Western Marxist concept. There are many great concepts that put life and the well-being of the people first, all over the world!

In fact, a few decades ago, it was becoming crystal clear that Western colonialism, imperialism and capitalism were finished. Their time was up! Socialism was the natural and logical way forward for most of humanity.

Realted: 25 Rules Of Disinformation, Propaganda, “PSYOPS”, Debunking Techniques

But then the West and its Empire fought back. They employed extreme violence and brutality, as well as cunning ‘divide and rule’ tactics. Tens of millions died, and progress was stopped, although hopefully, only for a limited period of time. And not everywhere!

One of many reasons why Russia is perceived as a great ‘threat’ is because it inherited the humanist and internationalist foreign policy of the Soviet Union. But, also because it itself is actually becoming socialist again (although it is moving in that direction by taking extremely short steps). Russia is recovering irreversibly from those dark days of the free marketer and West’s lackey, Boris Yeltsin.

Russia is also hated because it is setting the ‘wrong example’; proving to the world that one can develop and prosper without taking orders from the West, without serving its governments and corporations. Or more precisely: it can do it exactly because it broke itself free!

The demonization of Russia is relentless. Every little negative detail is multiplied and magnified by the mainstream media and film industry. The world’s public is being nourished by bizarre stereotypes and fabrications. And so one of the most compassionate, deep, artistic and passionate nations on Earth, Russia, is depicted as being cold, robotic, heartless and inherently evil.

Massive NATO military forces are now dispatched along Russia’s western border, and they include German troops. Periodically there are maneuvers and exercises, not far from the borderline.

It is clearly a provocation, and it all brings back the horrific memories of the years right before World War II, the war in which the Russian nation lost between 25 and 30 million lives. A few hundred kilometers south, an old ally, in fact a Slavic sister, Ukraine, is being forced to confront Russia by its Western handlers, something that is being done against the will of the great majority of the Ukrainian people.

The US is heavily involved in the destabilizing of Central Asia, including a group of nations that used to form part of the Soviet Union. But thanks to Machiavellian Western propaganda, it is actually Russia that is being portrayed as the aggressor and a danger to world peace!

And it is China, which is being depicted as some kind of a ruthless and unpredictable monster that is now ready to swallow the world! In fact China is an extremely predictable country, and any unbiased student of world history would clearly see how peacefully it has been behaving, for centuries!

But to ‘prove’ that China is not a Communist country, anymore, and at the same time that it is one of the greatest threats to world peace and ‘stability’ (read: to Western control of the World), is one of the most important tasks given to the Western media, academia and propaganda tsars by the Empire.

And they are succeeding! Indoctrination tactics are working flawlessly. The Western pubic is by now thoroughly brainwashed (at worst) or confused (at best) when it comes to China.

In recent years I engaged hundreds of French, Italian, Spanish, German, British and Czech people in discussions about China, just to receive (with extremely few exceptions) a barrage of standardized, patronizing, mass-produced ‘opinions’.

It often felt like talking to the people who were forced to live for decades under the Taliban or under the ‘spiritual guidance’ of some fundamentalist evangelical Protestant sect.

In fact, China is both Communist (Communism or Socialism, but with Chinese characteristics) as it is breathtakingly successful! Analyzing this marvelous country, together with my China-based colleagues and comrades, I am coming to the conclusion that Beijing often uses “capitalist means in order to achieve socialist goals” (to borrow a quote from Jeff J Brown, which is actually the sub-title’ of his latest book).

And an enormous, independent, successful Communist or Socialist country – that is absolutely the worst nightmare for the Empire! It is something that has to be stopped, derailed, destroyed, isolated and demonized by all means! China’s Communist success…

You would never hear about that on CNN, BBC or Fox TV! Just as you would never hear that Indonesia, India, Rwanda and any of the other Empire’s allies and client nations, are in fact the most brutal fascist ‘failed’ states, and that the genocides in Papua, Kashmir and the Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC) are the bloodiest extermination campaigns anywhere in the world.

I have worked in all these countries, intensively, I can testify. As this is being written, the people of Kashmir are being murdered and tortured. Right at this moment! I am wondering how many of my readers are aware of it?

Perhaps I’m obsessed with “exposing lies of the Empire”. A second volume will soon follow my 820-page long book. I cannot stop travelling, investigating and amassing the evidence. Because I am shocked; because I am outraged and because there are so few, so desperately few people that are actually working in the most desperate parts of the world!

Virtually all stereotypes about the world that have been domesticated in the West are wrong, terribly wrong.

The story of the Russian Revolution is told in the most twisted way, and so is the story of the Ukrainian famine and of the gulags. Not everything is wrong, of course, but the facts and numbers are twisted. I will soon resume my work in the Russian Far East, to write on this subject.

The story of China is grotesquely wrong, from the Great March to the present day!

The story of Cambodia’s “Commie slaughter” under the Khmer Rouge is a thoroughly idiotic manipulation! The slaughter was there, but more people died from the US carpet-bombing, and then from being displaced from their farms by US mines and cluster ‘bombies’, than from Pol Pot’s atrocities.

The great majority of Khmer Rouge men and women had nothing to do with Communism. They were just settling scores with the capital, which they saw as responsible for selling the country to the US, and for the bombing of the countryside. In the jungle, I recently met Pol Pot’s personal guard.

He told me frankly that he was simply pissed off (the bombing killed his relatives), and had no clue what Communism was:

“Pol Pot came and said ‘Communism! Let’s fight the traitors!’ And we did. How could someone call us a Communist country if we did not even know what Communism was?”

What we hardly ever hear is the most important story of mankind: the story of Western colonial plunders, of imposed slavery, genocides that lasted for centuries, of British-triggered famines that killed tens of millions in the Sub-Continent, of virtually the entire Europe and Christianity systematically committing global holocaust.

Related: The British Empire Is Un-Masked, But Desperate

We are not told that it actually happened, and that it is still going on and on and on! In order to ‘shelter’ the Western public from the horrendous truth about the past and the present of their countries and culture, new and newer stories about those “evil others” are being invented and circulated.

Perhaps, soon, we will be really told that Mr. Putin is a vampire, or that Kim Jong Un is eating Korean virgins for breakfast. We may not be far from such a new wave of propaganda zeal. It all makes sense: the more evil the Empire becomes; the more it has to smear its adversaries.

The mass media and Hollywood are asked to perform. And they do! Reality and fiction are now being systematically mixed, and everything gets blurred and finally the great confusion and intellectual chaos are managing to overwhelm both reason and logic.

Related: Propaganda Techniques Of Empire + P.C. Language Control And The Rise Of The Third Reich

The Empire is killing millions and destroying countries and continents. But California is falling off a cliff, and clouds of huge insects are invading the entire North America. While millions of alien terrorists are now engulfing the ‘tolerant’ and ‘democratic’ Europe! So what is more terrible?

Plus there are those sinister monsters like Count Vlad and Comrade Kim, waiting with their daggers behind a corner! Therefore, The Empire and its people have to ‘protect’ themselves. They have to be tough, even tougher than before! And to put their interests first! America (North America) first! Germany first! France first!

Primitive? Does it all sound primitive? Yes, certainly. But it works! At least for the Europeans and North Americans it does. And the rulers don’t give a damn what works or doesn’t for the rest of the Planet.

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Core Edicts Of The Khazarian Zionist Mafia Top Command (Part III)
February 10 2020 | From: VeteransToday

A core edict of the Khazarian Zionist Mafia Top Command is to transform the masses into self-hating, self-defeating, mind-kontrolled dupes who can never understand what is being done to them by the Khazarian Zionist Mafia.

The Khazarian Zionist Mafia (KM) has an age-old inter-generational agenda, and it us necessary for the KM to maintain abject secrecy otherwise the masses will revolt with pitchforks:

Related: Core Edicts Of The Khazarian Mafia Top Command (Part II)

We now know for certain there is a method and an age-old inter-generational agenda behind the seeming madness and unimaginable evil of the KM’s Top Chieftains, the soulless criminal psychopaths that control the Khazarian Mafia and set USG policy.

"Yet the individual is handicapped by coming face to face with a conspiracy so monstrous he cannot believe it exists. The American mind simply has not come to a realization of the evil which has been introduced into our midst.

It rejects even the assumption that human creatures could espouse a philosophy which must ultimately destroy all that is good and decent.”

- FBI Director J. Edgar Hoover, The Elks Magazine, August 1956.

The Khazarian Zionist Mafia agenda is specific:

It is now known that the KM has a specific Agenda. That agenda is to establish the KM’s desired end state, a One-world Global NWO system governed by Lucifer. These Top KM Chieftains believe they will be regenerated to immortality upon the arrival of their descended master Lucifer.

And the Khazarian Zionist Mafia has a select set of methodologies deployed to attain this evil agenda:

And it is now known that the KM has a set of select methodologies used over the last 1,000 years to attain their agenda which is now close to attainment.

And these methodologies include sophisticated mind-kontrol, deployment of synthetic terror and manufactured wars, induced drug addiction slavery, Fiat debt slavery, and a general strategy of “divide and conquer” to create ongoing chaos.

They would perhaps already have attained their unimaginably evil agenda but for recent blockages due to the alternative news of the Internet and a spontaneously emerging populism inside America and Europe because of it.

In their quest to always improve their ability to spy on the masses, the Secret Shadow Government (SSG) which is a KM creation, set up the Internet, believing it would be the greatest spy tool yet devised.

That turned out to be true, but there was a serious side-effect that the Top Chieftains of the KM never expected. That was the quick emergence of the alternative media on the Internet and the steady increase in its users who left their Controlled Major Mass Media (CMMM) to habitually use it to get the news and to start researching current events as well as historical events of the past.

The KM countered this by setting up hundreds of misinformation websites. However, in order to gain any following at all they had to play the “limited hangout” game. They had to include a fair proportion of truth in their stories or no one would use their sites or be subject to any of their propaganda as “bad payloads”.

A lot of these misinformation websites supported by KM Cutouts and proprietaries would put out about 70-80% good info with a periodic very bad misinforming payload. Glenn Beck has been fingered by some as a typical example, others identify Alex Jones too, but there are likely many others. It is known that both periodically do carry some good stories too.

Top of the Pyramid kissing their god of the black sun Satan

Related: Understanding "Jewish" [Khazarian Zionist] Power

What ended up happening with many users was that they became so sophisticated in their processing and understanding of how the world really works that they were not fooled by this”limited hangout” strategy.

Many of these alternative news website users have been able to ignore the bad payloads and select the truth nuggets and connect these dots from many different websites in their heads, and come up with composites of what is really happening that are fairly accurate.

Plus, there are some alternative media websites like Veterans Today or Rense.com which are often the first to dump serious hidden facts and Intel out there for all to use as they wish.

What is the specific end game for the Top Chieftains of the Khazarian Zionist Mafia? 

These Select Few KM criminal psychopaths believe that as they seat Lucifer in their NWO temple in Jerusalem to be their ruling world master, they will personally be transformed into eternal gods, and will rule the universe forever with their master Lucifer.

Related: Khazarians Then, Khazarians Now

The sad fact is that this Khazarian Mafia is just the current expression of this secret sect of Luciferians, going back all the way to ancient Babylonia and beyond. It is the Order of the Snake, but has many other names and is ancient Baal worship driven by a set of root beliefs called Babylonian Talmudism, but it is also known as Luciferianism, Satanism, High Freemasonry, OTO, and many more.

The big problem the KM’s top Chieftains now face is the fact that slowly but surely the masses are finding out about who they are specifically and what their evil agenda is.

Should these KM Top Chieftains be surprised when Goyim find out about this and want them indicted, arrested, jailed and executed for a whole laundry list of unimaginably evil capital crimes including mass-murder, war crimes, terrorism and crimes against humanity, and before the KM can complete its notoriously anti-human, anti-Goyim Globalist NWO Agenda?

More Actual Core Belief Patterns of the KM Top Chieftains

The actual core belief patterns of the KM Top Chieftains are based on their deep Babylonian Talmudic (Luciferian/Satanic) values
which they use to determine their Core Edicts by which they establish policies while sitting at the top of their pyramidal Establishment Hierarchy.

The actual core belief patterns of the KM Top Chieftains is an age old secret of these inbred “bloodline” families that form the nexus of the Khazarians and old black nobility. It is allegedly all based on their common secret occult network which insiders call the “Order of the Snake”.

Others have called it the Black Sun, the Reich of the Black Sun, the Great Dragon (the alien ET beast, Draco), the Serpent”, but they all represent the Order of the Snake and ancient Babylonian Talmudism, aka secret Baal worship.

It has been reported that this occult network which covers most of the world, is nothing more than the deep secret of the worldwide Satanic Cult network that is centered in the USA, the UK and Europe that serves up little kids to pedophiles to abuse and more than rarely tortures and sacrifices them.

Here is a secretly recorded, later leaked video clip from a High Freemason ritual in which the first part involved hired women to provide “special” entertainment. You can only guess what is not included in this video clip, former High Freemasons who have attended such special meetings have suggested that these events ended up getting pretty spicy with top floors of expensive hotels rented and prepaid high class hookers for all.

The UK is run by High Freemasonry top to bottom, the police, the courts, the government and this is a poorly kept secret.

In America a lot of these institutions are run by smaller numbers of High Freemasons and OTO members, but this is a closely guarded secret. Some are openly members of the Satanic / Pedophile network that traffics in child sex victims over the whole western world and much of the rest of the world too.

Related: The Jesuits & The Vatican

Hitler and his top Nazi command were deeply involved in the Reich of the Black Sun, believed by some researchers to be covert Satanism. Some researchers believe human sacrifice rituals were done in the basement pit of Wewelsberg Castle. And during a short time, it was reported that 17,000 political prisoners were sacrificed in a special building that had hydraulically operated guillotines.

"The only reference I could find was a UK story that documented 16,500 executions by guillotine, but no mention of the hydraulic guillotines."

The Core Edicts of the KM Top Chieftains are oriented to managing Western institutions and culture in such a way to mind-kontrol and manipulate the masses and We The People become dirtied up with drugs and alcohol and self-defeating, shameful behaviors.

But these destructive behaviors also appear to cause individuals to self-hate, self-abuse further, and can lead also individuals to become self-defeating enemies of themselves, their families and society. This of course makes the KM’s attainment of their evil Globalist NWO Agenda so much easier.

In order for the Khazarian Zionist Mafia to attain it Globalist NWO Agenda, the KM must attain its goals:

Destruction of normal male female sex roles;

Diversity, perversity and political correctness as the “new normal”;

Loss of American borders, culture and language;

Out of control medical costs and costs of living due to inflation built created and mandated by the private Federal Reserve System;

No more living wages for employment;

The destruction of the family unit;

No more interest on saving and investments that will match the inflation caused by FRS FIAT “fake money”;

Massive unemployment and no more job security;

The end of unions;

And massive taxation, massive debt slavery and usurious credit card loans;

Corruption of the Judiciary and discarding of the US Constitution by the USG and the Judiciary at all levels;

Proliferation of weird occult networks and sometimes secret promotion of strange blood practices to extend the life of the rich super-elites;

Massive weapons and drug trafficking into American Urban centers by the CIA and the promotion of gangs and use of terror entrapment ops to gain more central power and taxpayer financing;

Socially engineered massive addiction to legal and illegal drugs and alcohol to promote gangs, foment massive chaos, and to destroy the general morality and character of the American Masses;

A generally poor and completely irrelevant public education system secretly designed inside the beltway to dumb kids down and make them good KM mind-kontrolled debt-slaves;

To poison the food and water with GMOs and endocrine disruptors;

To over-vaccinate with toxic vaccines that often cause mini-strokes and autism spectrum disorders in alarmingly high rates in innocent children unable to give adequate consent for themselves with parents too dumbed-down to know better; and

To entrain the masses through super high tech psychotronic induction means, including orbital based Helium 3 powered scalar transmitters, use of cell phone systems and WI-FI, mass-mind-kontrol through TV “programming”, as well as certain secretly deployed ELF ground wave systems and the little understood Lilly waves which can be transmitted through the power grid.

But all these KM curses being deployed against the American Masses have only been able to be deployed because they first got control of almost every single institution, including those of the Federal and State governments, the Judiciary, the Congress, private business, the NGOs and private foundations and think-tanks, the Administration, the High Military Command, American Intel and a now largely militarized LE system absorbed by the new KM-created and -run Homeland Security (DHS).

Related: The Khazarian Mafia’s System Of Cartels

"Unless people wake up soon and start standing against these KM monsters en masse at every level inside and outside the governments and even within the KM itself, the West will be soon destroyed, depopulated by 90% and there will be no future for our young children at all."

Your mind is always the main target of the Top Command of the Khazarian Zionist Mafia, then your assets and then your very life...

Without the Earth shattering disclosures made by Gordon Duff at the International Counterterrorism Conference in 2014, you would never be reading about the Khazarian Mafia by name anywhere on the Internet, even here.

It was VT Chairman Gordon Duff that first disclosed that the root cause of so-called “world terrorism” was actually the world’s largest organized crime syndicate.

Gordon Duff did not specifically name this world’s largest organized crime syndicate in the first part of his speech which was unclassified and made public. Within minutes of its delivery, this historical ground-breaking speech was scrutinized by every major government and Intel agency, and sent shock-waves around the world.

A short time later it was VT’s Financial Editor and Talk Show host Mike Harris that named this world’s largest organized crime syndicate publicly for the first time ever, and referred to it specifically by its proper name as the Khazarian Mafia. 

Without these bold first-time disclosures of Gordon Duff and Mike Harris, VT readers would not have been able to connect the dots and begin to understand what the Khazarian Mafia (KM) is or how it has parasitized America and most of the world.

Comment: Some of these statements are a bit blow-hard, as many have been aware of the 'New World Order' agenda for some time now. All these people really have done is to identify the Khazarian / Zionist element.

Nor would they be able to understand what the KM has done to rise to such world power and where it is within striking distance to take down the whole world and complete its evil Globalist NWO one-world agenda.

And without these bold disclosures you would continue seeing and feeling the negative effects of this world’s largest organized crime syndicate the KM everywhere in your daily life, but you would not know its name, its history, its composition, what empowers it.

Nor would you understand what the overall agenda of this world’s largest organized crime syndicate is. And this syndicate’s agenda just happens to be asset stripping, induced death, war and destruction for profit, power, and world domination, all intended to produce Globalist NWO one-world government end-state run by this world’s largest organized crime syndicate.

Related: The Khazarian Bankster Cult That Hijacked The World & Worthless Pieces Of Paper - Interest On Fake Money Is Confiscating Your Freedom

And it is now pretty clear that without the emergence of some very high level, very informed and very disgusted Intel Cowboys from all over the world, there would be no major leaks of the secret evil that the Khazarian Mafia (KM) has been perpetrating all over the world and in America, their home economic and military base.

The KM has always known that if various renegade Intel disclosed their secret evil this could be a serious threat to their syndicate’s power.

"That is why they set up so many advanced procedures to compartmentalize all areas of Intel - the higher you go, the more narrow the scope."

This has all been done in an effort to keep high ranking Intel from connecting the dots and understanding that they are working as part of system to destroy their own nation, their own families and humankind itself.

Because when some Intel gain too much information about the KM crimes committed under the cover of invoked “national security” a certain percentage will secretly rebel. That secret rebellion can take the form of sandbagging (working hard but producing little) or leaking damaging information through various complex means.

In recent years Intel Cowboys from all over the world have rebelled because they could not accept the big picture they discovered in their jobs. Some have organized into groups which have become such powerful factions that are able to openly speak out and resist the evils of the Khazarian Zionist Mafia.

It is now known beyond any shadow of a doubt that the KM Top Chieftains who sit at the top of the pyramidal Establishment Hierarchy are the top policy-makers and maintain a set of Core Edicts upon which they base their policy mandates on. These are reflected in USG Laws and most large corporate policies.

This series of articles has disclosed many of their Core Edicts. It’s a fact that the Top Chieftains of the KM control the CIA and other Intel agencies and use so-called “National Security” as cover for their crimes.

The KM cannot continue to exist without their ability to maintain abject secrecy and everyday the Internet, the world’s New Gutenberg Press is eroding that secrecy.

Use of National Security as cover for these serious RICO and International crimes by the KM is itself a most serious crime against the USA, We The People and the World.

The KM is the biggest RICO crime syndicate in America and commits the most serious US and International crimes ever.

Some of these crimes are so serious that they are almost unimaginable such as engineered staged wars with millions of dead and wounded with many are innocent civilians, women and children.

Right now the main Intel agency used by the KM inside America is the Central Intelligence Agency. The CIA is bifurcated and employs many innocent analysts and agents who collect Intel by various means but do not engage in evil, anti-human covert operations.

But there is an evil covert part of the CIA which engages in frequent wetwork, abroad and inside the USA, massive mind-kontrol operations against We The People using super high tech Psychotronics, working with the US Military to traffick in trillions of dollars of illegal narcotics and weapons to raise “off the books” black ops money.

Limitless off-the-books Black Ops money underwrites synthetic terror and advances fascistic agendas

Related: Shocking Government Report Finds $6.5 Trillion In Taxpayer Funds "Unaccounted For"

"But the most important function that the CIA and the other Intel agencies that are completely controlled by the KM are the covert operations deployed to create synthetic terror, fake enemies, which are needed to start wars and justify huge military deployments. Mercenaries are hired for this, but there are even more sinister methods used."

Saudi Arabia has always provided a great deal of funding to pick up young orphans off the street and place them in special schools to raise them and mind-kontrol them to function as crazed, suicidal terrorist bombers, painted as Islamic extremists.

These mind-kontrolled subjects can then be triggered anytime they are needed to sacrifice themselves and produce the mass terror needed to start wars and justify more and more centralization of KM power exhibited as invisible Secret Shadow Government (SSG) power and visible USG power.

The Khazarian Zionist Mafia Top Chieftains love to consolidate institutions, and industries in order centralize power and make it much easier for themselves to exert control over the USG and We The People.

That is why they used their Gladio-style, inside-job false-flag attack on America on 9-11-01 as an excuse to consolidate all American Alphabets and Law Enforcement into one centralized hierarchy they labelled Homeland Security (DHS). The name “Homeland Security” itself a mockery of the US Constitution and everything our Founding Fathers fought for in the Revolutionary War.

This new Centralized hierarchical control of all such agencies by the KM’s Top Chieftains makes it easy for the KM to implement their Core Edicts as USG policies (many remaining secret, some made public).

These Top Chieftains of course installed perverted, deeply compromised doofuses at the head of DHS to run it, soulless dupes who will do whatever the KM Top Chieftains mandate, no matter the US Constitution and common decency.

Related: Trump: Reminder, The Only Evidence Of Russian 'Collusion' Is By Hillary & The DNC + The Mechanics Of Democratic Deception

Anyone who crosses them significantly gets whacked by their soulless wetboy teams, usually “arkencided”, a term that arose because of all the Dixie Mafia murders for the CIA surrounding the Mena operation and the Clintons.

The term “arkencide” is when the CIA wetboys murder a whistle-blower or someone deemed as a potential threat for knowing too much that they could become an unnecessary risk later on, or someone who has stepped outside allowed parameters.

In the typical arkencide, it is customary for local police to stand-down at the request of Intel and for a crooked coroner and mortuary to be used. Absurd circumstances are knowingly created to serve as a warning message to anyone else who might be tempted to step outside of allowed parameters.

Here is the bottom line of the Core Edicts of the KM Top Chieftains: To foment large criminal operations to make vast fortunes by which they plan to buy up the whole world and run it themselves, step by step.

These operations include: massive counterfeiting (their own private Fiat Currency rented out to the American users); massive illegal drug trafficking; massive illegal and legal arms trafficking; massive money laundering; bust out schemes against the American People using color of law like the S&L scam, the Enron Scam, the Mortgage Bubble/MERS scam, and the “Bailouts”; Wall Street Plunge Protection Street scam where the USG has acquired about 1/2 of all US stocks through proprietaries, thus driving the stock prices up synthetically; sophisticated eugenics programs to promote obesity, disease and mass death in order to thin the herd by 90%; a secret space war program and secret alliances with certain Alien ET groups; electronic weather control and warfare; and last but the most important operation, large scale psychotronic mind-kontrol.

This Jesse Ventura interview with Dr. Robert Duncan can not be embedded in this article, but for the time being can be watched here.


The bottom line is that the KM is driven by an unimaginably evil inter-generational Globalist NWO Agenda to create a one-world government run by them alone.

Their power is gained and exercised through their counterfeit FIAT Money Power. They have been able to capture most of the world in their spider web of fake money which is nothing but printed and issued debt notes.

And the rest of the world is now catching on, especially the Russian Federation and China. Khadafy caught on, and the KM murdered him and plundered his nation through US Dept. of State doofus Cutouts.

Assad and Syria have caught on and the KM is working overtime trying to depose Assad and destroy Syria’s infrastructure and Putin and the Russian Federation have now completely checkmated the KM in Syria and have decimated the KM/Israeli/USG created ISIS mercenaries.

Related: Western Media Finally Investigates Alleged Chemical Attack In Syria And Finds “No Evidence” + There’s A Good
Chance We’re Being Lied To About The Chemical Attack In Syria

Iran has caught on and you can bet that the Russian Federation will also protect this ally from KM destruction like they have Syria. The whole world is now closing in on the KM, and it’s going to be a battle to the end; the KM is going to go down hard, but it will go down.

The KM’s game has always been to take over the whole world and rule it themselves as kings running a feudal kingdom, with everyone else their serfs and slaves – at least those remaining 10% who have not all been mass murdered by the time they plan to exercise complete world control.

To complete their evil Globalist NWO one-world Agenda, the KM must continue creating massive wars and running large scale international organized crime scams. They must control the lives and hearts and minds of We The People and convince us that our serfdom is desirable, or at least we are powerless to do anything about it.

Every day the KM’s control is waning, as more and more of their Colossal lies are revealed. We are now all in a race to the finish point, there is only room for one victor, We the People or the Top Chieftains of the Khazarian Mafia. You can be sure of this one thing however.

"If the KM were to have won and complete their agenda they would whack all their doofus Cutouts because they would no longer need them. None of these folks would ever expect such a result, but it’s a given if the KM would have won this battle for Planet earth."

Looking at you John - you are just "the help" - no matter what your higher-up psychopaths have sold you in on

Yes, it’s now a major race between the KM’s efforts to control
the people and the people’s public activism to expose these large scale KM crimes anstop them before they mass-murder most of us.

If We The People lose this battle, darkness will ded scend completely over America and the rest of the world.

Putin and the Russian Federation and the Chinese are now hip to this KM evil Agenda and have created a major financial firewall against the KM consisting of the BRICS Nations, the AIIB and new Chinese money wire system and the coming silk road railway and commerce lanes.

In time, this will likely produce an end to the US Petro Dollar as the world’s exchange currency, and may push America over a financial cliff. That alone could mean the end of the KM hegemony.

How much better it would be if We The People rose up at every level and organized to take control of our government before that happens.

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Top 10 Most Evil, Demonic But True Events Of 2019 That Indicate The Rise Of Satanism
February 9 2020 | From: NaturalNews / Various

Many Westerners are still in perpetual denial about it, but there’s no doubt that Satanism is rapidly infecting every crevice of our lands.

Here are 10 of the most disturbing examples of what happens when a nation patently rejects God and embraces the god of this world instead:

Related: Former Satanic Priest Exposes The Four Main Tenets Of Satanic Ideology & Are You A Satanist?

Organ donor? Organs are cut out of patients’ bodies even while they are conscious and aware, horrifying new science study reveals

There’s a whole lot of cash to be made from harvesting people’s healthy organs and selling them to wealthy transplant patients, and this is exactly what’s happening at hospitals from coast to coast – even while the “donor” patients are still alive and conscious!

Colorado public schools now requiring students to role play child sacrifice ‘poems’ as part of rape training indoctrination

Some American public schools are now instructing children to recite Satanic “poems” like Allen Ginsberg’s “Howl,” which contains language so vulgar that we won’t repeat it here.

Along with reading filthy language, these same children are also being told to pretend as though they’re being raped or sodomized as part of their “sexual education.”

Related: The Luciferian Vatican Empire Is Imploding & As Many As 8 Million Children Are Kidnapped And Trafficked Into Sex Slavery Every Year By Global Pedophile Networks – Of Which Many Politicians Are Members

Whole Foods sponsors Drag Queen Story Hour to indoctrinate children with perversion, pedophilia and transgenderism

The year 2019 was a big year for the spread of “Drag Queen Story Hour,” an LGBT perversion event that’s being held not only at public libraries, but also at Whole Foods Market stores.

Drag Queen Story Hour, in case you’re unfamiliar, typically involves a biological man dressed as a very slutty woman reading books to children, and possibly even dancing or prowling around on the floor while growling like a demon.

Related: America’s First Non-Binary Person Renounces Transgenderism, Says, “I Have Always Been Male” & Who Are The Rich, White Men Institutionalizing Transgender Ideology?

The Annihilation Agenda: Why globalists are actively working to exterminate 90% of the human race

Just like the infamous Georgia Guidestones instruct them to do, the globalists (aka Satanists) are actively trying to reduce the world’s population by a whopping 90 percent.

This mass depopulation agenda, which is being pushed by the likes of Microsoft’s Bill Gates, is what these people’s god, Satan, requires of them in order to maintain the power, influence, and wealth they’ve come to expect.

Related: Same Media That Once Deemed Chemtrails A Conspiracy Theory Now Openly Promotes Chemtrailing The Entire Planet To “End Climate Change” & Global Geoengineering (Chemtrails) Experiment Pushed By Bill Gates Also Funded By Nazi-Linked Alfred P. Sloan Foundation, Linked To Eugenics And Depopulation

Whistleblower tells all, claiming Hillary Clinton, Chuck Schumer, Kirsten Gillibrand and other prominent Democrats are involved in human trafficking, sex slavery, and Satanism

It’s starting to creep out of the woodwork that many prominent politicians, mostly on the Left, are pedophiles who traffic innocent children and sell them into sex slavery – and in many cases, these demonic individuals sexually abuse children themselves!

Some of the bigger names that a whistleblower recently outed for their involvement in these Satanic practices include failed presidential candidate Hillary Clinton, Chuck Schumer and Kirsten Gillibrand.

Related: Jeffrey Epstein "Commits Suicide" & Epstein Arrest Supports Q Anon Claims Of Global Satanic Cult Blackmailing Political Elites

Celebrated Democrat ‘Beto’ O’Rourke outed wearing ‘Devil goat’ costume; left-wing media tries to spin narrative away from Satanism

Speaking of evil politicians, failed Texas politician Robert “Beto” O’Rourke is another such Satanist who was caught this year dressed up in a “Devil goat” costume.

Similar to the Baphomet concept, Beto’s costume and mask were a tribute to his god, the devil himself.

Related: Occult Holidays And Sabbats: Why Holidays Are Satanic Rituals

Kamala Harris reveals herself as an anti-Christian bigot who hates God and anyone who recognizes the existence of God

There’s also failed California Senator Kamala Harris, another Satanist who came out this year as an anti-Christian bigot who wants to see God extinguished not just from California but from the entire country.

It’s a good thing she dropped out of the 2020 presidential race, not that she ever stood a chance of actually winning.

Related: It’s Time To Tell The Truth About The Global War On Christianity (And The Rise Of Satanism)

Spiritual ‘guru’ of Brazil ‘ran sex slave farm’ and sold off human babies in auctions, stunning investigation reveals

The West isn’t the only place where Satanism abounds. In Brazil, a spiritual guru by the name of Joao Teixeira de Faria, or “John of God,’ was outed for running a sex slave camp disguised as a “retreat center.”

According to reports, Faria was raping women, selling their babies, and committing all sorts of other human rights atrocities, all while claiming to be a man of “God.”

Related: Black Magic: Satanists Rule The World, Not Politicians, Bankers Or Military Heads [Although They Are Usually All One And The Same] + Another Illuminati Whistleblower Speaks Out

The rise of Satanism: Whole Foods, Monsanto and all the perverted demon-crats

Satanism isn’t just being mainstreamed throughout the Western world; it’s also being corporatized. In addition to Whole Foods’ adoption of Drag Queen Story Hour, Amazon is also selling demonic children’s books that teach little ones how to summon demons.

And who could forget Monsanto, the world’s most evil chemical company that’s been genetically modifying human beings into lobotomized zombies with its Roundup (glyphosate) herbicide.

Related: Neonic Pesticides In Tap Water React With Chlorine To Create Hazardous Chemicals That Are 300 Times More Toxic & Toxic Aluminum Found In Popular Prescription Infant Formulas

Leftists demand eliminating all Christian crosses from public view, claiming it ‘triggers’ them… political correctness is now equivalent to Satanism

Since the U.S. was originally founded upon Christian principles, this surge of Satanism requires that all remaining traces of America’s true spiritual heritage be removed, including crosses and other emblems and symbols of Christianity that “trigger” Leftists.

The only form of religion that’s accepted by the Left would seem to be Islam, as well as atheism, the “god” of their beloved communist and socialist ideas that, God forbid they win the White House in 2020, will drive the final nail into our country’s coffin.

Related Articles:

Ten Reasons Why I Don’t Have A Religion

The God Of Freemasonry Exposed

The New York Times Makes Another Attempt To Normalize Pedophilia & Hollywood Is A Satanic Cesspool

How The Term “Satan” Originated And How Satanism Controls Entities & The Djinn (Jinn) And Their Connection To The Shadow People

Satan’s Credit Card: What The Mark Of The Beast Taught Me About The Future Of Money

"Just Do It" - Nike Slogan Is Luciferian

Lucis Trust, Alice Bailey, World Goodwill And Lucifer - The False Light Of The World

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Donald Trump Acquitted In Senate Impeachment Trial
February 8 2020 | From: Zerohedge

President Trump has been acquitted by the Senate on both articles of impeachment, ensuring that he will not be removed from office after he was impeached by House Democrats.

Trump was acquitted on the charge of abuse of power by a vote of 52-48.

Related: Ukrainiain 'Son Of A Bitch Who Got Fired' Files Criminal Complaint Against Biden For Abuse Of Power

On the second article of impeachment for obstruction of Congress, Trump was acquitted by a margin of 53-47.

Related: The Steele Trump-Russia Dossier Was "Completely Fabricated", Leading British Spy Expert

We can't wait to see if the House rolls out a third article, after House Judiciary Chairman Jerry Nadler said "I think it's likely" that former National Security Adviser John Bolton will be subpoenaed for testimony in the Ukraine saga.

But, as Politico eloquently and ominously pointed out, Trump’s acquittal marked the end of a remarkable chapter of presidential scandal that only accelerated and accentuated Trump’s grip on a Republican Party establishment he once scorned.

Related: Trump - Existential Threat To New World Order

But it appears likely to bleed into another phase, as House Democrats vow to continue their myriad ongoing probes targeting the president.

However, the impeachment saga served primarily to accelerate an already-dysfunctional Congress’ slide into permanent political warfare.

The responses have begun on Twitter. First President Trump trolled the entire liberal establishment:

Related: Ukraine’s ex-prosecutor who led Burisma investigation demands criminal probe of Biden

Minority Leader McCarthy added:

Related: George Soros In Davos: 2020 Election Will Determine 'Fate Of The World' + Trump At Davos: “The Great American Comeback”

Then Hillary decided to have her say, attacking Republican Senators.

Watch the vote as it happened below:

Earlier Wednesday, Sen. Mitt Romney (R-UT) broke ranks with his party and said he would vote to convict President Trump on one impeachment charge of abuse of power, calling Trump's conduct with Ukraine an "appalling abuse of public trust."

Romney's decision reportedly surprised colleagues, many of whom expected him to vote to acquit after two other fence-sitting Republicans (Collins and Murkowski) announced they would oppose the articles of impeachment.

Related Articles:

Inspector General’s FISA Report Released - Finds FBI Misled Secret Court To Spy On Trump

It's Clear Even From The Other Side Of The World: Entire Impeachment Debacle Is Nothing But A 'Power Grab' + About Trump

Fourteen Ways To Protect Yourself From The New World Order (NWO) Agenda

Globalism: A Psychological GPS System For The Masses

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Five Damaging Lies Advertisements Desperately Want You To Believe
February 7 2020 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit

Every single day we are bombarded with thousands of advertisements, whether we realize it or not.

Being accustomed to their constant presence, we don’t consciously pay attention to them and can’t realize the tremendous negative impact they have on us and the world.

Related: The Mainstream Media Lies

Below are five quite damaging lies that advertisements want you to believe and which you should be aware of so as to avoid falling into their trap.

1. You are incomplete. Advertisements do their best to convince you that you are not enough as you are. Once they achieve to make you feel bad about yourself, they provide you with a solution to make you feel well again: that of buying the products they sell.

Related: Is Subliminal Advertising Legit?

2. Everything you need is on sale. 
Advertisements want to persuade you to think that anything you desire can be bought. Do you want to feel confident? Then buy this shiny car! Do you feel you’re not attractive to the opposite sex? Then get yourselves some hip shoes! Are you stressed? Then consume these magic pills!

3. Material possessions are all that matters in life. Another damaging lie promoted through advertising is that acquiring material things is the key to living well. You needn’t search anywhere else for happiness and fulfillment, such as in pursuing your passions or building healthy relationships with people - there’s always a product that can substitute for all those things.

4. Success is measured by the stuff you own. Advertisements try to fool you into believing that if you have less and worse stuff than those around you, then you are a person to be looked down upon, and that the only way to prove your importance is to get more and better stuff than others.

Related: Brilliant Comic Of Banksy's Call To Arms Against Advertisers

Thus advertisements are urging you to constantly compare yourself to others and compete with them.

5. Consuming without end is normal. Lastly yet perhaps most importantly, advertisements are trying to convince you that your purpose in life is to consume, and that only by doing so will you fit in society.

As a result, they can immensely complicate your life by stressing you to constantly hunt for the next best thing, regardless of how wasteful that behavior is and the negative consequences it has on the planet.

As you can understand, the sole purpose of advertisements is to sell you stuff so that companies and corporations can make an economic gain, and the tactics they use to achieve that are hideous and deceptive.

Related: The Atlantic Council: The Marketing Arm Of The Military/Security Complex

The quicker you realize this fact and stop buying into their lies, the more you’ll be able to live free, without feeling the constant pressure to mindlessly waste your time, energy, and the earth’s finite resources to satisfy your artificial needs.

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Dr. Francis Boyle Creator Of BioWeapons Act Says Coronavirus Is Biological Warfare Weapon
February 6 2020 | From: GreatGameIndia / Various

In an explosive interview Dr. Francis Boyle, who drafted the Biological Weapons Act has given a detailed statement admitting that the 2019 Wuhan Coronavirus is an offensive Biological Warfare Weapon and that the World Health Organization (WHO) already knows about it.

Francis Boyle is a professor of international law at the University of Illinois College of Law.

Related: WHO Declares Global Health Emergency Over Worsening Coronavirus Outbreak

He drafted the U.S. domestic implementing legislation for the Biological Weapons Convention, known as the Biological Weapons Anti-Terrorism Act of 1989, that was approved unanimously by both Houses of the U.S. Congress and signed into law by President George H.W. Bush.

In an exclusive interview given to Geopolitics and Empire, Dr. Boyle discusses the coronavirus outbreak in Wuhan, China and the Biosafety Level 4 laboratory (BSL-4) from which he believes the infectious disease escaped.

He believes the virus is potentially lethal and an offensive biological warfare weapon or dual-use biowarfare weapons agent genetically modified with gain of function properties, which is why the Chinese government originally tried to cover it up and is now taking drastic measures to contain it.

The Wuhan BSL-4 lab is also a specially designated World Health Organization (WHO) research lab and Dr. Boyle contends that the WHO knows full well what is occurring.

Dr. Boyle also touches upon GreatGameIndia‘s exclusive report Coronavirus Bioweapon – where we reported in detail how Chinese Biowarfare agents working at the Canadian lab in Winnipeg were involved in the smuggling of Coronavirus to Wuhan’s lab from where it is believed to have been leaked.

Related: Wuhan Coronavirus Pandemic Bioengineered: Who’s Behind It, Why Now And Why China?

Watch Dr. Francis Boyle’s interview with Geopolitics and Empire below:

Francis Boyle: Wuhan Coronavirus is an Offensive Biological Warfare Weapon

Dr. Francis Boyle discusses the coronavirus outbreak in Wuhan, China and the Biosafety Level 4 laboratory (BSL-4) from which he believes the infectious disease escaped.

Related: Coronavirus Contains "HIV Insertions", Stoking Fears Over Artificially Created Bioweapon

Dr. Boyle’s position is in stark contrast to the mainstream media’s narrative of the virus being originated from the seafood market, which is increasingly being questioned by many experts.

Recently, American Senator Tom Cotton of Arkansas also dismantled the mainstream media’s claim on Thursday that pinned the coronavirus outbreak on a market selling dead and live animals.

In a video accompanying his post, Cotton explained that the Wuhan wet market (which Cotton incorrectly referred to as a seafood market) has been shown by experts to not be the source of the deadly contagion.

Cotton referenced a Lancet study which showed that many of the first cases of the novel coronavirus, including patient zero, had no connection to the wet market - devastatingly undermining mainstream media’s claim.

“As one epidemiologist said: ‘That virus went into the seafood market before it came out of the seafood market.’ We still don’t know where it originated,” Cotton said.

"I would note that Wuhan also has China’s only bio-safety level four super laboratory that works with the world’s most deadly pathogens to include, yes, coronavirus."

Related: Creator Of US BioWeapons Act Says Coronavirus Is Biological Warfare Weapon

Such concerns have also been raised by J.R. Nyquist, the well known author of the books “Origins of the Fourth World War” and “The Fool and His Enemy,” as well as co-author of “The New Tactics of Global War”.

In his insightful article he published secret speechs given to high-level Communist Party cadres by Chinese Defense Minister Gen. Chi Haotian explaining a long-range plan for ensuring a Chinese national renaissance – the catalyst for which would be China’s secret plan to weaponize viruses.

Nyquist gave three different data points for making his case in analyzing Coronavirus. He writes:

"The third data point worth considering: the journal GreatGameIndia has published a piece titled “Coronavirus Bioweapon – How China Stole Coronavirus From Canada And Weaponized It."

Related: Coronavirus – China’s Secret Plan To Weaponize Viruses

The authors were clever enough to put Khan’s Virology Journal article together with news of a security breach by Chinese nationals at the Canadian (P4) National Microbiology Lab in Winnipeg, where the novel coronavirus was allegedly stored with other lethal organisms.

Last May, the Royal Canadian Mounted Police were called in to investigate; by late July the Chinese were kicked out of the facility. The chief Chinese scientist (Dr. Xiangguo Qiu) was allegedly making trips between Winnipeg and Wuhan.

Here we have a plausible theory of the NCoV organism’s travels: first discovered in Saudi Arabia, then studied in Canada from whence it was stolen by a Chinese scientist and brought to Wuhan.

Like the statement of Taiwan’s intelligence chief in 2008, the GreatGameIndia story has come under intensive attack. Whatever the truth, the fact of proximity and the unlikelihood of mutation must figure into our calculations.

Related: In explosive interview, author of Bioweapons Act Dr. Francis Boyle confirms coronavirus is an “offensive biological warfare weapon”

It’s highly probable that the 2019-nCoV organism is a weaponized version of the NCoV discovered by Saudi doctors in 2012.

Meanwhile, the mainstream media’s narrative still maintains that the origin of the 2019 Coronavirus is the Wuhan Seafood Market.

After GreatGameIndia published the story on Coronavirus Bioweapon – not only were our databse tinkered with and our reports blocked by Facebook on the flimsy reason that they could not find GreatGameIndia Facebook page, but the report itself was viciously attacked by Foreign Policy magazine, PolitiFact (known widely as Facebook’s propaganda arm) and BuzzFeedNews.

It is not GreatGameIndia alone which is being viciously attacked. Zero Hedge, a popular alternate media blog was suspended by Twitter for publishing a story related to a study by Indian scientists finding 2019 Wuhan Coronavirus to be not naturally evolved, raising the possibility of it being created in a lab.

Related: Irrefutable: The coronavirus was engineered by scientists in a lab using well documented genetic engineering vectors that leave behind a “fingerprint”

Shockingly, the study itself came under intense online criticism by Social Media experts resulting in the scientists withdrawing the paper.

In retaliation India has launched a full-scale investigation against China’s Wuhan Institute of Virology. The Indian government has ordered an inquiry into a study conducted in the Northeastern state of Nagaland (close to China) by researchers from the U.S., China and India on bats and humans carrying antibodies to deadly viruses like Ebola.

The study came under the scanner as two of the 12 researchers belonged to the Wuhan Institute of Virology’s Department of Emerging Infectious Diseases, and it was funded by the United States Department of Defense’s Defense Threat Reduction Agency (DTRA).

The study, conducted by scientists of the Tata Institute of Fundamental Research, the National Centre for Biological Sciences (NCBS), the Wuhan Institute of Virology, the Uniformed Services University of the Health Sciences in the U.S. and the Duke-National University in Singapore, is now being investigated for how the scientists were allowed to access live samples of bats and bat hunters (humans) without due permissions.

Related: The Coming Coronavirus Vaccine

The results of the study were published in October last year in the PLOS Neglected Tropical Diseases journal, originally established by the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation.

As the author J.R. Nyquist puts it:

"We must have an investigation of the outbreak in Wuhan. The Chinese must grant the world total transparency. The truth must come out.

If Chinese officials are innocent, they have nothing to hide. If they are guilty, they will refuse to cooperate.

The real concern here is whether the rest of the world has the courage to demand a real and thorough investigation.

We need to be fearless in this demand and not allow “economic interests” to play a coy and dishonest game of denial. We need an honest inquiry. We need it now."

Related Articles:

Overflowing Hospitals, Medical Shortages, Tragic Deaths in Virus-Struck Wuhan

If this article is correct, Coronavirus is race-specific to Chinese

UPenn Student Trapped In Wuhan Says Coronavirus Outbreak Is 'Like A Zombie Apocalypse'

Novel Coronavirus - The Latest Pandemic Scare

More Chinese Cities Under Quarantine; Wenzhou Allows Only 1 Person per Household Outdoors

Coronavirus: the Dark Side

Corona Virus: What To Do

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Prince Harry: “I Will Not Be Bullied Into Playing A Game That Killed My Mum”
February 5 2020 | From: CollectiveEvolution

Recently Prince Harry and Meaghan Markle announced that they would be stepping down from their royal duties, and ultimately their life as royals.

This is pretty huge news. In regards to what prompted this decision there is certainly a lot we could speculate over, perhaps they want to distance themselves from the royal family because of the recent scandal involving Uncle Prince Andrew and the allegations against him being involved in child sex trafficking, maybe they simply want to get out of the public eye, or perhaps they see how the monarchy has already started to crumble and want to get out while they can.

Related: Make No Mistake: The Royal Wedding Was A Strategic Move By The House Of Windsor To Rebrand And Survive

Whatever the reason may be, it certainly seems to validate the massive shift in consciousness that is currently taking place on our planet and perhaps throughout the entire Universe.

Some people have already been calling for the abolishment of the British monarchy after the Queen passes away, as many feel this system is very archaic in this day and age.

In Brief:

The Facts: Recently Prince Harry and Meaghan Markle announced that they would be stepping down from their royal duties, and ultimately their life as royals.

Reflect On: Why do so many view powerful figures like the Royal's as gods? Is it time to end this type of perception?

On The Surface

It was reported that the Queen had no idea of Harry and Meaghan’s decision before it was announced, and inside sources have told reporters that the “monarchy has never been seen in such a bad state.” (Source)

Longtime friend of Prince Harry, JJ Chalmers, made an insightful comment during an interview on BBC’s The One on January 10th, stating that he feels Harry likely made this decision in order to “protect his family” and was simply attempting to put his family first and do what was right for them.

The details regarding what Harry might be wanting to “protect his family” from weren’t disclosed.

A video that has gained a lot of popularity on social media over the past week or so, being retweeted over 70,000 times since being posted on January 8th, is an interview of Harry himself discussing the need to protect his family.

Related: Their Royal Heilnesses - Secret 1933 Film Shows Edward VIII Teaching This Nazi Salute To The Queen

In another clip from that same interview we can clearly hear Harry saying that, “I will not be bullied into playing the same game that killed my Mum.”

Related: The Top Of The Pyramid: The Rothschilds, The Vatican And The British Crown Rule World

How’s The Queen Taking The News?

On January 13th a meeting took place to address Harry’s decision. According to CNN.com,

The highly unusual meeting was called after the couple’s bombshell announcement last week that they wished to step back from their roles as senior members of the royal family. The Queen was joined at the summit by Prince Charles, Prince William and Prince Harry, while Meghan was due to have dialed in from Canada.

After a crisis meeting of senior royals at the Queen’s Sandringham estate north of London, the Queen said she had agreed that Prince Harry and Meghan could split their time between the UK and Canada but that “complex matters” would have to be resolved. The monarch said she had ordered final plans to be drawn up in the next few days.

In a statement after the meeting, the Queen said the family would have preferred the couple to “remain full-time working members of the royal family,” but that they “respect and understand” Prince Harry and Meghan’s “wish to live a more independent life.”

Related: Unlawful Killing - The Murder Of Princess Diana And Why It Matters

The Queen said the family had “very constructive discussions on the future of my grandson and his family” during the meeting, adding that they are “entirely supportive of Harry and Meghan’s desire to create a new life as a young family.”

There were “complex matters for my family to resolve,” and no final agreement had been reached, particularly over Harry and Meghan’s desire to become “financially independent.”

“There is some more work to be done, but I have asked for final decisions to be reached in the coming days,” the Queen said in the statement.

Going A Bit Deeper

When we look at what happened to “the game that killed William and Harry’s mum,” she was harassed relentlessly by the media, and ultimately ended in a fatal car crash.

However, there is a lot of controversy behind this official story.

Related: A Few Inconvenient Truths About The 'British Royal Family': The Queen's Speech - Decyphered

Many believe that Princess Diana was against the monarchy in some ways and was attempting to break free from it’s clutches and even potentially expose some of their secrets, and thus believe that her death was no accident, but rather that she was silenced by being taken out by the Royal family.

Are Harry and Meaghan stepping away because they refuse to continue to be harassed by paparazzi, or are they making a bold statement and declaring their values by taking a stance that shows that they no longer wish to be affiliated with or support the Royal family?

Could this signify the beginning of the end for the British monarchy? Only time will tell.

Related Articles:

The British Empire Is Un-Masked, But Desperate

Nothing To Celebrate In ANZAC: The Bloody History Of The British Empire

‘The Black Spider Memos': Prince Charles, Secrecy And The British Government

The British East India Company: The Drug Company of the Venetian Black Nobility

The Crown Of England Is Owned And Operated By The Vatican

The Secretive Bank Of England - Controlling The World's Money Supply + Banking Data Dump

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

How To Reprogram Your Mind To Take An Active Role In Your Personal Evolution
February 4 2020 | From: WakingTImes

For a long time we’ve been taught that evolution is a process that is happening to us. Thankfully we’re living in times where the human race is finally getting a grasp on the fact that we’re actually actively involved in how we evolve as a species.

As humans, our bodies are constantly changing in response to the environment around us. Our muscles change according to whether we choose to use them or not.

Seven Signs Our Consciousness is Shifting to Higher Dimensions

The enzymes in our digestive system change in response to the foods we choose to eat. Our endocrine system is in a constant feedback loop with our emotions which can change dramatically according to what’s happening in the world around us.

As Dr Bruce Lipton put it, “the cell is a carbon-based ‘computer chip’ that reads the environment”, and the field of epigenetics teaches us that our DNA changes in quality – again, according to our environment.

When science talks about ‘environmental influence’ it seems to imply ‘all that which is outside ourselves’.

It’s easy to overlook the fact that that our conscious choices about which environmental factors we engage with are part of what shapes the way our bodies restructure.

Related: How To Open The Doors Of Perception At Will Without Psychedelics

We are part of the environment that influences our own development; our free will lets us choose and change the environment.

We participate in our own evolution during our lifetime and what we do in our own lives can also affect future generations.

In this way, personal evolution is collective evolution, and nowhere is personal evolution more apparent than how we are capable of rewiring our own brain.

Related: The Dilemma Of The Awakening Mind

How Reprogramming the Mind Is Helpful To Us

Humans work really well with routines. We repeat the same pattern over and over, and through neuroplasticity our brain wires itself so that it doesn’t have to think too much about that task anymore, it just runs that established electrical pathway.

To riff off Noel Burch, it’s like when we learn to drive a car: we move from unconscious incompetence ‘I don’t know how bad at this I’m going to be’; to conscious competence ‘I now know how bad I am at this’; to conscious competence ‘OK, I can do this but I have to keep my mind on the job’; to unconscious competence ‘I can wind the window down, change the radio, turn a corner and change gears all at the same time, without even thinking about it’.

We program ourselves all the time with repetition, so we don’t have to waste energy engaging isolated focus on every task. The question is whether these are routines we are choosing for ourselves or that have been imposed on us? If they are imposed, are they helpful to us both personally and as a species?

Related: Nine Scientific Facts Prove The "Theory Of Evolution" Is False

When Are We Most Easily Able To Wire And Re-Wire Our Mind?

During early childhood our brains are wiring themselves for the first time. While this process slows after the intense surge of development in first few years, our brains are still establishing the wiring we will largely use for the rest of our life throughout childhood. 

When we hit our teenage years we experience the second surge of new wiring and there is an opportunity for patterns to be created during this time that can setup behaviours for years to come. After this period, neuroplasticity still occurs but it just isn’t as fluid as it was before.

So you can teach an old dog new tricks, it’s just a slower process.

The problem here is that our subconscious is overhearing everything our conscious mind is hearing, and is therefore to a being programmed by whatever influence we’re being exposed to. The Jesuits knew this 400 years ago. They would boast:

"Give me a child until it’s seven, it will belong to the church for the rest of its life.’” 

- Dr Bruce Lipton, paraphrasing Jesuit priests.

We Are Always Programming Ourselves

I like to imagine the subconscious mind is like an autopilot system. It is overhearing everything we ever think or say, and it’s mission (in the background and whenever possible) is to guide us towards whatever we want… or at least whatever it thinks we want according to what it overhears.

Related: This Is How Your ‘Aura’ Affects Your Health & Those Around You + Magnetic Fields Of The Human Body And
Their Functions & 13 Signs You Are Experiencing A Spiritual Awakening

An extra level of challenge is introduced when we imagine that the conscious mind has the capacity for judgment its higher expression – discernment. The subconscious, however, doesn’t have that ability. When it is overhearing everything you think and every word you say it simply hears the topic, not the context.

‘I don’t want to be fat’ with the judgment of ‘I don’t want’ removed becomes the topic only: ‘be fat’. The subconscious ‘overhears’ the topic of what is active in your conscious mind and it is listening for repetition. This is how it figures out for how ready we need to be for that particular thought process.

Repetition Is The Key. Repetition Is The Key

If we lift weights we are using repetition to say to the muscles, ‘be ready for this, we may need to do this at any moment, so restructure yourself’. 

Scientists have found the fastest way to get fit is to do interval sprints, which is basically a physical way of saying to the body through repetition ‘you need to restructure yourself so we can sprint at top speed at any time, at the drop of a hat’.

Rest, get your breath back and sprint again, over and over.

Related: New Mind-Blowing Experiment Confirms That Reality Doesn’t Exist If You Are Not Looking At It

This repetition tells the body that it’s a high priority to restructure and be ready for this at all times. My observation is that the same appears to be true for our brain. When our subconscious overhears our thoughts and words and there is repetition, there is an increased likelihood of neural rewiring. After all – neurons that fire together wire together.

The Path of Least Resistance

When attempting to re-wire an old habit or behaviour pattern, it is useful to remember the old adage from high school science: electricity follows the path of least resistance. Imagine the old pattern as a well-established electrical pathway in your brain.

As you put conscious focus into creating a new electrical pathway to replace the old pattern, you make that new electrical pathway fatter.

As soon as you stop putting conscious focus into running the new behaviour pattern the electricity will revert to the old cable for as long as it is the fatter of the two cables, as that is the path of least resistance.

Related: In Harmony with All Life: The Open Source Way + Lifting The Veil: Merging Science And Spirituality

As soon as the day comes when the new electrical pathway is thicker than the old one you have a new program in your autopilot system, that will now run on it’s own without you needing to focus conscious intention on it.

You have reached a level of conscious competence. According to Dan Coyle a key to making the consciously chosen wiring stick is holding the intention that ‘I want to know this for the rest of my life’.

Coyle suggests this causes the brain to coat the new electrical pathway in the brain with myelin insulation, making it much more permanent.

Related: Why ‘Conspiracy Theories’ & Spirituality Are Intimately Connected

Taking Care With the Programs We Allow OurSubconscious to Overhear

As stated earlier, our autopilot system is taking direction from everything you’re experiencing – which includes the media we watch, the people we surround ourselves with and more.

For this reason, one of the most powerful things we can do is exercise discernment around the kind of experiences we expose ourselves to, and their level of intensity and repetition.

"It is easier to build strong children than to repair broken men.” 

- Frederick Douglass

More importantly is the need for extra care in exercising this discernment on behalf of the children in our care and teaching this discernment to teenagers as, in both cases they are in a heightened state of neuroplasticity and are more susceptible to influence.

To be clear, I am by no means advocating prudishness or avoidance of the truth, just a higher level of awareness of how we are either consciously or inadvertently being programmed all the time.

In the video below Bruce Lipton speaks passionately on this very subject, citing this discernment on behalf of our children as a clear solution to war and conflict.

Related: How To Become Immune To Mind Control | How TV Affects Your Brain Chemistry For The Worse

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

New Study Reveals Surprising Truths About Conspiracy Theories
February 3 2020 | From: CollectiveEvolution

The largest study of conspiracy theories has revealed some interesting and telling facts about how people feel about authority, who really runs the government, and even what demographics are most likely to believe in alternative truths.

The study polled people from 9 different countries over a six-year period and was performed by researchers at the University of Cambridge and YouGov, funded by the Leverhulme Trust.

Related: Nine Indisputable Truths About “Conspiracy Theorists”

This study is the deepest ever conducted on the subject and marks the first time academics have explored questions of conspiracy beliefs, social trust, and news consumption habits across different countries.

The Facts:

A new study from YouGov and Cambridge University reveals some telling facts about people who believe in conspiracy theories. For example, 44% of people believe only a small group of people control government regardless of who's elected.

Reflect On:

Are we waking up to the truths in our world, even though media, education and pop culture tells us we're crazy to think differently? Are we seeing a grand awakening?

The timing of this study is interesting as many people are turning away from mainstream ‘facts’ and instead are exploring information from independent sources that often provide a completely different narrative than that of controlled mainstream media outlets.

In this day and age, as more narrative-breaking truths come forward, some have been suggesting that those who believe in conspiracy theories are unstable and often suffering from some sort of mental illness.

Related: How To Get Rid Of Paranoid Conspiracy Theorists

Articles and discussions have even popped up pointing at ways of getting people to stop believing in conspiracy theories like in Inc.s “A New Study Has Found a Way to Stop People From Believing in Conspiracy Theories.”

It’s not all that surprising when you consider the goal is to keep people uninformed, but the game is becoming more obvious.

Before we continue, yes, some conspiracy theories are false and way out there, but many aren’t. Time and time again we continue to see ‘conspiracy theories’ turn out to be true.

Yet we continue to judge alternative information harshly as collectively we aren’t learning our lessons.

Think of Snowden for example. People had claimed ‘Big Brother’ was watching and tracking everything we did for years, but it wasn’t until Snowden came forward and proved it that people actually started to realize it was true all along.

Instead of viewing all of those who believe in ‘conspiracies’ as unstable, if you took a more honest and neutral look at it, you might realize most are stable, well educated and intelligent individuals who happened to figure out they were being deceived and thus have performed their own research.

Related: American Pravda: How The CIA Invented "Conspiracy Theories"

Interestingly, pop culture, education, and even government sneer at these people and instead focus on those who are ‘educated’ and who, quite frankly, vote a specific way, as the stable ones.

Classic conditioning of the masses to avoid people from learning truths that would deeply shake those in power.

The Results of The Study

More than 11,500 people were surveyed online by YouGov across nine countries: France, Germany, the UK, Hungary, Italy, Poland, Portugal, Sweden, and the USA. Results were weighted to be representative of each country.

I cover some of my favorite and most telling results, as well as add my commentary in the video below. Beneath the video, you can follow along by text. Some of the results are quite telling in my opinion. Be sure to subscribe to our YouTube channel for more videos too.

15% of Brexit leave voters and 11% of remain voters in Britain believed that, regardless of who was officially in charge in government, the world was run by a secret global cabal of people who control events together.

44% of people in the UK believe that “even though we live in what’s called a democracy, a few people will always run things in this country anyway”.

Mistrust of authority was high in the UK, with 77% of people trusting journalists “not much” or “not at all”; 76% distrusting British government ministers; and 74% distrusting company bosses.

Friends and family, by contrast, were trusted by 87% and 89% of respondents respectively, potentially adding credence to news sources shared by social media contacts.

Remain voters were more likely (50%) to use social media regularly for news than leave voters (34%), and more likely to read a newspaper website (by 41% to 18%). Of those who got their news from social media, Facebook was used frequently by more leave voters than remainers (74% leave, 65% remain), while the opposite was true of Twitter (39% remain, 28% leave).

Sweden gave the least amount credit to conspiracy theories, with 52% believing one or more of the theories polled by the researchers, as opposed to 85% for Hungary. In the US that figure was 64% and in France 76%. Sweden also happens to have a giant problem with free speech… they regularly prosecute and jail people for having unpopular opinions.

Related: Why ‘Conspiracy Theories’ & Spirituality Are Intimately Connected

The Takeaway

We live in a fast-changing world. Not just in our evolution of technology and landscape, but in our collective consciousness

People are figuring out, on a mass scale, that things aren’t what they seem in this world and our evolution in individual consciousness is driving deep questioning into what is actually going on in our world.

It may appear like a chaotic time, but it’s a necessary step in breaking down old beliefs and paradigms that allow us to give our power away to a small group of elite individuals who rule our entire world.

Now is the time for individual empowerment to create a strong collective.

Related: Everywhere In The Western World, Government Is A Conspiracy Against The People & Cartels That Run The World

We do not rise under one country, government or belief system, but under an understanding and state of consciousness within that allows us to see we must take responsibility for our own lives and live from our hearts.

As we practice this and let go of the way of the old, we will continue to see an incredible dismantling of a power structure that does not have our best interest at heart.

Each of us holds the key to changing within. If we focus there, things will continue to shift.

Related: Explosive 'Conspiracy Theories' Confirmed By Whistleblower Shatter Matrix And Prove Something Is Very Wrong In America

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Mayor Who Has Had To Run His Own Media Campaign Shares Some Insights Into The Current State Of Local Government In New Zealand
February 2 2020 | From: EnviroWatchRangitikei / Various

These videos are from the Mayor of Horowhenua, Michael Feyen.

This is a ‘people’s Mayor’ who, like his former deputy Cr Ross Campbell, seems as much at home digging a haangi or drying dishes as he is wearing his mayoral chains.

Related: Ten Self-Evident Truths That We The People Have Spontaneously Come To Realize - That Will End All
Government As We Know It

Just into his first term as Mayor however he had most of the councilors go public with a statement saying they supported not him but the CEO.

For background to this situation read this article. His selected Deputy Mayor was unseated just hours into his term for speaking on social media about what looked like insider trading (and that hasn’t gone away, see Ross Campbell’s recent updates).

Related: The Rise And Rise Of Control-Freak Government

This is all not surprising in light of the fact that these two have blown the whistle on quite a lot of things they saw as ‘not right’ in the course of their work in Council.

Council pollution
was another issue they highlighted. And so come this campaign the Mayor has had next to no coverage by media.

Stone walled & neutered as he puts it himself, he has had a difficult uphill battle with a council that seems more intent on the business of property development than the interests both he & his former deputy would have liked to focus on.

A keen supporter of retaining the Horowhenua community housing for instance, Mayor Feyen was removed from the housing committee because he had a conflict of interest! (ie he wanted to retain the housing...

He had seen among other things opportunities for employment therein for the young people of the town, the same as his aspirations to pursue trapping of pests in lieu of the use of 1080 poison and of investing in the hemp growing industry).

Related: Why Are People So Concerned About 1080?

The list goes on, not a list shared largely by his colleagues.

The housing sold for a song incidentally, to a property developer who then partnered with an established housing provider with promises to maintain the then status quo, however the contract ends in 2029 or thereabouts & just 18 months in they rents have already been raised.

Effective growth is a partnership between council, central government and private enterprise... away from the unsettling glare of public commentary…”
explains one HDC councilor regarding all of the public excluded meetings by which the assets are being sold.

(See this article also)

Developers are also exempt from paying development contributions to Council. And nowhere else in the country besides Horowhenua does a District Council have a CE and a Deputy Mayor who are both registered property developers.

Listen further to the Mayor’s latest update, expanding further on local government in NZ:

Related: We Don’t Need Government, We Need Purpose

A highlighted issue with this election has been the difficulty involved in voting (see Veronica Harrod’s info). This was the same last election when many folk did not receive their voting papers and the voting info office was frequently either unmanned or closed. Curious isn’t it?

So amidst the local government so called ‘sustainable’ councils up and down our clean green land (not) we have a raft of property developers busy with their public private partnerships selling up all of the public assets for a song.

Then there has been the ongoing escalating debts of Councils. That has been an issue in the Horowhenua as well... it’s ‘good debt’ we’re frequently told. Currently, right on election time, the Horowhenua CEO is away on holiday and has been for several weeks.

This is the CE who was intercepting the emails of his staff for ‘safety reasons’ it was touted. Who paid a secret payment to a local iwi without the Mayor’s knowledge.

Mayor Feyen is himself a staunch supporter of true partnership with Tangata Whenua & honouring the principles of the Treaty. Currently the Council’s real commitment appears to be mainly lipservice

Related: State Control: The Government Of Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern Is Shaping Up To Be One Of The Most Controlling In New Zealand’s History

Please have a listen to his videos anyway & peruse the info on our Local Government Watch Horowhenua page.

That has not been updated of late unfortunately, there is much more than is documented there. For more recent & all info see HDC in ‘categories.

See also Cr Ross Campbell’s page on FB, the Mayor’s page (Michael Feyen) and Veronica Harrod’s also.

Veronica is an investigative journalist who has researched quite extensively the activities of this Council.

Related: Open Source Government: True Government Of The People, By The People And For The People

Related Articles:

More kids in poverty than people in Dunedin: Report

Barry Smith - End Times

The Death Rattle of Local Democracy

No-show by voters

Implausible PM

Say what? TV station red-faced after butchering NZ on world map

Our trail of tears: the story of Ihumatao

Jacinda Ardern Is Tested by Construction on Land Held Sacred by Maori

It’s all the Government’s fault

Govt quietly grants mining exploration permit inside Maui dolphin sanctuary

Minister cautions Huawei against 'heavying' NZ government

Frank Newman: Another day. Another inquiry.

NZSIS welcomes Inspector-General’s warrants report

Tinkering with the RMA

Pressure mounts on Sir John Key as ANZ turmoil grows

Is the hunt for oil contributing to Farewell Spit whale strandings?

Bryan Bruce: NZ Public Television (NZPTV) giving Kiwis power and place to share our stories

Who Owns New Zealands High Country?

Wealthy overseas landowners forced to sell in government crackdown

New Zealand Just Honored a Potential War Criminal and No One Batted an Eye

Extensive media ban for Obama's NZ visit

Governments Are Corporations & The Gold Standard Will Break Up The Banking Cartel

It’s Not Okay To Be White, Says New Zealand Government & Alert The Media: Racist America Myth Debunked

Everywhere In The Western World, Government Is A Conspiracy Against The People & Cartels That Run The World

New Zealand Shooting Being Used By Governments To Create An Internet Police State

Inflation: The Most Evil Threat = Governments Robbing Their Citizens

Murder At Pike River Mine - Cover Up: Government Sets Goal Of Manned Entry Into Pike River By 2019

Agenda 21: Awareness And Activism + UN 2030 Agenda Decoded: Blueprint For The Global Enslavement Of
Humanity Under Corporate Masters

The Silver Bullet To Stop The Corporate State Pillage

If You Question The Establishment You Are Guilty Of Espionage, Says Corporate Media - Because Russia + The “Fake News” Furor And The Threat Of Internet Censorship

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Being “Crazy” In A Sick Society Is Actually Healthy
February 1 2020 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit / Various

Krishnamurti once said that “it is no measure of health to be well adjusted to a profoundly sick society.”

However, being born and brought up in such a society, most people don’t realize that it is sick, let alone that they are part of this sickness, just like fish, which, living in water, don’t realize that they are in it and part of the sea life.

Related: Total Individual Control Technology – Insider Exposes How You And Your DNA Are Being Targeted & Psychotechnology: How Artificial Intelligence Is Designed To Change Humanity

What does it mean to live a normal life? In today’s world, it means to be brainwashed at a very young age for over a decade by what we call schooling, to later on work as a wage slave and compete with others for almost the rest of your life so as to merely be able to pay bills and survive, to consume products without end because manipulative advertising convinced you to while you unconsciously harm the planet you inhabit and that sustains you.

Brainwashed to slowly poison your body with disease-causing foods, to obey the rules and blindly follow the dogmas that were forced upon you by authority figures, to be passive and uncreative, suppressing yourself in countless ways, living in suffering yet doing nothing to overcome it.

If you stop for a moment and think, you might realize that this kind of living is absolutely sick, yet it is accepted by nearly everyone as healthy, and it’s even rewarded by society.

In fact, those of us who are better at living this way, are considered to be more successful, whereas those who desire to create a different, more meaningful and fulfilling path in life, are ridiculed and looked down upon, being considered as stupid, weird, or even crazy.

Related: Tribalism: New Mini-Documentary Reveals How Globalist Manipulators Hijack The Animalistic Control Centers Of Your Brain

But what is the point of living this way? Life can be lived so much better - we can live playfully, filled with laughter, love, and creativity, at peace with ourselves and others, savoring the gifts of existence.

Unfortunately, only a few people manage to escape from the matrix they’ve been unconsciously living in since the day they were born.

Those are the rebellious ones who at some point in their lives dared to think outside the mental box that society has provided them with and break the shackles of social conditioning.

Rebelling Against Normalcy

To rebel against the normalcy of society is the most difficult thing you can do because you need the guts to be honest with yourself and others.

To voice the truth in a world filled with deception is tremendously risky because it means going against the current of tradition, which in turn means confronting the crowd mentality and going through immense hardship because of that.

There have been many people who had the courage to rebel against the normalcy of our sick society, but most of them couldn’t deal with the negative consequences their actions had on themselves.

When nobody embraces your uniqueness and is able to understand you, and when everybody is trying to suppress you and make you fit back into society, it is easy to lose courage, and not uncommon to experience immense psychological anguish.

Related: What Happens When You Rebel Against The Herd

That’s why some of the greatest minds to have ever walked the earth suffered from serious psychological disorders. And although now, a long time since passing away, they are recognized as geniuses, when alive they were considered weirdos or lunatics by the majority.

Once you realize how sick the way most of us are living is, and openly go against it, trying to reclaim your freedom and create your own path in life, you are bound to get in trouble.

People, including family members and friends, will do everything to put obstacles on your path with the intention to “help” you become “normal” again, exactly like they are.

Instead of helping you to grow your wings of consciousness and leave behind what is burdening your psyche, they do their best to cut them off, so as to make you crawl by their side and suffer together.

Dare to be “Crazy”

Your inner voice has been telling you for a very long time that life could be lived much more beautifully, and you should trust it because it’s right.

And although that might be the most difficult thing to achieve, it is the only thing worth working for, because, again, what is the point of living otherwise?

What is the point of wasting your entire life, just because others told you that’s how you are supposed to live?

If you wish to live in your own way, and not the way others expect you to live, you need to gather some courage in your heart to be a little “crazy”.

Related: Society Is Made Of Narrative – Realizing This Is Awakening From The Matrix

You need to distance yourself from the comfort of the herd and follow your calling, without caring much about what others think of you.

You need to be willing to go through tremendous hardship, without giving up trying to turn your dreams into reality.

Remember: No matter how much suffering you might experience from walking the path of non-conformity, the advantages of doing so far outweigh the disadvantages. 

Just like a mother experiences tremendous pain while giving birth, you are experiencing immense pain birthing a new kind of life.

A life of beauty, of joy, of celebration. Pain goes hand in hand with change, so embrace it, allow it to guide you and let it be a catalyst for your inner metamorphosis.

Related Articles:

The Disintegration Of Western Society

Former Facebook Executive: “You Don’t Realize It, But You Are Being Programmed” + Inventor Of The World Wide Web Warns Tech Giants Must Be Regulated, Or The ‘Net Will Plunge Into “Weaponization” That Harms Society

Unschooling: Radical Education That Produces Free Human Beings Instead Of Slaves

The Money Scam Makes Us Slaves: Gold Is Waterproof And Indestructible In The Sea Of Fiat Currencies

The Business Of Journalists Is To Destroy The Truth & Americans Think The Media Is More Destructive Than Banks & Corporations + The Normals vs. Conspiracy Theorists

Conspiracy Theorist - The New Normal

We Are Eating Ourselves Insane: Causes Of Mental Insanity Identified In Factory Foods

Fear-Based Manipulation: How Politicians, Marketers And The Media Create Panic To Control The Masses

Government’s Vital Control Structure: Computers Manipulate Facebook Users - Governments Control The People

Study Shows Kids Are Born Creative Geniuses But The Education System Destroys Imagination

Everything We Eat & Drink Is Completely Controlled By These Ten Companies + Secret Ingredients

Corporate Mass Media Controls Your Mind

Governments: The Enemy Of Freedom & Globalists Interviewed: They Admitted They Controlled The Government

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

An Introduction To 'Q'
January 31 2020 | From: Zerohedge / Various

Who is Q? What is Q? And, perhaps most importantly, why is Q?

Q and the ever-growing worldwide movement it’s inspired have been the objects of fascination, mockery and hatred, but of surprisingly little serious analysis.

Related: Q Is …

Q first appeared in October 2017 on an anonymous online forum called 4Chan, posting messages that implied top - clearance knowledge of upcoming events. More than 3,000 messages later, Q has created a disturbing, multi-faceted portrait of a global crime syndicate that operates with impunity. Q’s followers in the QAnon community faithfully analyze every detail of Q’s drops, which are compiled here and here.

The mainstream media has published hundreds of articles attacking Q as an insane rightwing conspiracy, particularly after President Trump seemed to publicly confirm his connection to it.  At a North Carolina rally in 2019, Trump made a point of drawing attention to a baby wearing a onesie with a big Q.

In recent weeks, the tempo of Trump’s spotlighting of Q has accelerated, with the President retweeting Q followers twenty times in one day. Trump has featured Q fans in his ads and deployed one of Q’s signature phrases (“These people are sick”) at his rallies. The President’s lawyer, Rudy Giuliani, has also retweeted Q followers.

Q has noted that the media never asks Trump the obvious question: What do you think of Q? To Q followers, the reason they don’t ask is obvious. They’re afraid of the answer.

In the meantime, Q’s influence continues to spread.

Protestors in Hong Kong, Iran, and France have held up Q signs and chanted Q quotes. Q’s revelations are uniting people all over the world who want freedom.

Related: Who Is QAnon? An Introduction To The QAnon Phenomenon #QAnon #GreatAwakening

If you’re unfamiliar with Q or only know it through the media’s attacks, I’d like to provide a brief introduction to this extraordinary phenomenon. I’ve followed Q since the first drop, and I’ve grown increasingly impressed by the accuracy, breadth and depth of Q’s messages.

Q followers were prepared long in advance for the easing of hostilities with North Korea, the deflation of the mullahs of Iran, and the discovery of Ukraine as a hotbed of corruption for American politicians.

They knew a great deal about Jeffrey Epstein’s activities before the public did and anticipate even more shocking revelations to come. As Q likes to say, “Future proves past.” As Q’s predictions come true, they lend retroactive credibility to the entire enterprise.

Q’s followers believe that Q is a military intelligence operation, the first of its kind, whose goal is to provide the public with secret information. Many Q followers think the Q team was founded by Admiral Michael Rogers, the former Director of the National Security Agency and former Commander of US Cyber Command. 

Some suspect that Dan Scavino, White House Director of Social Media, is part of the team, because the high quality of Q’s writing has the luster of a communications expert.

Q is a new weapon in the game of information warfare, bypassing a hostile media and corrupt government to communicate directly with the public.

Think of Q as a companion to Trump’s twitter. Whereas Trump communicates bluntly and directly, Q is cryptic, sly and subtle, offering only clues that beg for context and connection.

QAnon - "You Are Watching A Movie"

Are you following the ongoing story of QAnon? This video serves as a primer. An introduction to QAnon as it's being reported by the media. And as encouragement to research for yourself.

Here’s the way it works: Q posts messages (also known as “drops” or “crumbs”) on an anonymous online forum, which are discussed, analyzed, and critiqued by the board’s inhabitants. (The forum has changed a few times after massive online attacks.) Hundreds of social media accounts then spread Q’s latest posting to worldwide followers who share their research, analysis, and interpretations of Q’s latest information.

I’ve compiled a list of Q’s most famous catch phrases and tried to put them into context:

The Great Awakening: We’re living in a unique time in which ordinary citizens around the world are collaborating to understand and expose the corrupt system that rules us.

The system thrives on deception, and the overwhelming task of The Great Awakening is to penetrate its lies and reveal the truth:

The first phase of The Great Awakening is heightened awareness of the Deep State – the interlocking governmental entities that operate outside the law to expand their own power.
Elections and popular opinion don’t impact the ability of the Deep State to enforce its agenda.

The second phase of The Great Awakening investigates the Deep State’s alliance with other powerful sectors: the media, Hollywood, charities and non-profits, public schools and universities, religious organizations, medical, scientific and financial institutions, and multinational corporations.
This phase can be painful, as you discover that “those you trust the most” (in Q’s phrase) are deceiving you. Beloved celebrities, religious leaders, doctors, educators, innovators, and do-gooders are all in on the hoax.

The third phase of The Great Awakening is perhaps the most painful of all.
The people who rule us are not merely amoral creatures who view us as collateral damage in their drive for money and power. It’s scarier than that. The potentates we serve are actively trying to harm us. That’s their goal. We’re under coordinated attack.

Related: QAnon Links US Attorney With Thousands Of Sealed Indictments Decimating The Deep State

Dark To Light: Q tells us that what our rulers fear the most is exposure. Bringing their crimes out of protected darkness into the light of public scrutiny destroys their power to deceive. And as their power fades, the darkness of our divided, violent world will yield to the light of freedom, cooperation, and peace.

Where We Go One We Go All (WWG1WGA): Q’s most famous phrase expresses the worldwide egalitarian nature of the movement.  Every country is suffering from the system’s oppression, and the whole world will benefit from a rebirth of freedom.

In this unique movement, anonymous citizens work in collaboration with the highest-ranking military leaders and the president, and everyone’s contributions are valued.

When commenters on the board have thanked Q for his service, Q has replied that no one is above and no one is below. “We work for you.”

These people are sick. Perhaps the most difficult aspect of The Great Awakening is coming to terms with the depravity of our rulers, whom Q has called The Cult. Jeffrey Epstein’s story has helped to awaken people to some of the elite’s crimes.

The mysterious temple on Epstein’s island hints at possible future revelations that are frightening in their scope. Q followers believe that The Cult engages in ritual practices that enshrine the shedding of blood and which prey on the innocence of children.

The sickness in their souls thrives on brutality, war, and terror. These disclosures will be tough for the public to take.

Related: An Objective Analysis Of The QAnon Phenomenon

Trust the plan. The presumed military leaders who created Q and who protected Trump throughout the election and presidency have created a precise path to victory. Despite the seeming chaos of daily events, a steady progression of victories is taking place.

The plan includes offensive maneuvers against the Cult’s financial power, legal standing, human supply chains, and military capacity. And, of crucial importance, the plan attacks the Cult’s ability to control the narrative that shapes what the public believes.

In this high-stakes game of information warfare, Q plays a vital role by empowering ordinary citizens (like me) to spread the truth.

They want you divided. The hatred that’s growing between races, classes, age groups, religions, and political parties is purposely fomented by the Cult. The more we’re divided and focused on attacking each other, the weaker we become.

Q urges us to stay together and to fight the Cult, not each other.

They think you’re sheep. The Cult believes, as Q says, “you’ll follow the stars” – the celebrities in media, Hollywood, and academia who tell you, in coordinated fashion, what you’re supposed to think.

Their contempt for you makes them confident they can control you and ensure your surrender to any agenda. Q, on the other hand, offers only clues and can only be understood by high-grade critical thinking, spurred by constant crowd-sourced criticism and reassessment. The essence of the Q movement is to think for yourself.

Related: Global Alliance Moving For A Checkmate Versus The Deep State

Bigger than you can imagine. Expand your thinking. Q encourages us to reevaluate everything we think we know.  The Cult may date back to ancient times, and through its powerful families, it might have manipulated historical events in ways that we haven’t suspected.

The Cult may also possess advanced technology and medical cures that have not been released to the public. One aspect that may be “bigger than you can imagine” is the unfathomable scale of theft from our national coffers, as funds for foreign aid and wars wind up in the Cult’s pockets.

Track resignations. Beneath the surface, a broad and deep cleansing of corrupt players is taking place. Q asked us to track resignations to understand the scope of activity. (Here’s a website that took him up on his request: www.resignation.info)

Resignations, retirements, and unexpected deaths from major players in politics, media, charities, and corporations all point to possible deals being made quietly without the public fanfare of arrests.

For me, a notable resignation is Eric Schmidt’s abrupt exit from Google, which received little media attention. Schmidt resigned on December 21st, 2017, the same day that President Trump signed an executive order declaring a national emergency related to “serious human rights abuse and corruption around the world.”

Battle for Disclosure: The Ultimate QAnon Brief

This is a presentation about QAnon and the current climate of "Disclosure" that I gave at Joan Ocean's Cosmic Waves event in April 2019 on the Big Island of Hawaii.

[Jordan Sathers' Youtube Channel was cut by Youtube, along with many others who were speaking about Qanon. Until the video below is available again, please see the video following it as it is also relevant.]

Further context for Schmidt’s resignation may be inferred from this photo of him in North Korea, apparently in an advisory role. Standing next to him is Bill Richardson, former Governor of New Mexico, the state in which Epstein had a secret ranch. Richardson has been accused by one of Epstein’s victims.

Their need for symbols will be their downfall. The Cult uses certain symbols over and over again, which may serve some ritualistic need, but makes them vulnerable to detection.

Q followers are familiar with Y-shaped horns that mimic those of the goat deity Baphomet, owls, pyramids, one eye encased within a pyramid, red shoes, bandaged fingers, and other repeating symbols, including the mysterious black eye that afflicts so many famous people.

The Q Army also knows the coded pedophile symbols listed by the FBI. When Q drew attention to the design of Epstein’s temple, alert Q followers noticed how similar it is to the set design of a famous talk show.

And the red ring on the hand of dead terrorist Qassam Soleimani prompted Q followers to compile images of similar rings on the hands of powerful people

An excellent source for understanding how these symbols are incorporated into pop culture targeting the young through music videos, TV shows and movies can be found at vigilantcitizen.com.

Related: DECLAS: Section Five: The Forbidden Story

Nothing can stop what is coming. Nothing. Now comes the pain.  The headlines on any given day may sound discouraging for those who want justice to prevail. But these setbacks are temporary, as a juggernaut of justice heads our way.

As Q likes to say: We have it all. Massive amounts of irrefutable evidence await the criminals who try to evade their reckoning in court. For those who worry about Trump’s ability to overcome impeachment, election fraud, and assassination attempts, Q assures us: Patriots in control.

And no legal tricks can help the criminals escape the ultimate judgment of public disgust.  Q promises us that the day is coming when they can’t walk down the street.

You are the news now. The “fake news” decried by President Trump is losing credibility and audience by the day. Q has exposed the 4 A.M. drops that provide the daily talking points to media personnel, so they can all parrot the same propaganda.

Q has also named various journalists whom he says take bribes. The media is concentrated within six powerful companies; on the other hand, the Q army is vast, voluntary, and anonymous.

Q assures us that our efforts to disseminate the truth through social media and conversations with family and friends are having a huge impact. We are the news now.

We know what happens in the end. God wins. Many times, Q has asked us to pray. He’s quoted the famous Biblical lines of Ephesians 6:12, “For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places.”

We’re living through monumental times. It’s comforting that Q believes that if we work together, God wins.

Q - The Plan To Save The World

Related: QAnon Links Resignation Of Google’s Schmidt To Trump’s Executive Order

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Trump - Existential Threat To New World Order
January 30 2020 | From: BigValleyNews / Various

The ongoing attacks by the political establishment on President Donald Trump - which began even before he was elected – are without parallel in history.

The savagery, frenzy, and outright hysteria displayed by the President’s enemies within the Democrat Party, the media, and the various power centers of the globalist elites have no prior precedent.

Related: "You Have Found NOTHING!": Trump Sends Scathing Letter To Pelosi Slamming "Illegal Attempted Coup"

This President has been spied on, lied about, made the subject of phony foreign dossiers, insulted, ridiculed, scorned, mocked and threatened.

We have witnessed Hollyweird celebrities advocate for blowing up the White House, demand the President be beaten, jailed or even assassinated, and his children tortured and sexually abused.

We have seen politicians in Washington try to convict the President of non-existent crimes, investigate him and his family members for everything from tax returns to guests at his hotels, project on to him crimes that they themselves have committed, and seed his Administration with leakers and double-agents.

No other President in American history has been treated in such a shameful manner. Not Lincoln. Not FDR. Not Nixon. Not Reagan.

What is it about this President that has roused such demons in his political foes?  What is it about this President that drives his opponents to the brink of insanity?

What is it about this President that so terrifies and terrorizes the Pelosis, Schiffs, Schumers and the George Soroses?

Related: George Soros In Davos: 2020 Election Will Determine 'Fate Of The World' + Trump At Davos: “The Great
American Comeback”

Is it simply that he is not part of the club, a brash outsider with a different style? Is it merely because he’s outspoken and tramples on political correctness? Is it because he’s sometimes unpresidential in his demeanor ( at least in their minds )?

Not at all. After all, aren’t these the same folks who loved Bill Clinton whose extracurricular activities involved cigars and staining blue dresses in the Oval Office?

Of course, Clinton was beloved by the globalist elites who pull the strings on world governments. He gave them NAFTA, after all. He gave them the WTO. He made tens of billions of dollars for them and their stockholders through these unfair trade deals that cost America five million manufacturing jobs and closed 70,000 factories.

He also gave the military-industrial complex plenty of profit-making military interventions, from Haiti to Bosnia to Serbia and Iraq. Bill Clinton, for all his corruption, delivered the goods for the New World Order.

Donald Trump, of course, never played ball with these globalists. He was elected explicitly on an anti-globalist platform that put America first.

From day one, he started to implement that America-first agenda, earning him the undying enmity of all those whose profits are secured by selling out American workers, American jobs, and America’s national sovereignty.

Related: Inspector General’s FISA Report Released - Finds FBI Misled Secret Court To Spy On Trump

President Trump pulled us out of the TPP. Billions in lost profits for the globalists.

President Trump pulled us out of the job-destroying Paris Climate Accords. Billions in lost profits for foreign nations like Communist China, at our expense.

President Trump began the process of securing the U.S. border. Billions in lost cheap illegal immigrant labor for the Business Roundtable.

President Trump imposed tariffs on China, becoming the first President ever to address Beijing’s annual $500 billion rape of our economy. Billions in lost profits for corporations who ship our jobs to one of the worst tyrannies on the planet.

President Trump renegotiated NAFTA. Again, billions in lost profits for the cheap labor crowd.

President Trump launched the process of extricating the U.S. from endless foreign wars and avoiding new wars with nations like Iran and North Korea. Billions - perhaps trillions – in lost profits for the globalist war machine.

Is the picture becoming a little clearer?

In each instance, the President’s policies have represented a dramatic upending of the globalist agenda of both parties, the Clinton-Bush-Obama agenda of continuous war and the continuous looting of America’s wealth and hollowing out of the American middle class.

Trump Impeachment Destroyed in One Video

President Donald Trump was just "impeached", no it wasn't because of the supposed Russia collusion which is all we heard about over the last two years from the sold out media, which by the way was proven to be false.

It was because of misconduct or a ‘quid pro quo’ as the media put it, which allegedly occurred during a phone call between president trump and the president of Ukraine.

You know the same Ukraine that was the victim of a bloody coup, carried out under the Obama Administration that ousted the democratically elected government, which then installed a puppet regime and just so happen to airlift all of Ukraine’s gold reserves out of the country?

Right that Ukraine. Most Americans would be shocked if they knew that their country was responsible for and had caused the deaths of 20 to 30 million people since World War Two, a level of carnage approaching that inflicted on Europe by Adolf Hitler himself. In comparison to the millions of innocent lives lost by illegal wars cloaked in the name of democracy, will this current trump impeachment withstand the test of time?

Lets examine a few examples of actual impeachable offenses committed by U.S. Presidents and the perfect example of what they are trying to impeach President Trump for right now.

Democrats Prepare To Impeach Themselves

With both parties and their representatives in Congress beholden to campaign donors whose profits are threatened by Trump’s America-first initiatives, is it no wonder that both Democrats and Never-Trump Republicans are determined to bring this President down?

Most of the mass media is controlled by these same global corporations. After all, doesn’t Amazon’s Jeff Bezos - the richest man in the world – own the Washington Post?

As was said in Watergate, just follow the money. And - while you’re following the money - see if it leads to a $500 million left-wing slush fund run by a shadowy Soros and Clinton-linked group called Arabella Advisors which is funding the anti-Trump political agenda through dozens of high-sounding front groups.

Folks, the New World Order gang is in full retreat all over the globe. From Brexit in the UK to the populist governments of Hungary and Poland to the Yellow Vest movement in France and Salvini in Italy, the middle and working classes are demanding the overthrow of their nation-destroying overlords.

The overlords who have flooded their countries with unassimilable immigrants from North Africa and surrendered their sovereignty to the European Union and its unaccountable bureaucrats in Brussels.

They have lived the unfulfilled promises of the globalists, that giving up national sovereignty and relocating jobs abroadwould usher in a new era of peace and prosperity.

Related: It's Clear Even From The Other Side Of The World: Entire Impeachment Debacle Is Nothing But A 'Power Grab' + About Trump

The exact opposite has happened. The globalist vision has resulted in $7 trillion of pointless wars in the Middle East, an immigration crisis, the loss of jobs, and declining standards of living.

In the United States, Donald J. Trump has emerged as the New World Order’s most tenacious and determined foe as he fights the good fight for the American people, our constitutional rights and liberties and the sovereignty of our nation [and The Western world].

Additional: Read about the Alliance that has been working behind the scenes for decades to take down the 'Cabal' within the work of David Wilcock.

Some of those reading this may be confused because the cabal-controlled mainstream media is doing everything within it's power to denigrate
Trump - as he is part of the effort to take the Illuminati down once and for all.

And the Alliance effort operates beyond the bounds of countries - out of neccessity; as that is how the Luciferian Cabal does.

Do you think you can trust the mainstream media? Look at whom they target. One must wonder why 'they' also do not like

Related Articles:

Who Is QAnon? An Introduction To The QAnon Phenomenon #QAnon #GreatAwakening

Global Alliance Moving For A Checkmate Versus The Deep State

Battle for Disclosure: The Ultimate QAnon Brief

DECLAS: Section Five: The Forbidden Story

He is an existential threat to the New World Order. Unlike other Republican presidents of the recent past, he can’t be bought and has no price. Unlike them, he doesn’t give in and he doesn’t give up.

Go ahead, globalists. Try your impeachment games. Try your Senate trials. It won’t work.

In fact, it will backfire on all of you as – after three years of trying to prevent the Electoral College from voting for Trump, stopping the inauguration, unleashing Jim Comey and the FBI, CIA spying, Robert Mueller and his phony Russiagate probe, tax returns, emoluments, Kavanaugh, and all the rest -- the patience of the American public is wearing thin. We aren’t as stupid as you think.

Something you will recognize clearly come November 3, 2020.

Related Articles:

A List of Accomplishments by President Donald Trump

Markets Shrug Off Impeachment of President Trump: ‘It’s a Non-Event’

Bernie Sanders Field Organizer caught on tape revealing plans to mass execute liberals and throw American citizens into GULAGS run by left-wing communists… or BURN DOWN cities if Trump wins

Trump Fingers Obama: Warrant Scandal Went to “The Top”

Bernie Sanders Field Organizer caught on tape revealing plans to mass execute liberals and throw American citizens into GULAGS run by left-wing communists… or BURN DOWN cities if Trump wins

"We Need A Full Investigation": Bannon Accuses Pelosi, Schiff And MSM Of Colluding On 11th Hour Impeachment Bombshells

The Fake Impeachment: Pelosi's Botched Ploy Helps Trump Towards Victory

Luongo: Pelosi's Coup Attempt Is Now Open Warfare, "There Will Be Casualties"

AG Barr: FBI ‘Spied Upon’ Trump Campaign in ‘Bad Faith’

10 Self-Evident Truths That 'We, The People' Have Spontaneously Come To Realize...

Is Iran Using Obama’s Pallet of Cash To Fund $80 Million Bounty On Trump?

Real News Insights with Chuck Woolery

Devin Nunes: "Republicans Are Actively Investigating (IG Michael) Atkinson"

Trump sends 'the most liked Persian tweet' in history of Twitter

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wuhan Coronavirus Pandemic Bioengineered: Who’s Behind It, Why Now And Why China?
January 29 2020 | From: StateOfTheNation / Various

A Complex Psyop Perpetrated to Distract, Enforce Mandatory Vaccinations and Coerce China to Comply with American Demands.

Everything Points to Biowarfare Being Used Against China by the Western Powers Which Seek to Contain Her Growing Power and Influence in the World.

Related: New China virus, Swine Flu hoax, history matters

If there’s one last hit to the economy that China doesn’t need right now, it’s a global pandemic that ‘supposedly’ originated in Wuhan, the sprawling capital of Central China’s Hubei province (see map below with the red marker identifying Wuhan).

See how Wuhan is located right in the center of China’s highly productive southeast region - the economic powerhouse of the nation. This strategic location was selected for the biological attack because of the easily engineered vectors of disease dissemination as depicted by the map above

Paralyzing China’s economic and financial sectors is, after all, a primary goal of this essentially Anglo-American black operation.

In light of the US-staged Hong Kong protests, U.S. tariff regime against China, threat of economic sanctions against nations working with Huawei, CIA-inflamed Xinjiang conflict involving the Muslim Uyghurs, provocative sailing of US Navy warships through the Taiwan Strait, transparent political prosecution of Huawei’s CFO, ravaging of China’s pig farms by a bioengineered virus, etc., the Chinese government has been under withering attack since 2018.

When so many debilitating assaults are suspiciously happening at once, what can China do except deal with them in a manner so as to expose the true culprits. However, China is not likely to do that in the case of this intensifying bio-war being waged by the West.

Related: Remember The Pandemic That Was Going To Wipe Out Humanity? We’re Still Here

SARS Conspiracy Theory

The original SARS pandemic that took place in China after the turn of the millennium was also well-known in bio-medical circles as a naked act of biowarfare. Like this year’s coronavirus bio-attack in Wuhan, the bioengineered SARS outbreak also involved a highly coordinated campaign of propaganda and disinformation.

However, the administration of Xi Jinping is much too concerned about the panic that would inevitably result if the populace was informed of a full-blown bioweapon attack. The precipitating chaos would simply overwhelm the government in Beijing which is already on serious overload because of the endless interference by the Anglo-American Axis.

The SARS outbreak that occurred from 2002 to 2003 has already shown that China is not willing to release the hard scientific evidence that proves the premeditated release of a bioengineered coronavirus.

The following excerpt from Wikipedia explains some of the background of SARS - the Severe acute respiratory syndrome epidemic that took place primarily in mainland China and Hong Kong, but also in Canada and other countries.

Excerpt from: SARS conspiracy theory

Related: The new fad disease called the “coronavirus” is sweeping headlines

Wuhan Coronavirus of 2020

The rapidly spreading Wuhan coronavirus, also known as Novel coronavirus, that was first reported in 2019 has all the hallmarks of yet another bioengineered virus in a U.S. Military laboratory.

What follows is a short description form Wikipedia of this Novel coronavirus (2019-nCoV).

Related: The Real Umbrella Corp: Wuhan Ultra Biohazard Lab Was Studying "The World's Most Dangerous Pathogens"

Time will tell whether this deadly coronavirus was released into the Chinese population with the intent to kill and sicken, scare and intimidate. 

The intimidation phase of such an ongoing black operation is certainly aimed at the government in Beijing which refuses to be coerced and threatened by the Trump administration.

Because the highly disruptive, Western-backed Hong Kong protests have yet to yield the result desired by the U.S. State Department, it was only a matter of time before the C.I.A. implemented Plan B…or is this Plan C or D?

Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

Related: Vaccine for the China virus - the planet is the guinea pig for a vast experiment

Key Point: The replication process (see diagram above) of this particular coronavirus, and how quickly it mutates and / or adapts to various pharmaceutical treatment regimens, will reveal exactly how this pathogenic microorganism was bioengineered.

Related: Remember Racoon City? Corona is an Anagram for Racoon

Why China?

The $64,000 question here is: Why is China always the epicenter for so many strains and variations of coronaviruses, influenzas, pneumonia viruses and other highly contagious infection agents that strike the major commercial centers on southeastern mainland.

What’s particularly suspicious about all of these outbreaks in China is that they are each described by the Mainstream Media (MSM) as quite dangerous to human health. 

The mortality rate in the beginning of these eventual pandemics is especially high, as if by purposeful design of the bioengineers. In this way, the whole world is eventually drawn into a pandemic melodrama that’s certainly designed to fear-monger

Hence, more of these endless distractions serve the specific purpose of taking the attention away from real problems caused by governments everywhere.

But it’s the numerous criminal conspiracies at work and shocking scandals that the" elites" seek to cover up by any means possible.

Related: How To Kill a Whole Lot of People: Scripps Scientists Publish How They Made H7N9 Virus More Transmissible

There are relatively few military bioweaponry labs in the world that have the capability to create such a contagious and fatal virus. Thus, when the truth is confirmed about the Wuhan flu, there will be only a few culprits who are behind these assaults against the Chinese people. 

In reality, should this Wuhan coronavirus outbreak become a full-blown epidemic in China it could represent an attempt to commit genocide. Likewise, if it becomes a bona fide pandemic, it could ultimately be labeled a crime against humanity, perhaps even genocide.

Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation

It’s of paramount importance to understand that there really is a vast and highly organized New World Order conspiracy to foist a One World Government on the world community of nations. See: Is this Bill Gates’ long-awaited excuse to usher in global governance?

There are several main pillars of this New World Order agenda, one of which is being stealthily put into place by the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation. Likewise, Mark Zuckerberg and Sheryl Sandberg are slowly erecting one of the primary social media pillars as is Tony Dorsey at Twitter and Susan Wojcicki at YouTube

Bill and Hillary Clinton are using the Clinton Foundation to take advantage of poor countries around the world while surreptitiously laying the foundation for future exploitation on a mass scale just as George Soros & Sons are deceitfully creating new societies via geoengineered climate change, multiculturalism and cultural marxism. 

The crucial point is that all of these high-paid globalists are intimately connected to each other and covertly working to advance the same nation-destroying U.N. agendas.

Related: Pedogate: Epstein cofounded Clinton Global Initiative, Bill Gates hung out with Epstein after conviction

Fabricating global crises is at the very core of these various NWO sub-agendas. Two of the ‘scariest’ manufactured catastrophes are those that severely impact the biosphere (e.g. global warming) and undermine human health (e.g. deadly pandemics)

In this way, false pretexts are being cunningly constructed to justify the establishment of an all-powerful One World Government. Toward that end, the NWO globalist cabal knows that they must first sufficiently manufacture consent so that the people demand a totalitarian form of global governance to manage these public health disasters and environmental catastrophes.

Multi-billionaires such as Bill Gates, Warren Buffet, Mark Zuckerberg and George Soros were all given their fortunes mostly through exorbitant corporate compensation plans, insider trading, currency manipulations, off-shore tax evasion schemes, and other forms of criminal unconscionable enrichment.  Once they received those ill-gotten gains, they were completely own by the International Banking Cartel (IBC).

The IBC then directs the expenditures of every single dollar given to these made tycoons, most of which are allocated toward carrying out the NWO implementation plan. 

The pet projects listed on the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation website are examples of that nefarious plan. 

Of course, the whole world now knows that their pet project is their worldwide Super-Vaccination Agenda, where every single person is vaccinated every year, on time, and micro-chipped accordingly. What better way to completely control the global population?

Related: India To Prosecute Bill Gates For Using Tribal Children To Conduct Illegal Vaccine Test 

There is no better way to enforce a mandatory global vaccination schedule than to engineer a frightening pandemic with an exceedingly high mortality rate

Billions of people will then demand the newly formulated vaccine necessary to protect them from such a fatal infection and/or debilitating disease. 

Hence, before anyone receives such a vaccine, it’s important to know that the process REQUIRED to produce such an effective immunization is literally years from the making, if one is possible at all because of how intricately this coronavirus was bio-engineered to elude proper analysis and the necessary experimentation.

“It’s really quite easy for any of the numerous U.S. military bioweapon labs to bioengineer a deadly super-virus and then release it in a city as large as Wuhan, China. 

Acts of bioterrorism like this are carried out all the time.  As a matter of historical fact, the Spanish flu pandemic of 1918 actually originated at Fort Riley, Kansas where soldiers reported to the Army’s largest training facility during World War I. 

The soldiers who were
[DELIBERATELY] infected with the H1N1 influenza virus then served as countless vectors of dissemination for the pandemic that ultimately killed as many as 100 million people worldwide. 

That single US-executed biowarfare operation against humanity was arguably the deadliest depopulation event in human history.” 

[See: Spanish Flu of 1918 Was Really a Bioterror Attack on Humanity]

- Intelligence Analyst & Former U.S. Army Officer


There’s no better way to compel a populace to comply with draconian vaccination regimens than to scare them with the prospect of a deadly pandemic. Governments around the world are constantly under pressure from the New World Order globalist cabal to implement the Super-Vaccination Agenda.

Toward that end, the world community of nations has been repeatedly victimized by manufactured measles outbreaks and ever-worsening flu seasons, so they tell us.

Related: Annual Flu Shot Programs and Staged Measles Outbreaks Are the Central Pillars of the Super-Vaccination Agenda

However, there really is much more to this story than meets the eye. Not only was the Wuhan coronavirus surreptitiously disseminated to serve as a major distraction from a rapidly collapsing Global Economic & Financial System, this state-sponsored black operation also represents the worst of predatory capitalism conducted as a means of generating revenue. 

Much more significantly, this staged pandemic will be furtively used to exert oppressive international controls on travel as well as impose draconian medical measures which greatly advance the Super-Vaccination Agenda.

Lastly, the timing of the deadly virus that ravaged China’s pig farms last year quite predictably triggered a call for the development of a preventative vaccine. 

What the following news report neglected to state was that the mass slaughter of pigs, in a society that demands LOTS of pork, was cynically planned to manufacture the urgent need for yet another vaccine.

The bottom line here is that the Wuhan coronavirus is likely another race-targeting bioweapon strategically unleashed throughout China by U.S. military labs

Special Note: People, everything points to this bio-terror attack being the BIG ONE (also known as the global depopulation scheme we’ve all been waiting for). 

Related: Vaccine Industry In Panic Mode As *Vaccinated* Children Keep Dying From The Flu All Across America

This coronavirus is moving around the globe so fast, and being hyped by the Mainstream Media with such a vengeance, it’s as though this will be their primary tool for total global lockdown. 

If the infection rate continues to proliferate into a full-blown pandemic, like The Powers That Be did with the Spanish flu, then this really is the depopulation event many of us have warned about. 

This highly misguided and naked act of bio-terrorism could even evolve into an ELE, God forbid. There’s no question that 2020 promises to be a year of pervasive and profound transformation. 

The current state of affairs throughout the world cannot continue; it’s far too unstable and explosive. Hence, it’s quite likely that there will be a series of global catalysts that will prompt the necessary changes. 

While some of these apocalyptic calamities may seem terrifying at first, ultimately they will serve to contribute to the ongoing planetary catharsis. 

Whereas many folks will see all of these End-time crises as being intentionally manufactured by the power elite to save their own skins, REMEMBER, even the Dark Side can only act as the Highest Power permits

Also remember that, ultimately, “all things work together toward good”.

See updates to this article here as the story develops.

Related Articles:

What are the Chinese hiding in Wuhan?

China epidemic - implications for America and other countries

Why the coronavirus is a real threat to China’s economy

Is the new ‘deadly China virus’ a covert operation?

China’s Pig Farms Decimated by Virus - Was it bioengineered and spread on purpose?

Weaponised Coronavirus: “Bioengineered as a self-replicating weapon system”

Coronavirus a stealth strain that can be carried by people who show NO fever or coughing symptoms… detection almost impossible under current government guidelines

Man who pushed SARS dud now pushing new Chinese virus

Nature Science Journal Warned about “Pathogens Escaping” Wuhan Level-4 Biosafety Lab (BSL-4) Before Coronavirus Outbreak; Infected Monkeys Bite, Scratch Researchers

Coronavirus Hits 15% Fatality Rate, 83% Infection Rate for Those Exposed; Lancet Publishes Early Study That Points to Alarming Consequences for Humanity

Who’s Behind The Zika Virus Outbreak & Fearmongering?

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Nikola Tesla's Technology Has Been Revived
January 28 2020 | From: ForbiddenKnowledgeTV / Various

Aaron and Melissa Dykes of TruthstreamMedia were driving outside of Dallas near the small farming town of Milford, Texas, when a strange tower in the middle of a field caught their eye.

It almost seemed like a joke because the shape was unmistakable.

Related: Nikola Tesla: Animated Book Summary

It looked just like Nikola Tesla’s Wardenclyffe Tower, the legendary experimental wireless transmission station he built in 1901 in Shoreham, New York to transmit phone calls, fax images and electrical power but which was demolished 16 years later due to bankruptcy.

Related: Five Thousand Inventions In Limbo And Under “Secrecy Orders” At The US Patent Office

A little bit of research revealed that the tower’s owners are Viziv Technologies and that the structure is, in fact a Tesla wireless transmission tower! Viziv is currently reviving the technologies of Nikola Tesla, having;

“Developed a system of patent-pending processes and equipment to efficiently launch the Zenneck surface wave…[which is ] an electromagnetic wave that uses the surface of the earth as a waveguide enabling it to carry communications signals or electrical power efficiently over long distances…”

Related: Tesla’s Anti-Gravity Research In Use In Dozens Of Secretive Military Projects

This discovery leads the Dykes on an investigative journey through FOIA documents into the story of Nikola Tesla, Wardenclyffe Tower, the Philadelphia Experiment and the Montauk Project – and to the military and Big Oil people (and their lawyers) behind Viziv Technologies.

Viziv’s website acknowledges that their technology “has the potential to impact numerous sectors of the economy.”

Indeed, the current planetary financial and energy infrastructure and its millions of jobs and the petrodollar is what has kept the dinosaur fossil fuel model in place for the better part of a century – and all of the horrible things associated with it, from petrochemical toxins in the environment to the psychopathic wars in the Middle East.

Nikola Tesla’s Lost Nikola Tesla Anti Gravity Technology Papers and The Ether

As explained by Tesla himself, the Earth is “…like a charged metal ball moving through space”, which creates the enormous, rapidly varying electrostatic forces which diminish in intensity with the square of the distance from Earth, just like gravity. Since the direction of propagation radiates from the earth, the so-called force of gravity is toward earth.

We all know that Nikola Tesla was a man far ahead of his time. Tesla envisioned a future on planet Earth where free energy was available for everyone, but his ideas and inventions went far beyond electricity, and energy.

If it wasn’t for Tesla, we’d probably still have no idea about Radio, Television, AC electricity, Tesla coil, Fluorescent lighting, Neon lighting, Radio control devices, Robotics, X-rays, Radar, Microwaves and dozens of other amazing inventions.

William R. Lyne, a Tesla ‘scholar’ and author of the book “Occult Ether Physics”, states that among the manuscripts found in the scientist’s house were numerous notes on antigravity. In his book, Lyne says that Tesla spent the last years of his life collecting information on a revolutionary propulsion system that would use the ether’s force to mobilize objects.

Related: Unraveling Nikola Tesla’s Greatest Secret: Radiant Energy

The writer based his theory on the last lectures given by Tesla, in which he spoke of his latest discoveries, capable of changing all the conceptions related to physics known by man.

Curiously, Tesla’s latest patent, filed in 1928, (#6,555,114) was that for a flying machine that resembled both a helicopter and an airplane.

This vehicle used a revolutionary propulsion system that would have changed everything we knew about flight. Lyne details in his book that during a lecture for the Institute of Immigrant Welfare, Tesla mentioned his Dynamic Theory of Gravity, and that this was: “One of two far-reaching discoveries, which I worked out in all details in the years 1893 and 1894.”

The Dynamic Theory of Gravity - assumed a field of force which accounts for the motions of bodies in space; assumption of this field of force dispenses with the concept of space curvature (ala Einstein); the ether has an indispensable function in the phenomena (of universal gravity, inertia, momentum, and movement of heavenly bodies, as well as all atomic and molecular matter).

Nikola Tesla & Spacecraft Anti Gravity

A high-level investor friend tells me of rumors that Elon Musk’s Tesla also has its hands on similar technology, which they’re getting ready to release

Is a new technological era is about to explode publicly?

Are we looking at some good investments that might give us a comfortable retirement?

This technology also looks like how the Internet of Things may eventually be transmitted and Aaron raises the appropriate concerns about the psychoactive, brainwave entrainment and mind control dimensions of this technology, as part of how it can be weaponized.

Related: Elon Musk Just Exposed The Oil Oligarchy’s Control Over Mainstream Media In Epic Rant

Aaron says, “In the next 10 or 20 years, it may change the way that we live. What do you think about that?”

The details in this video are better than this write-up! Aaron and Melissa do such consistently vital and compelling work and this piece is a great example.

Related Articles:

Inventor Of ‘Free Energy’ Electrical Generator: “I’ve Been Poisoned Several Times”

Free Energy Breakthrough In Russia + South Korea On The Verge Of Unlimited Energy Breakthrough

13-Year-Old Invents Tesla Inspired Free Energy Device For Under $15

Russian Scientists Revive Nikola Tesla's Designs With Help From Crowdfunding

Russian Physicists Launch Campaign To Rebuild Tesla's Wardenclyffe Tower And Power The World

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

George Soros In Davos: 2020 Election Will Determine 'Fate Of The World'
+ Trump At Davos: “The Great American Comeback”
January 27 2020 | From: Breitbart / OneWorld / Various

Left-wing billionaire George Soros on Thursday reportedly warned that the 2020 election will determine the “fate of the world” and lashed out at President Donald Trump during a private dinner event at the World Economic Forum in Davos, Switzerland.

Soros, the 89-year-old founder of the progressive advocacy organization Open Society Foundations, accused the president of being a “con man” and a “narcissist” who wants the world to “revolve around him,” according to CNBC.

The Davos World Economic Forum (WEF) Is at It Again – Celebrating 50th Anniversary

“When his fantasy of becoming president became a reality,” his ego swelled, Soros said, adding: “This has turned his narcissism into a malignant disease.”

Soros, who has yet to endorse a 2020 Democrat candidate, then said that this year’s election will decide the “fate of the world,” CNBC reports. In October, the billionaire argued White House contender Sen. Elizabeth Warren (D-MA) is the “most qualified to be president,” but stopped short of formally throwing his support behind her.

This, of course, is not the first time the hedge fund manager has taken aim at President Trump at the World Economic Forum.

Last year, Soros criticized the president’s negotiating style against China, which culminated in the signing of a phase one trade agreement last Wednesday.

Related: The Diabolical World Of George Soros: “I Cannot And Do Not Look At The Social Consequences Of What I Do”

“Regrettably, President Trump seems to be following a different course: Make concessions to China and declare victory while renewing his attacks on U.S. allies,” Soros said at the time. “This is liable to undermine the U.S. policy objective of curbing China’s abuses and excesses.”

At this year’s event, Soros also lambasted Chinese Communist Party leader Xi Jinping for his government’s use of a totalitarian social credit scoring system on Chinese citizens. Xi is using “artificial intelligence to have total control of his people,” Soros warned. He also mused that China’s president is “trying to exploit” President Trump on trade.

These remarks follow President Trump’s speech before the World Economic Forum, in which he touted his America First economic policies as a model for global prosperity.

“A nation’s highest duty is to its own citizens,” the president told attendees.

“Honoring this truth is the only way to build faith and confidence in the market system. Only when governments put their own people first will people be fully invested in their national futures.”

“A pro-worker, pro-citizen, pro-family agenda demonstrates how a nation can thrive when its communities, its companies, its government work together for the good of the whole nation,” he added.

President Trump also used the speech to reject climate alarmism, which loomed large over this year’s event, partly due to teen climate activist Greta Thunberg’s attendance.

“These alarmists always demand the same thing – absolute power to dominate, transform, and control every aspect of our lives,” the president stated

“We’re committed to conserving the majesty of God’s creation and the natural beauty of our world.”

Related Articles:

Trump On Establishment Media: “Truth Doesn’t Matter To Them” & Leaked 49-Page Memo Documents How George Soros Is Behind Social Media Censorship

Globalists Unite: Elites Target Trump, Nationalism At Davos

The World Economic Forum Talks About “Mind Control Using Sound Waves” & Total Individual Control Technology – Insider Exposes How You And Your DNA Are Being Targeted

Former Secret Service Agent Files RICO Lawsuit Against Clintons, Podesta And Soros

George Soros Could Not Subvert Europe Without Washington’s Approval & Rothschild – Soros – McCain
Connection To The Real #Russiagate Scandal

Google And Soros-Backed ‘Fact-Checkers’ Join Forces To Control News Search Results & USG Conspiracy To
Censor Alternative Views As Fake

Soros Transfers $18 Billion To His Open Society Foundations

Hungarian PM: ‘Christian Duty’ To Fight ‘Satan’s Soros Plan To Bring Migrants Into Europe’ + Sharia Law is
NOT Islamic Law

Hungary PM Orban Explodes On ‘Mafia Boss’ George Soros For Plotting To ‘Muslimize Europe’

How George Soros Singlehandedly Created The European Refugee Crisis - And Why

Trump At Davos: “The Great American Comeback”

The theme of Trump's second Davos speech during his presidency was what he described at the beginning of his talk as "The Great American Comeback", a point that he returned to time and again to emphasize the fact that he fulfilled his promise to "Make America Great Again".

The American President rattled off a dizzying array of statistics for the majority of his speech to hammer home the point that the US economy has never been better.

Related: Trump Davos speech: 'This is not a time for pessimism'

Whether it's the record-high stock market or record-low minority unemployment, the end effect is what he proudly trumpeted as a "blue-collar boom" that he insists has been nothing but beneficial for his people.

The reader can skim through his speech for additional details such as the fact that 25% of all foreign direct investment in the first half of last year went to the US if they're interested in learning about all of his accomplishments thus far, but the point of this article is to analyze the larger theme of his speech so the author doesn't believe that there's any reason to needlessly take up space by republishing each and every statistic when they're easily accessible in the previous hyperlink.

The essence of "The Great American Comeback" is embodied in the parts of the speech where Trump implicitly touches on his ideology.

The key components thereof are his belief that "a nation's highest duty is to its citizens", ergo why he's focused on pursuing what he described as a "pro-worker, pro-citizen, pro-family agenda (which) demonstrates how a nation can thrive when its communities, its companies, its government, and its people work together for the good of the whole nation."

Related: A List of Accomplishments by President Donald Trump

He's advanced his vision through several key policies. In his own words, "I knew that if we unleashed the potential of our people, if we cut taxes, slashed regulations - and we did that at a level that’s never been done before in the history of our country, in a short period of time - fixed broken trade deals and fully tapped American energy, that prosperity would come thundering back at a record speed."

This contrasts with his fear of "radical socialists" [Cabal] who he says are plotting to "destroy our economy, wreck our country, or eradicate our liberty", especially under the cover of the climate issue which he regards as a scam for seizing "absolute power to dominate, transform, and control every aspect of our lives."

Elaborating on his four main policy pillars, he told the audience how he "passed the largest package of tax cuts and reforms in American history."

As for slashing regulations, he bragged that "for every new regulation adopted, we are removing eight old regulations".

His global trade negotiations are well known, but Trump reminded everyone about his achievements with China, the USMCA that was formerly known as NAFTA, Japan, and South Korea, as well as his plans to reach a similar deal with the post-Brexit UK.

On the topic of fully tapping American energy, Trump told the world that his country "is now, by far, the number-one producer of oil and natural gas anywhere in the world", which has correspondingly freed up its foreign policy from its former dependence on the Mideast and hence why he encouraged the Europeans to follow suit by purchasing American resources in order to do the same vis-a-vis that region as well as Russia by innuendo.

Related: Inspector General’s FISA Report Released - Finds FBI Misled Secret Court To Spy On Trump

Altogether, these four interconnected policies are most responsible for "The Great American Comeback".

In terms of the bigger picture, it can be said that the US' domestic and foreign policy gains have been greatly advanced through the economic means that were described.

Even if one disagrees with them for reasons of ideology, there's no denying that they've been extremely effective in promoting America's interests.

In fact, it can even be said that Trump himself doesn't even regard any of this through an ideological prism except for example his opposition to socialism since this billionaire businessmen understands it all as simply being the most pragmatic policies to implement.

Additional: Read about the Alliance that has been working behind the scenes for decades to take down the 'Cabal' within the work of David Wilcock.

Some of those reading this may be confused because the cabal-controlled mainstream media is doing everything within it's power to denigrate
Trump - as he is part of the effort to take the Illuminati down once and for all.

And the Alliance effort operates beyond the bounds of countries - out of neccessity; as that is how the Luciferian Cabal does.

Do you think you can trust the mainstream media? Look at whom they target. One must wonder why 'they' also do not like

Related Articles:

Who Is QAnon? An Introduction To The QAnon Phenomenon #QAnon #GreatAwakening

Global Alliance Moving For A Checkmate Versus The Deep State

Battle for Disclosure: The Ultimate QAnon Brief

DECLAS: Section Five: The Forbidden Story

Of course, the argument can be made that he's such a "capitalist ideologue" that he takes his ideology for granted and doesn't even recognize that he has one, but in any case, it's the ultimate outcome more so than the intent that counts.

The US is truly experiencing "The Great American Comeback" even if everything obviously isn't perfect nor likely ever will be by virtue of the system in which it's operating, but the country's recent gains in aggregate are comparatively better than anyone else's.

After all, the American marketplace is so important for the rest of the global economy that Trump has been able to easily leverage access to it through primary and secondary sanctions/tariffs in order to achieve serious foreign policy objectives vis-a-vis his rivals.

Related: It's Clear Even From The Other Side Of The World: Entire Impeachment Debacle Is Nothing But A 'Power Grab' + About Trump

None of those states on the receiving end of this strategy have been able to successfully replicate it against others of a similar size, except perhaps China to an extent through its reciprocal tariffs that eventually resulted in restarting the "trade war" negotiations that have thus far led to "phase one" of a more comprehensive trade deal between the two.

Even so, China hasn't weaponized its economy against others without provocation because of the fear that this would reduce confidence in its Belt & Road Initiative (BRI) which aims to establish a Community of Common Destiny with time.

The US, meanwhile, only aims to retain its hegemonic role in the global system as opposed to completely revolutionizing its structural foundations like the rising underdog of China aspires to do, which therefore enables it to be much more "flexible" with is strategies since it doesn't depend on soft power anywhere near as much as its rival.

All told, "The Great American Comeback" has both domestic and international implications, each of which are connected to this game-changing development that's entirely attributable to Trump's economic policy ("ideology").

By unleashing the full power of the American economy through tax cuts, deregulations, renegotiated trade deals, and energy independence, the President has successfully fulfilled his promise to "Make America Great Again" even if the outcome obviously isn't perfect nor ever will be.

Related: Understanding Trump’s United Nations Appearance – He Was Speaking To America, Scorning The Cabal Servants In The Room

The point in emphasizing all of this is simply to draw attention to the fact that he's been extremely effective in implementing his agenda regardless of whether one supports it or not for whatever their reasons may be.

Refusing to recognize this reality, as is regrettably the norm in the Alt-Media Community, is the definition of "Trump Derangement Syndrome".

While his supporters only have to pat themselves on the back, his detractors need to have an objective understanding of what he's accomplished if they seriously attain to challenge it one way or another be it on the domestic and/or foreign policy fronts, yet few have reached that point of political maturity.

Related Articles:

Davos – A Family Reunion of People Who Broke the World

Trump Foiled Soros’ Master Plan To Impose New World Order + Theresa May: Brexit Britain And Donald Trump Can
Lead The World Together

Ex-CIA Agent: H.R. McMaster Authorized NSA To Spy On Donald Trump Jr. - Sent Intel To Facility Owned By
George Soros + Laura Ingraham Reminds America Why Obama Was Worst President In US History

Trump Outmanoeuvers Soros With Early FEC Form 2 Filing & Democrats Organizing Criminal Coup Against Trump

Soros Alliance Of Tech Giants Join PornHub To Create “Day Of Action” Protest & “Aren’t You Embarrassed?”:
Conway Takes On CNN’s Fake News In Marathon Interview

Soros Expands Efforts To Keep “Net Neutrality” Censorship

Prime Minister Of Hungary: George Soros “Has Ruined” Millions Of Lives & George Soros Battles $10B Lawsuit,
Familiar Charges Of Wielding Political Influence

Soros Insider: Banks Ending Cash To Establish World Government & The Real John McCain: “33 POWs Faced
Execution For Treason After Vietnam Until Nixon Pardoned All POWs.” McCain Was #1 On The List + Biden Family Drama Has Everything: Sex, Hookers, Debt, Cocaine And A Son Sleeping With His Dead Brothers Wife

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
ClimateChangeGate: The Hidden Agenda Behind The Huge Hoax And Global Criminal Conspiracy & Climate Change Hoax Collapses As New Science Finds Human Activity Has Virtually Zero Impact On Global Temperatures
January 26 2020 | From: StateOfTheNation / ClimateScienceNews / Various

Climate Change Hoax Exposed as Massive Money-Making Scam and Global Control Scheme.

The whole world has been suffering tremendously from a highly premeditated and complex hoax initially known as Global Warming.

Related: Over 30,000 scientists say 'Catastrophic Man-Made Global Warming' is a complete hoax and science lie

When this carefully packaged fraud did not pan out, the New World Order globalist cabal repackaged the unparalleled scam as Climate Change.

What is critical to understand is that the globalist perps have been stealthily geoegineering climate change for decades so that it will appear to be taking place in a much worse way

Clearly, there is unprecedented atmospheric flux occurring planet-wide, but the geoengineers are manufacturing it on a regular basis.

A daily look at the sky presents the most obvious evidence as to how they are conducting solar radiation management and water vapor production (H2O is the most abundant greenhouse gas) via chemical engineering techniques. 

These ongoing chemtrail operations have been proven with various video and photo-documentaries such as this overwhelming presentation: Chemtrails: A Planetary Catastrophe Created by Geoengineering.

Related: Climate Scientist Caught Lying To Australian Public

The planet has been experiencing wild and wacky weather for decades now; however, it’s the geoengineers who are primarily responsible for the unprecedented meteorological chaos. And then, there are solar infulences.

There are other valid reasons for both the unpredictable weather and climate chaos tormenting planet Earth. Most of these scientifically proven factors are well explained in the following extended essay.

Global Warming

The Global Warming narrative actually began quite naturally, but was then quite purposefully hijacked and manipulated by malevolent forces determined to dominate the entire planetary civilization.  As follows:

The Back Story:

This is what TPTB did. They saw that the planet had entered a period of natural and very gradual global warming.  

This occurred during World War II when they had to track the weather very closely for wartime purposes.  

The steady warming of the planet paralleled the same period when the Oil & Gas Industry really began to take off and the global population explosion first began.  

At the time when the data really started to pour in, the warming was just a “small campfire” … this was early on, right after World War II.  Soon after they first made those observations about the slow warming of the planet, the decision was made to turn the little campfire into a raging wildfire.  

They experimented with HAARP and used chemtrails and other advanced geoengineering technologies to ramp up the heat worldwide.  

Eventually the wildfire of global warming was stoked sufficiently so that full-blown forest fires, brush fires and grass fires were jumping off anywhere and everywhere.

In this way, the synthetic component of Global Warming was fabricated on top of a very real phase of planetary heating.

 The next part of their plan was to fabricate the patently false narrative known as the human activity CO2-driven climate change scam.

- Source: New World Order: Where Geoengineering Via HAARP and Chemtrails Meets The Global Carbon Control Matrix

Only with this correct understanding can the true depth and breadth of the furtive NWO plot to take over the world be properly comprehended and responded to.

But, first, it’s important to be aware of the financial and economic, fiscal and commercial drivers of this massive out-of-control Climate Change juggernaut rolling across the 7 continents. 

For it is the secret society of banksters known as the International Banking Cartel and their “Global Money-Making Scam”, that is continuously co-opting Fortune 1000 corporations and national governments, which is at the heart of this “Huge Hoax”.

Solar Variability and Climate: Professor Joanna D. Haigh

Joanna D. Haigh on the ‘little ice age’, solar radiation, and global warming.

Related: Global Warming: Fact or Fiction? Featuring Physicists Willie Soon and Elliott Bloom

Weather Warfare

There is another major component to this geoengineered Climate Change fraud.

Extreme weather events are now routinely geoengineered and weaponized into what are essentially false flag weather attacks. This highly destructive and deadly type of weather warfare is being used for several reasons.

First and foremost among them is the NWO manufactured need to advertise Climate Change as a real threat to humanity. 

What better way to do this than to let loose a plague of violent superstorms, debilitating drought and deluges, as well as other devastating weather events around the globe.

This is how Mother Earth is being blamed for the “meteorological mayhem via false flags” that are really manufactured by the globalist-directed geoengineers. 

In this way, nations everywhere are being misled in the camp of Climate Change whose fanatics are desperate to stop weather flux, some of which are totally natural, but most of which are manmade.

The following irrefutable and highly perceptive statement was made by Catholic nun and PhD scientist Rosalie Bertell in her ground-breaking book titled “Planet Earth, the Latest Weapon of War”.

Related: Geo-Engineering & The Real Weapons Of Mass Destruction

It should also be noted that much of the weather warfare is being aimed at locations that have been targeted by the NWO cabal for specific reasons - political and governmental, economic and financial.

For example, two of the most destructive superstorms on to hit North America on record have occurred within the past couple of years.  Behind each of these calamitous weather attacks were hidden agendas that are explained in detail in the exposés posted below (See Related Articles section.)

In point of fact, the geoengineers are now systematically taking control of natural storms, or fabricating them from scratch and amping them up into megastorms, just before slamming them into a targeted city, state or region of a country.

In this manner, nations are either compelled to stay on the NWO reservation, or coerced to comply with a cabal dictate that significantly advances their NWO agenda.

Related: Head Of World Meteorological Organization Slams Climate Extremists, In Unprecedented Move &
NASA Admits That Climate Change Occurs Because Of Changes In Earth’s Solar Orbit, And Not Because Of SUVs And Fossil Fuels

1960 C.I.A. Memorandum

There is perhaps nothing more damning in the official record that proves the existence of this immense conspiracy to defraud humanity than the CIA’s memo titled “The Need For A Climate Control Study Program”.

This “sanitized version” of an official memorandum published by the C.I.A. clearly establishes the intent, strategy and tactics of their illicit scheme: 1960 Memorandum for Climate Control by CIA Proves Global Warming Hoax

The preceding CIA document from 1960 outlines the plan and ‘need’ for large-scale climate control initiatives with both civil and military applications.

Knowing that weather changes in the last few decades have been planned and then actualized confirms that CO2 itself is not to blame for the now pervasive weather upheavals.

In their own words, we now know that the profound weather disorder was effectuated according to a master plan. 

The key element of that NWO conspiracy was to create a new global bogeyman - Climate Change - that would sufficiently unite the world community of nations so that every country would eventually demand a One World Government.

Related: Unstoppable Solar Cycles

Report from Iron Mountain

There is also the Report from Iron Mountain that clearly spells out How War Will Be Replaced By Environmental Destruction To Traumatize Humanity.

It is surely no coincidence that this top-secret and highly consequential government report first began to take shape in 1963, not long as the aforementioned CIA document was produced.

Clearly, this exceedingly elaborate and far-reaching conspiracy to deceive the Western people was designed by the World Shadow Government as a means of coming out of their closet. 

For their ultimate goal is to rule the world via a totalitarian and tyrannical government not too unlike the European Union, where citizens still think they have a voice but in reality they do not.

Toward that end, the primary purpose of a One World Government would be to act as the enforcement arm of the International Banking Cartel that greedily covets all of the natural resources on the planet.

See: NWO Cabal Pursues Total Dominion Over The Earth’s Weather And Natural Resources

My Gift To Climate Alarmists (Climate Alarmists Debunked)

This is my most concise expose of climate fraud. Please pass it around to everyone you know and your elected officials. The video is short, but cuts right to the heart of the matter.

Related: "I don't want to die!" Climate Exploitation of Children

The NWO globalists know that they must also completely control the weather worldwide because of its enormous impacts on the land, sea and air. 

Hence, numerous geoengineering experiments are now being covertly conducted on the land masses, in the oceans and throughout the atmosphere as a prelude to their future world domination.

The Carbon Control Matrix, which was fastidiously developed as a reaction to the fake Global Warming narrative, is just one glaring example of how the One World Government will react to these contrived crises. 

The clandestine standing armies now supported by the U.N. will be used to police the panoply of new laws and statutes, rules and regulations, taxes and surcharges that are coming down the pike.

This is also why the various “agendas” were deceptively inaugurated by the United Nations. 

For instance, Agenda 21, the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development and Vision 2050 were each implemented as a means to prepare (and especially program) governments and citizenries alike for this rapidly unfolding NWO paradigm.

Related: Six Issues That Are Agenda 21 & Myth Busters: Introducing Agenda 2030


The current trend of Climate Change hysteria will only get worse. The globalists have never been so desperate to foist their warped vision on all of humankind.

2019 saw an extraordinary uptick in meticulously staged events, each designed to over-dramatize the utterly bogus yet thoroughly captivating Global Warming fiction.

Here’s just one example of how far the globalists will go to pull of this Con of the Millennium.

What the patriots can do in order to thwart this juvenile attempt to corral every inhabitant of the planet into the Climate Change pen of compliance is to disseminate information like this. 

The more aware folks are everywhere of this demonic connivance, the more difficult for the perps at the top of the food chain to succeed.

Related: "The UN's 'Woke' Climate Change Propaganda Is An Insult To Science" + “What They Haven’t Told You About Climate Change.” – According To The Co-Founder of Greenpeace

In other words, shining the light of awareness on their exceedingly misguided project is the best way to terminate it

The Truth Movement ought to come together in such numbers so that the raw people power poses a massive and monolithic countervailing force to their unending insanity.

We can all start by disseminating peer-reviewed scientific research papers such this one that provide hard evidence of the imminent dangers associated with weather modification and climate engineering technologies: Global Chemical Geoengineering Operations Now Pose the Very Real Prospect of an Extinction Level Event.

“The climate change hoax is the most complex and convoluted criminal conspiracy in world history. The global warming scam is - BY FAR - the biggest boondoggle ever. 

There’s not even a close second. What the globalists did, early on, was to entice everyone into some aspect of this fraudulent business venture. 

The International Banking Crime Syndicate made sure everyone thought they could get a piece of the action. 

Once they did, and it’s still going on, it was just a matter of executing the climate ruse. Then, anyone without a conscience eagerly joined the climate change club."
  -  Intelligence Analyst & Former U.S Military Officer

Related Articles:

The Ultimate Scam: How Al Gore Became The World’s First Carbon Billionaire” By Profiting Off Irrational
Climate Fears

Delingpole: Environmentalists Made Australia’s Bush Fires Worse

California & Australian Wildfires Exposed As "Controlled Burns" For Future High Speed Rail

Are Australia Bushfires Worsening from Human-Caused Climate Change?

 'Climate Change Doesn't Cause Fires'

Independent Researcher Ronan Connolly (ice trends in arctic)

While this exploited child distracts the world, 5G is being quietly implemented

Global Climate Change: A Definitive Essay On The Primary Causes Of Global Warming soon to shift to Global Cooling

ClimateChangeGate: The Global Criminal Conspiracy Hatched by the International Banking Cartel to Rule the World

A Geoengineered Superstorm Targeting Tallahassee and Florida Panhandle - Why! A Geoengineered Hurricane Weaponized and Targeting Florida - Why?

Climate Change Hoax Collapses As New Science Finds Human Activity Has Virtually Zero Impact On Global Temperatures

The climate change hoax has collapsed. A devastating series of research papers has just been published, revealing that human activity can account for no more than a .01°C rise in global temperatures, meaning that all the human activity targeted by radical climate change alarmists - combustion engines, airplane flights, diesel tractors - has virtually no measurable impact on the temperature of the planet.

Finnish scientists spearheaded the research, releasing a paper entitled, “No Experimental Evidence for the Significant Anthropogenic Climate Change.”

Related: New evidence emerges to show that climate change is a criminal science fraud ring run by corrupt pseudoscience puppets

The paper explains that IPCC analysis of global temperatures suffers from a glaring error - namely, failure to account for “influences of low cloud cover” and how it impacts global temperatures.

Natural variations in low cloud cover, which are strongly influenced by cosmic radiation’s ability to penetrate Earth’s atmosphere due to variations in the strength of our planet’s magnetosphere, account for nearly all changes in global temperature, the researchers explain.

As this chart reveals, more cloud cover is inversely related to temperature. In other words, clouds shield the surface of the Earth from the sun, providing shade cover cooling, while a lack of clouds results in more warming:

Related: Climate's Fatal Flaw : ‘Greenhouse Gases Simply Do Not Absorb Enough Heat To Cause Global Warming

Cloud Cover Accounts for the Real Changes in Global Temperatures

This is further supported by researchers at Kobe University in Japan who published a nearly simultaneous paper that reveals how changes in our planet’s magnetic field govern the intensity of solar radiation that reaches the lower atmosphere, causing cloud formation that alters global temperatures.

That study, published in Nature, is called, “Intensified East Asian winter monsoon during the last geomagnetic reversal transition.” It states:

"Records of suborbital-scale climate variation during the last glacial and Holocene periods can be used to elucidate the mechanisms of rapid climate changes…

At least one event was associated with a decrease in the strength of the Earth’s magnetic field.

Thus, climate records from the MIS 19 interglacial can be used to elucidate the mechanisms of a variety of climate changes, including testing the effect of changes in geomagnetic dipole field strength on climate through galactic cosmic ray (GCR)-induced cloud formation…"

In effect, cosmic rays which are normally deflected via the magnetosphere are, in times of weak or changing magnetic fields emanating from Earth itself, able to penetrate further into Earth’s atmosphere, causing the formation of low-level clouds which cover the land in a kind of “umbrella effect” that shades the land from the sun, allowing cooling to take place.

But a lack of clouds makes the surface hotter, as would be expected. This natural phenomenon is now documented to be the primary driver of global temperatures and climate, not human activity.

A New Climate Religion for Idiots

There is no evidence that CO2 drives climate change, never mind human-generated CO2 which is 3% - 5% of total CO2. The ice-core data that exists demonstrates the opposite; that temperature change drives changes in CO2 levels.

The Climate Crisis is about controlling us not controlling CO2.

Related Videos:

The Sun | Plasma Climate Forcing

Plasma Climate Forcing | Path to the Atmosphere

Plasma Climate Forcing | Vortex and Jet Streams

Burn all the oil you want, in other words, and it’s still just a drop in the bucket compared to the power of the sun and other cosmic influences. All the fossil fuel consumption in the world barely contributes anything to actual global temperatures, the researchers confirmed.

As they explain, the IPCC’s climate models are wildly overestimating the influence of carbon dioxide on global temperatures:

"…the [IPCC] models fail to derive the influences of low cloud cover fraction on the global temperature.

A too small natural component results in a too large portion for the contribution of the greenhouse gases like carbon dioxide.

That is why J. KAUPPINEN AND P. MALMI IPCC represents the climate sensitivity more than one order of magnitude larger than our sensitivity 0.24°C.

Because the anthropogenic portion in the increased CO2 is less than 10%, we have practically no anthropogenic climate change. The low clouds control mainly the global temperature."

The Entire “Climate Change” Hoax is a Fraud

Carbon dioxide, in other words, isn’t the “pollutant” that climate change alarmists have long claimed it to be.

CO2 won’t destroy the planet and barely has any effect on global temperatures (the IPCC’s estimate of its effect is, according to Finnish researchers, about one order of magnitude too large, or ten times the actual amount).

In fact, NASA was forced to recently admit that carbon dioxide is re-greening the Earth on a massive scale by supporting the growth of rainforests, trees and grasslands. See these maps showing the increase in green plant life, thanks to rising CO2:

Click on the image above to view a largre version in a new window

Related: Exposing The Bogus "97% Consensus" Claim Over Climate Change 'Science' & Top-Level Climate Modeler Spills The Beans On The ‘Nonsense’ Of ‘Global Warming Crisis’

Importantly, reducing our global consumption of fossil fuels will have virtually no impact on global temperatures.

The far bigger governor of climate and temperatures is the strength and configuration of Earth’s magnetosphere, which has always been in flux since the formation of the planet billions of years ago.

The weaker the magnetosphere, the more cosmic rays penetrate the atmosphere, resulting in the generation of clouds, which shield the planet’s surface from the sun.

Thus, a weaker magnetosphere causes global cooling, while a stronger magnetosphere results in global warming, according to this research. This phenomenon is called the “Svensmark Effect.”

As reported by Science Daily:

"This suggests that the increase in cosmic rays was accompanied by an increase in low-cloud cover, the umbrella effect of the clouds cooled the continent, and Siberian high atmospheric pressure became stronger.

Added to other phenomena during the geomagnetic reversal - evidence of an annual average temperature drop of 2-3 degrees Celsius, and an increase in annual temperature ranges from the sediment in Osaka Bay - this new discovery about winter monsoons provides further proof that the climate changes are caused by the cloud umbrella effect."

Related: Same Media That Once Deemed Chemtrails A Conspiracy Theory Now Openly Promotes Chemtrailing The Entire Planet To “End Climate Change” & Global Geoengineering (Chemtrails) Experiment Pushed By Bill Gates Also Funded By Nazi-Linked Alfred P. Sloan Foundation, Linked To Eugenics And Depopulation

The “War on Carbon” is Derived from Sheer Stupidity, Arrogance and Scientific Illiteracy

The extreme alarmism of climate change lunatics - best personified by Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez’ insistence that humanity will be destroyed in 12 years if we don’t stop burning fossil fuels - is all based on nothing but fearmongering media propaganda and faked science. (The IPCC and NOAA both routinely fudge temperature data to try to create a warming “trend” where none exists.)

It’s all a massive, coordinated fraud, and the mainstream media deliberately lies to the public about climate change to push anti - free market schemes that would destroy the U.S. economy while transferring literally trillions of dollars into the pockets of wealthy globalists as part of a “carbon tax” scheme.

Yet carbon isn’t the problem at all. And the “war on carbon” is a stupid, senseless policy created by idiots, given that humans are carbon-based lifeforms, meaning that any “war on carbon” is a war on humanity.

Why Carbon Dioxide is the "Miracle Molecule of Life" for Greening our Planet

Related: Climate Change Hoax Collapses As Michael Mann’s Bogus “Hockey Stick” Graph Defamation Lawsuit Dismissed By The Supreme Court Of British Columbia

See more research papers from Jyrki Kauppinen at this link on Researchgate.net. And stay informed by reading Climate.news.

Related Articles:

David Bellamy The Honest Man Who Told The Truth About The Climate Change Hoax – David Icke

Greta the Teenage Climate Puppet Goes Full Marxist

Greta Thunberg is a Serial Plagiarist or We've Discovered Her Muppet Masters

Australian Police Say Arsonists & Lightning to Blame For Bushfires, Not Climate Change

Facebook Glitch Reveals Greta Thunburg's Father Posting As Teenage Climate Activist

Report Hyped By Climate Alarmists Warned: Millions Dead, Nuclear War, & Sunken Major Cities By 2020

Climate Fraud: UN General Secretary Guterres Tells 3 Lies In Single Sentence! He’s “Saying Exact Opposite Of What’s True”

Who Programmed The Eco-Terrorism Zombie? - Ten Reasons Greta Thunberg Is A Fraud + Dozens Of Failed Climate Predictions Stretch 80 Years Back

Global Warming Is A blatant Lie & This video scientifically proves it

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Why People Get Addicted To Drugs (Or Other Things)
January 25 2020 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit

In most countries around the world, drug addicts are considered to be criminals. As a result, they are usually treated with contempt and, if they're caught using drugs, they're locked behind bars.

The truth, however, is that drug addicts (and addicts in general) are individuals who're suffering from mental illness. Hence, what they need is healing - not punishment.

US Attorney General Finally Admits Weed Isn’t A Gateway Drug - Prescription Pills Are + Study Proves Medical Marijuana Can Replace Dangerous Pharmaceuticals

But why exactly do people get addicted to drugs or other things, such as food, porn, video games and social media?

Globally, tens of millions of people are addicted to drugs. Because of their addiction, many of them lose all that they have: Τheir health, their wealth, their relationships, and often their lives.

Yet nothing can force them out of their addiction. Although they know that drugs are harmful, they still keep on taking them. So, the question is, why do they do that?

Our society considers drug addicts as irresponsible, stupid and immoral. Psychological research, however, shows something very different: Τhat they are deeply hurt individuals who are trying to find relief from their suffering.

They are people who were abused - sexually, physically or emotionally - usually during their very early childhood. They are mostly men and women who were unloved, neglected or abandoned during their formative years.

Related: The Truth About Addiction And Recovery

As a result of their traumatic experiences, drug addicts feel a sense of inner lack - a lack of love, joy, meaning and purpose - and try to fill it through substance abuse.

Whether by drinking alcohol, sniffing cocaine or injecting heroin into their bodies, all they try to achieve is to experience a sense of comfort, a sense of inner peace, a sense of control over their lives.

The problem is, the exhilarating psychological effects of drugs are always short-lived. While they last, it feels incredibly good, but within minutes or at most hours, they start to fade away. And then the pain returns. In fact, it never returns - it was already there, hidden yet present. And it feels unbearable.

When this happens, drug addicts feel drawn to psychotropic substances again.

But no matter how many of them they take, they’re never enough to satisfy their needs. Hence, they inevitably lead to the exact same result. And the cycle of addiction repeats itself one more time.

The reason why drugs don’t work in the long run is because they don’t address the root cause of addiction: the sense of emptiness inside.

Related: Everything We Think We Know About Addiction Is Wrong

On the contrary, they only offer an external substitute of what the addict is really looking for: to feel worthy and complete.

The Buddhists have a mandala called Wheel of Life, which divides human existence into six different realms - each representing our various ways of being.

One of those realms is the Realm of Hungry Ghosts. The inhabitants of that realm are depicted as creatures with long scrawny necks, tiny mouths, skinny limbs and big, bloated, empty bellies.

“This,” addiction expert Gabor Maté says, “is the domain of addiction, where we constantly seek something outside ourselves to curb an insatiable yearning for relief or fulfillment.

The aching emptiness is perpetual because the substances, objects or pursuits we hope will soothe it are not what we really need.

We don’t know what we need, and so long as we stay in the hungry ghost mode, we’ll never know. We haunt our lives without being fully present.”

A monk prays for a hungry ghost. From the Kyoto National Museum

Now, when we think of addiction, most of us tend to think specifically of drug addiction.

But addiction can be to anything: food, money, possessions, porn, video games, social media and so on. And whether we realize it or not, many of us are addicted to at least one of them - some more, others less.

Food can provide us with a fleeting sense of fulfillment. Money can provide us with a fleeting sense of power. Possessions can provide us with a fleeting sense of security. Porn can provide us with a fleeting sense of intimacy.

Video games can provide us with a fleeting sense of adventure. And social media can provide us with a fleeting sense of connection.

But, again, no matter how many of those things we consume or acquire, in the end they always let us down, because they can’t give us what we truly deep down long for.

Related: How Consumerism Is Ruining Our Lives And The World

Often, we try to deal with addiction by fighting against it. We restrict our caloric intake, we renounce money and possessions, we repress our sexual urges, and so on, not realizing that addiction is merely a symptom of an underlying disease, and not the cause of it.

Hence, we can’t get rid of it. On the contrary, we usually find that we crave even more what we deprive ourselves of. In other words, our addiction becomes stronger, not weaker.

When it comes to drug addiction, we collectively try to deal with it by waging war against drugs and their users. How exactly? By legally punishing those we find to possess them, in an effort to control their circulation and consumption.

But we never ask: Why do people get hooked to drugs in the first place?

If we did, we’d see that drug addicts are mentally ill people who need help, not criminals who should be locked in jail.

We’d also find out that our society is structurally breeding mental illness and addiction through systems that lead to oppression and social alienation.

Related: Addiction Is Not Addictive

But those in power don’t want us to know about that, afraid that otherwise we’d kick them out of power, and dismantle the systems that brought them into it.

So they choose to misdirect our attention. By demonizing drugs and drug addicts, they make us forget what truly matters.

It’s no wonder, therefore, that so many people are addicted to drugs, regardless of the harsh drug laws in place in most countries around the world.

To treat drug addiction, or any other form of addiction, we need to stop fighting against it and instead try to understand it.

In addition, we need to stop judging or punishing those who suffer from it, and instead start treating them with respect and compassion.

Then and only then will we be able to figure out where addiction really comes from, as well as το support addicts in their journey to recovery and healing.

Related Articles:

The Spiritual Consequences Of Alcohol Consumption + The Likely Cause Of Addiction Has Been Discovered, And It Is Not What You Think

Why Nutritional Psychiatry Is The Future Of Mental Health Treatment + Depression Is A Symptom Of Nutrient Deficiency; Treating It With Drugs Is Not Only Ineffective But Dangerous

Pharmacist Speaks Out: Get Off Prescription Drugs, Avoid Vaccines

The Cult Of 'Scientism' Explained: How Scientific Claims Behind Cancer, Vaccines, Psychiatric Drugs And GMOs Are Nothing More Than Corporate-Funded Science Fraud

Non-Addictive Natural Pain Killer Kratom Relieves Chronic Pain, Depression - Leave Rx Drugs Behind

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Incredible Hidden Life Of Trees
January 24 2020 | From: UpliftConnect

Seven amazing facts you may not know: Trees have captured the human imagination since the beginning of time. Watching their cycles of growth, shedding of leaves, and re-flowering in the spring, people have long perceived trees as powerful symbols of life, death, and renewal.

We look to them for inspiration when we need grounding energy, as their roots descending deep into the Earth remind us of our own connection to and dependence on our planet for stability and life. Trees live for hundreds or even thousands of years, and so we revere them as keepers of past secrets and sentinels of the future.

A Biologist Believes That Trees Speak A Language We Can Learn

Forests cover one-third of the Earth’s landmass. They provide a home to at least 80% of land-based plants, animals, and insects. Trees are one of our main defenses against climate change, as they balance our air by absorbing carbon dioxide from human activities and turning it into oxygen; they also protect watersheds by holding our soil in place.

In honor of the International Day of Forests on March 21, here are seven incredible facts about the hidden life of trees.

Trees have captured the human imagination since the beginning of time.

1. Pando, or the Trembling Giant

Pando is a grove of approximately 47,000 quaking aspen trees in Utah. This remarkable group of trees is considered a single organism, because all the trees share a single root system and each tree is genetically identical. New trees are produced by sprouting from the massive parent root system.

It is estimated that Pando has been alive at least 80,000 years, making it one of the oldest living things on the planet.

Consider that when this tree colony first sprouted from the ground, humans would still not arrive on North America for another 50,000 years. In some parts of the planet, Neanderthal people were still 30,000 years from going extinct.

The 106-acre grove of trees has seen unimaginable changes, living through the ice age and at times being completely burnt down above ground, but surviving and renewing itself below ground.

Pando treesThe stunning pando trees

Related: The Trees Will Teach You Telepathy + Now You Can Hear Chemistry?

2. More than 25% of Western Pharmaceuticals Originate in Rainforest Plants

There are 3,000 plants currently recognized by the U.S. National Cancer Institute as active against cancer cells, and 70% of these come from rainforests. Perhaps this is why the shamans of the Amazon believe that for every human ailment, the rainforest holds a cure.

And yet, only 1% of all rainforest plants have actually been studied (by modern science) for medicinal purposes. Imagine how many valuable healing plants are destroyed or even made extinct as the rainforests are cleared at a rate of 1.5 acres per second. Due to rainforest destruction, the Earth loses approximately 137 species of plants, animals, and insects per day.

3. Not All Rainforests are in Tropical Zones

The Pacific Temperate Rainforest is the largest remaining coastal temperate rainforest on Earth. It is situated along the Pacific Coast and stretches from Northern California up to the Prince William Sound in Alaska.

It is characterized by high amounts of rainfall, more than 10 feet per year in some areas; and in many places the forest grows right up to the shoreline. It includes the Great Bear Rainforest in western Canada, home to the Spirit Bear, a rare subspecies of black bear with a white coat.

A National Geographic article about the Great Bear Rainforest states: “Grizzlies, black bears, wolves, wolverines, humpback whales, and orcas thrive along a coast that has been home to First Nations like the Gitga’at for hundreds of generations.

It’s a spooky, wild, mysterious place: There are wolves here that fish. Deer that swim. Western red cedar trees that have stood a thousand years or more. And a black bear that is white.”

Alt text hereSpirit bear in the Great Bear Rainforest

Carbon Dioxide Revealed As The “Miracle Molecule Of Life” For Re-Greening The Planet & Leonardo DiCaprio’s War On Carbon Is Actually A War Against All Plants, Rainforests And Ecosystems On The Entire Planet

4. In Many Cultures, it is Believed That Hugging a Tree Releases Negative Energy From the Human Body

Many people believe that trees, like humans and all living things, possess an energetic vibration and an aura. Because trees’ vibrations are slower and deeply connected to the Earth through their roots, connecting with trees can help us to feel safe, secure, and stable.

Most would agree that a walk in the forest or even simply gazing at a tree provides a deep feeling of peace and serenity, and can be emotionally and psychologically healing.

5. People in Malaysia Maintain a Very Intimate Relationship With Trees

Among the Sng’oi indigenous people, a person and a tree can belong together, and this relationship is maintained for life. When a person belongs with a tree, they also belong with its offspring: any trees that grow from the seeds of the first tree, no matter how far they become scattered.

Also in Malaysia, trees are planted around houses so closely that the walls of the homes may give way to the growing roots. In the graveyards, the trees are allowed to take root into graves, and it is said that the trees whisper prayers to the creator asking for the forgiveness of sins of those buried in that place.

These practices speak to an ancient knowing that people and trees are intimately interconnected throughout life and forever in history.

Hugging a tree can release negative energy from the bodyHugging a tree can release negative energy from the body

6. Trees are Literally Saving our Lives Every Day

A July 2014 study showed that trees prevent $6.8 billion per year in averted health costs annually, just in the United States. It is estimated that by removing massive amounts of air pollution through their leaves, trees “prevented 850 human deaths and 670,000 cases of acute respiratory symptoms in 2010 alone.”

Studies show that trees in urban areas are removing 4 to 8 times the pollution from the air as their equivalents in rural areas.

This highlights the importance of planting trees everywhere we possibly can, and especially in highly-populated areas where pollution is highest.

Trees are saving our livesTrees are an important part of our lives

Related: The Quantum Theory On Mind-Body Connection + Morphic Resonance: The Science Of Interconnectedness

7. Trees in a Forest Communicate With One Another Through Underground Networks

Trees are connected below the ground by mycorrhizal fungi, which live symbiotically with the roots of the trees. Both the trees and the fungi need each other to survive. But that’s not all. Because the fungi essentially connect the roots of one tree to another, the trees can use the fungi to pass nutrients to one another.

So, for example, in winter when aspens are weaker, nearby conifers were found to pass additional nutrients to the aspens to keep them healthy. Similarly, older, more-established trees pass nutrients through the fungi to young seedlings which need to grow larger toward the sun’s light in order to survive.

The largest, oldest trees in the forest serve as the hub because they possess and produce large amounts of resources, and their massive roots spread out in all directions.

When one tree is attacked by insects, it distributes pheromonal chemicals through the fungi beneath the soil to warn nearby trees of a possible attack so the other trees can prepare by changing the chemical makeup of their leaves. The fungal networks also strengthen the immune systems of the trees.

So not only do different species of trees help each other out in the forest, but fungi and even other types of plants join the underground network and communicate together to support the health of the entire ecosystem.

There is documented proof that when a tree is dying, it releases its resources into the root networks so that its neighbors can benefit from the nourishment that it will no longer need - it is making the ultimate sacrifice.

Trees communicate with each other below the groundTrees communicate with each other below the ground

Related: Research Reveals Plants Can Think, Choose & Remember

Natural, Sacred and Wild

In closing, here is a beautiful poem written by Clare Dakin of TreeSisters, which will help you to deepen your connection with trees and with all of nature:

Let the birds take your clothes
Let the waves undo your holding back
Let the vines unravel your tired mind
And the earth savour your sweat and tears.

Let your stories burn off like rising mist,
As your past and the false floors of curbed self love
Dissolve into butterfly wings and fire flies
As your edges blur and your Planetary Self ignites.

Let the trees bathe your breath
Let the meadows embrace you
Let the mountains and the bees remind you
Let the sky flood in and allow the clouds to guide you.

Let your undoing be as total
As your becoming is beautiful –
And when the living world has climbed inside
Enough for you to feel four legs, scales and wings.

May you finally know yourself alive as all things –
Indivisible and responsible
Reborn into wholeness
Natural, Sacred and Wild

~ Clare Dakin

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
This 1926 Eugenics Exhibit Sums Up What The Elite Think About You And Your Family
January 23 2020 | From: HumansAreFree / Various

This is an exhibit about Eugenics, dated 1926.

According to eugenics, “some people are born to be a burden on the rest”.

Related: Genetics Are The New Eugenics: How GMO’s Reduce The Human Population & This Major Report On GMO Safety Has Just One Small Problem: Undisclosed Conflicts Of Interest

You see, the eugenics movement - which steadily gained popularity for the first nearly 40 years of the 20th century and is the direct reason for forced sterilization laws implemented across America - sought to “breed out” people the elite that ultimately funded and promoted it (the Carnegie Institute and the Rockefeller Foundation, etc.) determined were genetically defective “riff raff” by way of pseudoscience parading as science.

Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

Related: Eugenics And Population Control To Save The Planet, Says Berkeley Professor

Victims of eugenics included minorities, the children of Caucasians who interbred with minorities, poor people, people with physical disabilities or who were considered “feeble-minded,” those who were deemed “delinquent,” and really, the list goes on and on (the slope got more and more slippery over time).

Eugenics only disappeared from public view when the PR disaster of World War II forced it to.

Guess it looked pretty bad after the Nazis began so heavily promoting it.

Related: Eleven Common Symptoms Of The Global Depopulation Slow Kill

Aside from the Eugenics Record Office set up at Cold Spring Harbor on Long Island, the movement would train and send field workers around the country to take family pedigrees and compile data used to argue who had good breeding or not and who deserved the right to reproduce or not.

They set up exhibits at county fairs for “public education” on eugenic matters.

They would even sponsor contests called “Better Baby” and “Fitter Family” at these fairs to judge “human stock” the way other organizations attending county fairs judged other things like prize pigs and heirloom tomatoes.

The poster shown at the start of this article is from one such eugenics educational exhibit. It featured lights that flashed at specific intervals to demonstrate different “facts” about the types of babies being born in the U.S.

Related: Eugenics: Population "Control", New World Order Style

According to this sign, in 1920s America:

Every 15 seconds $100 of your money goes for the care of person with bad heredity such as the insane, feeble-minded, criminals and other defectives.

Every 48 seconds a person is born in the United States who will never grow up mentally beyond that stage of a normal 8 year old boy or girl.

Every 50 seconds a person is committed to jail in the United States. Very few normal persons ever go to jail.

Every 16 seconds a person is born in the United States

And do you see what it says in the box on the far right?

Related: Same Media That Once Deemed Chemtrails A Conspiracy Theory Now Openly Promotes Chemtrailing The Entire Planet To “End Climate Change” & Global Geoengineering (Chemtrails) Experiment Pushed By Bill Gates Also Funded By Nazi-Linked Alfred P. Sloan Foundation, Linked To Eugenics And Depopulation

“This light flashes every 7½ minutes. Every 7½ minutes a high grade person is born in the United States who will have the ability to do creative work and be fit for leadership. About 4% of all Americans come within this class."

Just consider the gall of that statement for a moment.

These eugenicists - the elite of society who funded this movement - only considered “about 4%” of all Americans to be “high grade”.

And truly, those are the people the elite eugenicists wanted to breed more of while using twisted, fake science to justify getting rid of everyone else.

As far as they were concerned, everyone else not in that 4% should either be sterilized or, at the very least, laws should be passed where they would be forced to apply to the government for permission first before they would be allowed to procreate.

“About 4%.”

Related: The Globalists Are Openly Admitting To Their Population Control Agenda - And That's A Bad Sign

Again, eugenics didn’t end when it fell out of favor during World War II; it was simply forced to go underground.

It got renamed and buried in what they hope would sound like more benign scientific areas, like genetics, human ecology, and bioethics.

The Rockefeller Foundation and other elite family foundations quietly continued their quest for population control of the general “riff raff” through different means.

Today we still have population control, scaremongering overpopulation myths, and crypto-eugenics.

We still have people like Bill Gates pushing his paralyzing polio vaccines in countries were polio is supposedly eradicated anyway and paralyzing African-only meningitis vaccines, while people like Richard Dawkins go around saying all babies who test positive for potentially having Down’s Syndrome in the womb should be automatically aborted because it would be immoral for their mothers not to do so. (That’s just to name a few).

We’re continually bathed in the idea that we’re expendable. Modern society goes like this: we’re just slightly higher animals than other animals floating around on a rock in a vast, empty nothingness with no higher meaning or purpose to any of it. Oh, and there are too many of us, too.

Pretty soon we’ll all be replaced by robots.

Related: The NWO Depopulation Agenda Is The Only Explanation Why Expensive Mainstream Medicine Is Lethal

The system has us divided and conquered, fighting with each other all the time over one thing or another while the evil eugenicist elites have positioned themselves at the top to continue raping and killing us through various industrial- complexes (military, prison, medical, agricultural, etc.).

Meanwhile, fighting with each other over silly things like manufactured politics or skin color, they have us running for the “cure” which doesn’t cure anything while we overlook the cause.

It’s a rule-by-experts scientific dictatorship in a time when the government and rich psychopaths own, steer, and weaponize all the meaningful science to begin with. “The game is rigged,” as comedian George Carlin would say.

So why do we even keep playing it? It’s their box, their Matrix, not ours.

The reality is we have been dehumanized so much more by now than we were during the days of open eugenics in the first half of the 20th century.

The elite probably don’t even consider 4% of us “high grade” at this point.

“About 4%.” That one exhibit says it all.

Hidden History: The Eugenics Record Office Is for Sale

Related Articles:

The Global Fascist State: Physical Control Of The Global Population Is Impossible

The Awakening to Human Truth – Powerful new video forces Leftists to face the depths of their own anti-human evil

Explaining The Methods (And Insane Reasoning) Behind The Depopulation Agenda

Evidence Mounts That Plague Outbreak In Africa Is An Engineered Depopulation Bioweapon

Eugenics & The Depopulation Agenda

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Five Historical Vaccine Scandals Suppressed By The Establishment & FDA Admits Vaccines Contaminated With Serious Viruses Including Cancer + Measles Vaccination Is Not Protecting Against Measles
January 20 2020 | From: GlobalFreedomMovement / PrinicipiaScientific / GisbornedHerald / Various

“89% of doctors rely on drug company salesmen for their information.” - The Australian Doctor 1989.

Contentions around vaccines - and vaccine fraud - are not a recent development....

Related: Interview with a Retired Vaccine Researcher

1. Frauds of the Founding Father – Basic Truths About Jenner

Here’s number 1 of our 5 historical vaccine scandals.

Edward Jenner (1749 – 1823) has been lauded as a medical pioneer and saver of the lives of millions for supposedly developing the earliest crude forms of vaccination, but is he really all that? Was he even an original thinker? See for yourself.

Jenner set up practice as a “surgeon” in Berkeley in the 1700s but he, in fact, did not earn the title of “doctor” at all. Jenner’s history is actually quite amusing. Dr Walter Hadwen, JP, MD, LRCP, MRCS, LSA., explained during an address in 1896:

“Now this man Jenner had never passed a medical examination in his life. He belonged to the good old times when George III was King - (laughter) - when medical examinations were not compulsory.

Jenner looked upon the whole thing as a superfluity, and he hung up “Surgeon, apothecary,” over his door without any of the qualifications that warranted the assumption.

It was not until twenty years after he was in practice that he thought it advisable to get a few letters after his name. Consequently he then communicated with a Scotch University and obtained the degree of Doctor of Medicine for the sum of £15 and nothing more. (Laughter.)

It is true that a little while before, he had obtained a Fellowship of the Royal Society, but his latest biographer and apologist, Dr. Norman Moore, had to confess that it was obtained by little less than a fraud.

It was obtained by writing a most extraordinary paper about a fabulous cuckoo, for the most part composed of arrant absurdities and imaginative freaks such as no ornithologist of the present day would pay the slightest heed to.

A few years after this, rather dissatisfied with the only medical qualification he had obtained, Jenner communicated with the University of Oxford and asked them to grant him their honorary degree of M.D., and after a good many fruitless attempts he got it.

Then he sent to the Royal College of Physicians in London to get their diploma, and even presented his Oxford degree as an argument in his favour.

But they considered he had had quite enough on the cheap already, and told him distinctly that until he passed the usual examinations they were not going to give him any more.

– Dr Walter Hadwen, 1896

So, after about 20 years of practicing his special brand of “medicine,” Jenner the professional bullshit artist thought he might benefit from some extra letters after his name.

Thus it was that in 1790 Jenner simply bought a medical degree from St.Andrews University for £15. Welcome to the man who helped create what is now a multi-billion dollar fascist medical empire (disguised as medical “progress”) - a person who was not only a complete fraud and confidence man, but evidently a pathological liar.

1791: Edward Jenner vaccinates his 18 month old son with swine-pox and eight years later in 1798 with cow-pox. His son will die of TB at the age of 21, and Jenner thereafter chooses not to vaccinate his second son. (Yes, he became a “refuser” of sorts, at least where his own family’s health was concerned!)

Related: One Year Old Dies After Vaccination, Death Ruled Unexplained Due To Natural Causes & Questions To Ask Pro Vaxers

1796: Edward Jenner in Gloucestershire, England, is falsely credited with the concept of vaccination, which he actually appropriated from the dairy maids. Hadwen in his 1896 address:

“He was not, however, the discoverer. The whole thing was a superstition of the Gloucestershire dairymaids years before Jenner was born - (laughter) - and the very experiment, so-called, that he performed had been performed by an old farmer named Benjamin Jesty twenty years previously.”

He added:

“When he first of all heard the story of the cow-pox legend that the dairymaids talked about, that if you only had cow-pox you can’t have small-pox, he began to mention it at the meetings of the Medico-convivial Society, where the old doctors of the day met together to smoke their pipes, drink their glasses of grog, and talk over their cases.

But he no sooner mentioned it than they laughed at it. The cow doctors could have told him of hundreds of cases where small-pox had followed cow-pox, and Jenner found he would have to drop it.”

Yes, vaccination began with an utterly unscientific superstition unbacked by any evidence at all and propagated by the local English dairymaids to one self-confident crank named Edward Jenner, a medical fraud who bought his credentials for fifteen pounds.

The Criminalization Of Science Whistleblowers + The Connection Between Sudden Infant Death, Vaccines And Vitamin C

1801: First widespread experimentation with vaccines reputedly begins. Jenner has successfully self-promoted and marketed his pseudo-medicine in spite of the overwhelming evidence against his foundational premise.

1802: Jenner petitions English parliament (House of Commons) for funding using blatant falsehoods, stating that vaccination can be done with perfect safety (where have we heard that before?).

Government awards Jenner 10,000 pounds (Higgins says 30,000 in his book, perhaps pertaining to Jenner’s 1807 triumphant petition which landed him further funds) for continued “experimentation.”

His arm-to-arm method of vaccination ultimately proves so dangerous that it is abandoned and even prohibited.

His claim of lifelong immunity was quickly exposed to be one of the more brazen pieces of self-promoting mendacity medical “science” has produced.

As vaccinated subjects continued to develop the diseases they were supposedly “immunized” against, this claim was modified to roughly 7 years protection with subsequent re-vaccination deemed “necessary.”

How Vaccines Are Really Made

Genetic sequencing of common vaccine finds entire male human genome from aborted human baby… “a complete individual genome” with abnormal, modified genes… 560 genes linked to cancer

(By 1914 this “immunity” period was shortened yet again to an estimated 6-12 months(!), sharply exposing the lunacy of the vaccine paradigm to anyone paying attention. This is over 200 years ago and nothing much has changed.)

Jenner’s original claims for vaccination were stated in his Petition to Parliament March 17, 1802, asking for a reward for his alleged “discovery” in these words:

“That your petitioner, having discovered [false – he got the idea came from the dairymaids of rural England] that a disease which occasionally exists in a particular form among cattle, known by the name of the cow-pox, admits of being inoculated on the human frame with the most perfect ease and safety [false – it proved time and again to be dangerous and not to prevent smallpox at all], and is attended with the singularly beneficial effect of rendering through life the person so inoculated perfectly secure from the infection of the smallpox [false – he claimed perfect immunity for life based on a mere few years of observation and no evidence at all – people got cowpox AND smallpox!

Three strikes and you’re out, Ed! Charles M. Higgins in his excellent book The Horrors of Vaccination Exposed referred to Jenner’s statement as a “tissue of falsehoods,” and so it was.

That however did not prevent Jenner from collecting the whopping sum of 30,000 pounds from the British government as a reward for his imaginative fabrications. This translates to over 3 million pounds in 1901 money (a century later)!

Related: Facebook Bans All Content On Vaccine Awareness, Including Facts About Vaccine Ingredients, Vaccine Injury And Vaccine Industry Collusion & Mark Zuckerberg Goes All-In With The Deadly Vaccine Industry In Sweeping New Plan To Censor All Posts That Question Big Pharma’s Vaccine Dogma

In the following years, through to the 1900s, many cases of smallpox in those who had received the smallpox vaccine/s continued to be recorded.

In the early 1820s, while the British government was still funding Jenner’s “experiments,” he continued to do his best to hide the evidence showing his vaccines were causing more carnage than immunity.

Pro-vaccinism became largely a face-saving exercise which has only swelled in scale (and funding) ever since.

A study of Edward Jenner is a study in modern medicine’s roots in charlatanry. (Don’t get me started on the Rockefellers.)

Related: One out of every 39 children vaccinated with government-mandated vaccines suffers serious injuries

2. Smallpox Statistics We Were Meant to Forget

Many people are starting to catch on to the dangers inherent in vaccination, but too few realise at present that there is no shortage of instances where far more harm is done than presumed “good.”

We venture right back to the beginning of the 20th century in England and find that there are similar numbers of vaccine - induced deaths to smallpox deaths, except in the case of children under 5 yrs of age, where the vaccine proved much riskier than smallpox itself.

Vaccine Deaths versus Smallpox Deaths – Data from Reports of the Registrar General of England
1906: smallpox (SP) deaths = 21, vaccine deaths = 29
1907: SP deaths = 10, vacc. Deaths = 12
1908: SP deaths = 12, vacc. Deaths = 13
1905-10: SP deaths = 199, vacc. Deaths = 99.
Deaths from SP in children under 5 yrs = 26, vacc. = 98
1911-13: SP deaths = 42, vacc. Deaths = 31.
SP deaths in children under 5 yrs = 8, deaths from vacc. = 30

Related: Scientists Share Facts About Vaccines At World Health Organization Conference For Vaccine Safety

Let’s not forget:

1831: there is a smallpox outbreak wherein 995 vaccinated (yes, vaccinated) people developed the disease in Wurtemberg, Germany.

1831: 2,000 people in Marseilles, France, who have received smallpox vaccination develop smallpox.

1854: England legislates for compulsory vaccination; widely opposed by eminent doctors.

1857-59: Vaccination in England is now enforced by fines, much to the disgust of rational medical men around the country who vigorously oppose it. Thus begins the smallpox epidemic of England that lasts until 1859, killing over 14,000 people.

1854-63: Smallpox has claimed over 33,000 by this point, following compulsory vaccine program.

Caught on Camera: W.H.O Scientists Question Safety Of Vaccines

Shocking footage from inside The W.H.O. Global Vaccine Safety Summit on December 2&3, 2019.

Related: Vaccine bombshell as U.N. health experts admit toxic vaccine ingredients are harming children worldwide – see video, transcript

1863-65: England’s second major epidemic strikes, claiming 20,059 lives.

1870-72: England’s third major epidemic claims 44,840 lives, the worst of the three which occurred following compulsory vaccination.

1907: Compulsory vaccination is repealed as the grotesque failure is too obvious to disguise or “spin” with methods available at the time.

1910 – 1933: in England and Wales combined, only 109 kids under 5 yrs died of smallpox; 270 died from vaccination. It’s estimated there were around 40 million people in the UK in 1910. Improved living conditions had all but wiped smallpox out despite the vaccine-induced epidemics.

Repeat after me: “Safe and effective, safe and effective…”

It is pathetic and ludicrous to say we ever vanquished smallpox with vaccines, when only 10% of the population was ever vaccinated."

- Dr. Glen Dettman A.M.M., BA, PhD., F.A.P.M.

Related: Top Ten Facts About The Vaccine Industry That The Dishonest Media Refuses To Report

3. The City of Leicester: Sanitation Trumps Vaccination

A.k.a. Why Won’t Leicester Go Away?

“One of the medical profession’s greatest boasts is that it eradicated smallpox through the use of the smallpox vaccine. I myself believed this claim for many years.

But it simply isn’t true. One of the worst smallpox epidemics of all time took place in England between 1870 and 1872 – nearly two decades after compulsory vaccination was introduced.

After this evidence that smallpox vaccination didn’t work the people of Leicester in the English midlands refused to have the vaccine any more.

When the next smallpox epidemic struck in the early 1890s the people of Leicester relied upon good sanitation and a system of quarantine.

There was only one death from smallpox in Leicester during that epidemic. In contrast the citizens of other towns (who had been vaccinated) died in vast numbers…

Doctors and drug companies may not like it but the truth is that surveillance, quarantine and better living conditions got rid of smallpox – not the smallpox vaccine.

- Dr. Vernon Coleman, MB

1914: Dr. C. Killick Millard, Medical Officer of Health (Leicester, England) publishes The Vaccination Question and admits that the city of Leicester, with a population of around 300,000 at the time, had for 30 years abandoned infantile vaccination and yet “miraculously” experienced an “enormous decline” in smallpox mortality.

Something is Rotten in the State of Samoa

There's something happening in Samoa that should have every Kiwi's attention. The implications could change New Zealand forever. Are you going to let this happen to you?

Related: Measles Outbreak in Samoa

We should consider his words carefully, because Millard was a man who at the outset was pro-vaccine (by the 1900s the endless repetition of vaccine propaganda and dogma had definitely made an impression upon the collective mind), and yet, his empirical experience with the city of Leicester caused him to change his views:

“The two crucial and outstanding facts which I wish to lay stress upon, are:
  1. The unexpected and remarkable experience of the town of Leicester, which for thirty years has abandoned in­fantile vaccination, yet has shown an enormous decline in smallpox mortality.

  2. The fact that, although infantile vaccination is falling more and more into disuse throughout the whole country, yet smallpox, contrary to all pro-vaccinist expectation and prophecy, continues to decline and has almost disappeared.

…The striking facts that in Leicester, without infantile vaccination, the decline has been greater than in most places, and that throughout the country smallpox has continued to decrease in spite of the falling off in vaccination, should surely be sufficient grounds for legitimate doubt.

…If it can be shown that “sanitation”, thoroughly carried out, is alone sufficient for the effective control of smallpox in this country (as in Leicester), why inflict upon the commu­nity universal vaccination with all its inseparable drawbacks? Moreover, what justification can there be any longer for compulsion?

It cannot be denied that vaccination causes, in the aggregate, very considerable injury to health, most of it only temporary, but some permanent…

We must never forget that vaccination is an evil…
There is not the slightest evidence that vaccination, apart from its [presumed] effect in preventing smallpox, is of the least value or anything but detrimental to the human race…

During the last decade the deaths from vaccinia have several times outnumbered those from smallpox
, whilst if we have regard to the amount of ill health caused by the two diseases (and putting aside for the moment the question of the alleged effect of vaccination in lessening smallpox) it looks as if vaccinia [vaccine-induced disease] were becoming, so far as the community is concerned, the more serious disease of the two.

- Dr. Vernon Coleman, MB

Related: Reasons Why Many People Refuse The Flu Shot

4. Vaccine Campaigns Were Always Known to Cause Outbreaks

In Compulsory Vaccination in England (1884), William Tebb observed: “Vaccination was made compulsory by an Act of Parliament in the year 1853; again in 1867; and still more stringent in 1871.

Since 1853, we have had three epidemics of small-pox, each being more severe than the one preceding.”

One quite well suppressed historical trend regarding vaccines is that serious outbreaks have a habit of occurring in the most heavily vaccinated areas and dodging less vaccinated areas.

Only the most facile logic presupposes that those areas enduring outbreaks must have not followed vaccine procedure correctly, or had the misfortune of “bad batches,” etc., etc.

The logical conclusion to draw from the evidence is that the vaccine campaigns were actually creating epidemics where none were likely to ever occur. Eminent medical men recognised this in the 1800s but did we listen?

Biggest Medical Scandal In History Breaking! UN Comes Clean, Admits Vaccine Death And Damage Coverup

On Dec 2nd and 3rd the UN funded WHO held a Global Vaccine Safety Summit where scientists admitted that vaccines are killing people, adjuvants in the vaccines are part of the problem, they have not conducted adequate safety studies. This is a bombshell report.

Related: How to Stop an Anti-Vaxxer: Training Video

While advocates argue correlation doesn’t equal causation (true enough), no independent investigator is satisfied with ignoring the mountains of evidence indicating causality, and which date back to the very beginnings of vaccination.

Big Pharma prostitutes of course can warn of the post hoc ergo propter hoc fallacy, but some of us extend our efforts end energies beyond mere fancy rhetoric – we also note that the correlation has a bi-directional effect, i.e., disease incidence and mortality regularly increases in the wake of vaccination, and also regularly drops with a corresponding decrease in vaccination rates. It goes both ways. Meaningless coincidence?

Anatomy of 3 epidemics and the smallpox statistics from England for the period 1857-1873, spanning the outbreaks

Related: Texas Republican Says Vaccines Are 'Sorcery,' Claims 'Parental Rights' Are More Important Than Science

Notice the disproportionately high increases in smallpox mortality rates above as compared to population growth. Meanwhile, we remember that Leicester abandoned infantile vaccination and eliminated smallpox simply by thoroughly enhancing sanitation methods.

“It’s the environment, stupid!” Our programmed fear of smallpox, flu, and other “dreaded” diseases is out of all proportion with reality and shows that we have forgotten how potent basic natural and common sense measures can be in staying healthy.

Also worth noting: exposure doesn’t equal illness – the internal terrain must conduce to the development of symptoms.

Below is a graph also from Tebb’s book showing that the mandating of smallpox vaccination did not prevent the mortality rate from more than doubling within thirty years, while the population increased by only about one third.

Related: WikiHow goes insane with vaccine propaganda, teaches children how to “get vaccinated in secret” by scheming against “anti-vaxxer” parents who WikiHow warns might “abuse” their own children

In summarising the origins of vaccine fraud, coverups, and the resultant vaccine religion, Jennifer Craig PhD states:

“The report of Dr. William Farr, (1807 – 1883), Compiler of Statistics of the Registrar General of London and considered to be the first developer of vital statistics, stated:

Smallpox attained its maximum mortality after vaccination was introduced. The mean annual mortality for 10,000 population from 1850 to 1869 was at the rate of 2.04, whereas after compulsory vaccination, in 1871 the death rate was 10.24.

In 1872 the death rate was 8.33 and this after the most laudable efforts to extend vaccination by legislative enactments.”

The compulsory vaccination law was repealed in 1907. By 1919, England and Wales had become one of the least vaccinated countries and had only 28 deaths from smallpox out of a population of 37.8 million people.

According to official figures of the Registrar General of England, 109 children under five years in England and Wales died of smallpox between 1910 and 1933. In that same period 270 died from vaccination.

Between 1934 and 1961 not one smallpox death was recorded but 115 children under five years died from smallpox vaccination

5. Statistical Wizardry: When In Doubt White it Out!

One of the lynch pins of the vaccine machine has always been systematic (and often high-level) deception in order to maintain the illusion of efficacy.

Put bluntly, when things don’t pan out as the vaccinists want, they simply tinker with the data and play semantic games to create figures that seem to support a given vaccine program/goal.

Sometimes, the tactic is more straightforward: gather the data and bin it so it never sees the light of day, as William Thompson has recently elucidated for us regarding the MMR scandal whereby the CDC knew of the MMR-autism link and deliberately buried the evidence (for some 14 years!).

Related: The debate is over: The MMR vaccine can cause Autism, and the CDC is engaged in a criminal conspiracy to cover up this fact

Meanwhile, Dr Andrew Wakefield was defamed, ostracized, chased out of England, and left to pick up the pieces of his life without a shred of evidence supporting the vindictive narrative created against him. However, we’re focusing in on pre-WWII material here for a historical perspective that will be easy to digest.

Maurice Beddow Bayly, member of the Royal College of Surgeons, LRCP, wrote in 1934:

After vaccination was introduced, cases of aseptic meningitis were reported as a separate disease from polio, but such were counted as polio before the vaccine was introduced.

The Ministry of Health admitted that the vaccine status of the individual is a guiding factor in diagnosis…

If a person who is vaccinated contracts the disease, the disease is simply recorded under a different nameThose who contracted polio after the first inoculation were placed on the non-inoculated list

It’s obvious that this practice of screening statistics, apparently in order to suppress facts unfavourable to immunization, invalidates most of the evidence brought forward by the supporters of immunization.

In short, when the numbers don’t support pro-vax dogma, medical authorities simply change them to suit their purposes.

Considering the embarrassingly large sums of money that governments have invested in vaccine campaigns (and the attendant propaganda/psychological warfare), it is somewhat understandable that in their cowardly bureaucratic state of mind, rather than admit to such monstrous mistakes which have generated such incomprehensible human suffering, said bureaucrats and medical stooges simply try to hide the evidence and save face.

(There is of course the malignant influence of Big Pharma and its greed lurking in the background too, along with the publicly known depopulation program.)

We will elaborate on this statistical fraud theme with more recent examples in our follow up.

Related: The Great Big Autism Obfuscation

After Jenner’s death, when vaccinated people continually contracted smallpox, thus repeatedly proving the fraud of the smallpox vaccine, the medical records were to show  they had “pustular eczema” instead.

Instead of admitting the dangerous and ineffectual nature of the earliest vaccines, however, authorities plowed ahead creating more and more vaccines, all on the same superstitious premises that gave birth to the mythology now rammed down our throats.

George Bernard Shaw (1856 – 1950) saw this data-recording fraud firsthand:

During the last considerable epidemic at the turn of the century, I was a member of the Health Committee of London Borrough Council, and I learned how the credit of vaccination is kept up statistically by diagnosing all the revaccinated cases (of smallpox) as pustular eczema, varioloid or what not – except smallpox."

The fact is that the medical authorities have been lying and covering their tracks all along, just as Edward Jenner, the godfather of the vaccine lie, was right from the start.

So vaccines are safe and effective are they? Is that why after Japan started compulsory smallpox vaccination in 1872 smallpox rates increased thereafter?

After twenty years, their records indicated 165,774 cases with 29,979 deaths – ALL of them vaccinated. Meanwhile, in Australia, where there was no such compulsion, there were only three deaths in fifteen years.

Who Needs Antivaxxers? Hear the Truth from IMAC’s Director: Dr Nikki Turners Greatest Quote So Far

Dr Nikki Turner, IMAC Director (New Zealands Immunisation Advisory Council) has just advised the world the flu vaccine WON'T protect you! If your vaccination advisory "experts" are telling you this, then what else do they really want to tell you? It's time you started questioning vaccines.

Related: Vaccines cause brain damage -- United States vs. Zeller

Clearly we are protecting ourselves from these diseases somehow, and it starts with the basics: sanitation, hygiene, and nutrition.

I could go on and on with the stat’s but hopefully you get the idea.

Those of you inclined to object to my “fixation” on smallpox while I lay out some basic historical context for vaccination must wait for the follow up article for a more “inclusive” exposé based on more recent material. If you love vaccines you probably won’t like it. See below for concluding sentiments.

Related: FDA Admits Vaccines Contaminated With Serious Viruses Including Cancer

A Note on Planned Forced Vaccination Tthrough the Biosecurity Act of 2015 (and Equivalent Legislation)

The technocracy thrown up around us and calling itself “civilization” is a dark and brutal beast emanating from the collective unconscious, and unless we collectively awaken and take a stand for truth and the right to self-determination, then this situation will only become more dire (as is planned), particularly with the TTP and its equivalents now brought in, setting the stage for full-blown corporate control of all facets of human life.

With measures such as the Biosecurity Act 2015 (Australia see here), the government will be creating the legal framework to forcibly vaccinate people against their will (including those subjects in the high risk category for severe abreaction) under the pretense of protecting public health.

Consider Dr Hadwen’s 1896 statement (from his aforementioned speech) on the issue of compulsory vaccination:

As a medical man I look upon vaccination as an insult to common sense, as superstitious in its origin, unscientific in theory and practice, and useless and dangerous in its character; whilst as a father and a citizen I view the Compulsory Vaccination Acts as demoralising in their tendencies, degrading in their character, cruel and unjust in their enactments, and an unwarrantable interference with parental responsibility and liberty such as ought not to be tolerated...."

Nearly forty years later, researcher Anne Riley Hale shared this sentiment on the subject of mandatory vaccination:

But to put behind it the full force of the Government – the public funds and the police powers of the State – to enforce these destructive and disease-breeding inoculations upon the unwilling and the defenseless, constitutes a form of tyranny in modern times which shames most of the despotisms of the past."

Fear and ignorance are used daily by the Establishment to scare people so silly that the thought of investigating the evidence for and against vaccination never even occurs to them.

Our collective ignorance is the best weapon the Establishment has to coerce and cajole us into a forced vaccination agenda.

If you want to have some idea of what that will look like if it succeeds, just take a look at America where the vaccine schedule is the most intense on the planet, the infant death rate is absolutely atrocious (far worse than various countries using far less vaccines), and autism is now at 1 in 45 and still rising – just as the vaccine schedule is planned to continue to do so.

Fact or Fiction: Aborted Baby DNA in Vaccines

To end the controversial debate on whether aborted fetal fragments are in our most common vaccines, we asked THE expert. Adult stem cell pioneer, Dr. Theresa Deisher, PhD, breaks down the science and provides the facts on this very controversial topic.

Related: Gone too soon - children killed by vaccines

Thus far, as we have let our egos get in the way of learning the truth, it is the children primarily who have paid, but if the forced vaccine agenda succeeds, we all will.

Knowledge is power, and vaccine slogans are not knowledge. Propaganda is not wisdom. Groupthink is not a sound basis for epistemology.

Truth is not nearly so well funded as cancerous lies, and the peer review system is broken (just ask any of the scientists we have interviewed!). Remember to ask “who benefits?”

We can change this if we want. What are we choosing to create from here? Have we had enough of the vaccine scandals?

Related: Shocking vaccine truth: Hundreds of cancer genes are deliberately engineered into the MMR vaccine to promote cancer for generations to come

Related Articles:

Ebola Was Engineered: US Government And Bill Gates Own The Patents And Related Vaccines

Ebola in DRC: New vaccine to be tested on 500,000 Congolese

50 Year Old Woman Dies Within 48 Hours After Receiving 8 Vaccines

Vaccines an unresolved story in many ways

Vaccine Free

Vaccines -The True Weapons Of Mass Destruction

Vaccines: “preventing every bad thing”

Profile of a CIA-funded vaccine propagandist: Lena Sun at the Washington Post attacks natural health pioneers while pimping deadly vaccines

You will never look at vaccinated children the same! Shedding Viruses

New calls emerge for “anti-vaxxers” to be thrown in re-education camps while their children are kidnapped and their homes seized

Thousands Rally in DC for Vaccine Injury Awareness

Two huge vaccine scandals the press is ignoring

Facebook Reveals Its Own Censorship Tactics To Congressman Posey

Zuckerberg Tells Congress How Facebook Censors Vaccine Safety

Canada Health Minister Accused of Faking Flu Shot While Pushing Vaccines

User Clip: Zuckerberg on Vaccines

Man, Measles, and Make-believe - Andrew Wakefield, MBBS

Highly recommended: This is God father of vaccines under oath- he gives away so much

Court hears claims GSK 'directed and controlled' HSE over swine flu vaccine

Baby Receives 13 Vaccines - Dies in Mothers Arms

Is India actually free of polio?

Vaccines: The Science Isn't Settled, It's Corrupt! Hilary Butler with Vinny Eastwood

YouTube, Google, Facebook and Vimeo are complicit in the massive polio outbreak cover-up: It’s all caused by vaccines

Leaked Pentagon Video Shows Vaccine Designed to ~ Modify Behavior ~

Dr. Brian Hooker In Medford at Southern Oregon Vaccine Education Seminar

Gardasil Vaccine Found To Increase Cervical Cancer Risk By 44.6% In Women Already Exposed To HPV

Highly toxic ingredients are deliberately formulated into mandatory vaccines so that you are forced to submit to being poisoned

Inside the Life of an Anti-Vaxxer

Millions Protest Mandatory Vaccines in Poland

Great interview here from 2 great minds on vaccines (Hilary Butler & Dr. Suzanne Humphries), full of gems re measles, rubella during pregnancy , you don’t need to login to fb to view

Facts About California's Mandatory Vaccine Law

Michelle Malkin rises above them all, demands “freedom to question vaccines,” even in the face of extreme medical tyranny and Big Tech censorship


FDA Admits Vaccines Contaminated With Serious Viruses Including Cancer

The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has published shocking results which found that cells used in the manufacturing of numerous childhood vaccines are often contaminated with serious viruses including cancer.

The FDA study looked at vaccines that are made from living cells, or replicated cell substrates that some manufacturers are investigating to create.

Related: Has The Australian Government Gone Stark-Raving Mad? + Basic Vaccine Lies In The World Of Fake News

According to research, these cells are oftentimes contaminated with hidden viral fragments which have the potential to cause cancer.

These viruses are dormant, meaning they live “quietly” inside other cells. However, eventually these cells no longer hide and circulate throughout the body in the form of serious disease.

As a result, a person injected with a vaccine containing these cancer-causing micro-organisms may not display signs of health complications until long after they have been jabbed sometimes several years later.

An experiment injecting rodents with vaccines yielded surprising results showing that the rats now had tumor cells.

“In some cases the cell lines that are used might be tumorigenic, that is, they form tumors when injected into rodents,” the FDA paper explains.

“Some of these tumor-forming cell lines may contain cancer-causing viruses that are not actively reproducing. Such viruses are hard to detect using standard methods. These latent, or ‘quiet,’ viruses pose a potential threat, since they might become active under vaccine manufacturing conditions.”

Related: U.S. Govt Loses Landmark Vaccine Lawsuit & Expert Study Shows Vaccinations Actually Turn Your Own Bodies Immune System Against You

The list of tumorigenic or cells that run the risk of causing cancer include MDCK and CHO cells (for influenza virus vaccines), 293 and PER.C6 cells (for adenovirus-vectored HIV-1 and other vaccines), and tumor-derived cells such as HeLa cells (for HIV-1 vaccines) according to the FDA.

Although this author is against the injection of foreign chemicals into his own body, the FDA proceeded with the study for other reasons.

The FDA writes they want “to ensure the safety of vaccines, our laboratory is investigating ways to activate latent viruses in cell lines and to detect the activated viruses, as well as other unknown viruses, using new technologies.

We will then adapt our findings to detect viruses in the same types of cell substrates that are used to produce vaccines.”

The FDA adds, “These methods will enable FDA scientists to help manufacturers to determine whether their specific cell substrate is safe to use for vaccine production.

The methods our laboratory are developing and testing will help to ensure the production of safe and effective vaccines in two ways:

1. FDA will be able to develop testing guidelines for manufacturers who use new cell substrates for producing vaccines; and

2. FDA will publish the new methods it develops in peer-reviewed scientific journals, thus making them readily accessible to all manufacturers.”

The FDA is also evaluating the risk of retrovirus infections in humans such as Simian foamy virus (SFV) which can be transmitted from monkeys to humans.

Vaxxed 2 Producers Release Devastating Information To The World

Mike Adams interviews the producers of the film Vaxxed 2, the follow up to the explosive film Vaxxed. See more about the upcoming film here.

Harvard Medical School Professors Uncover A Hard To Swallow Truth About Vaccines

Although, the FDA says “there is no evidence that SFV causes disease.” However, the FDA cautions that the virus can “remain in a lifelong quiet state in the DNA after infection.”

Despite these claims, we know that polio and smallpox vaccines contain monkey, pig, kidney and other foreign cells that are contaminated with SIV, SFV, and various other cancer-causing viruses.

Most are also well aware that the Polio vaccine SV40 is documented on record by the CDC themselves (on a now - deleted page) to have cost people their lives and caused cancer.

However, you can confirm the web page existed by using Archive.org’s time machine. Also there’s other evidence that SV40 has been detected in some human tumors.

So the claim made by the FDA “there is no evidence that SFV causes disease” is a laughably ill-researched statement.

In other gene sequencing news, recently it has been reported by scientists in a separate study that there are 560 cancer genes in the human gene sequencing for GlaxoSmithKline’s (GSK) combination vaccine for measles, mumps, rubella, and varicella (MMRV).

Cancer genes aren’t the only worry with MMR vaccines or vaccines in general. As Activist Post has previously expressed, mercury and aluminum have long been debated by people like Robert Kennedy Jr. as ingredients (adjuvants) in vaccines that could cause autism.

Related: The Deeper Reason For Drug Ads On Television & The Pharmaceutical Industry Is Largely Run By Leftists,
Stunning New Research Finds… Vaccine Mandates, Drugging Of Children, Chemotherapy And More

This is for good reason since we know that both aluminum and mercury are neurotoxins that harm the body at high levels.

RFK, Jr. believes “it’s the preservative Thimerosal in the vaccines that causes autism.”

Kennedy expressed his opinion in a weighty now-deleted piece on the CDC whistleblower entitled “CDC’s Latest Tuskegee Experiment African American Autism and Vaccines.” (archive)

Thiomersal isn’t the only ingredient in vaccines; they have admitted to traces of aluminum, which is classified as a neurotoxin to the body and stated that “despite using it for 90 years medical sciences’ understanding about using aluminum as a vaccine adjuvant is remarkably poor.

In 2017, Activist Post reported a previous separate study that confirmed aluminum in vaccines may cause Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), and children who suffer from it have up 10 times more metal in their brains than what is considered a safe amount for adults.

Those researchers discovered that aluminum causes the membrane to separate the brain from blood flowing to it, thus affecting its internal temperature, non-neuronal cells and inflammatory cells.

Another previous study in 2012, from the peer-reviewed medical journal Lupus by Lucija Tomljenovic, PhD and Christopher A. Shaw, PhD of the University of British Columbia corroborates those claims, indicating that aluminum toxicity targets the mitochondria.

Lead Supervisor in Merck Says Vaccines Not Safe

A compelling interview with Jorge Araujo, former lead supervisor in Merck’s vaccine department, on his search for safety data and why he decided not to vaccinate his own children. Trailer is below, full interview is here.

Vaccines now being used to harvest biometric identities of everyone; Big Brother merges with Big Pharma

That experiment found evidence that aluminum as an adjuvant can lead to permanent detrimental alterations of the brain and immune system function.

court ruling in the UK found that the Swine Flu vaccinations had caused brain damage and Guillain-Barre syndrome (GBS) in multiple kids in 2015  who took the jab.  

Another case in an Italian court in September, 2014, “ruled mercury and aluminum in vaccines cause autism” and awarded a plaintiff’s family compensation for their young boy who developed autism from a six-in-one hexavalent vaccine manufactured by GlaxoSmithKline.

GSK even admits INFANRIX Hexa can cause several deadly illnesses, but insists that its risk-benefit profile “continues to be favorable.” In 2013, two kids were awarded millions by the vaccine court, confirming the MMR vaccine causes autism.

There are several additional court cases; although the CDC and pharmaceutical industry would love to have these covered up, I dug them up. One MMR clinical trial’s results were faked by Big Pharma Merck.  

Merck knowingly falsified its mumps vaccine test results to fabricate a “95% efficacy rate.” In order to do this, Merck “spiked the blood test with animal antibodies to artificially inflate the appearance of immune system antibodies,” as reported by CourthouseNews.com.

In fact, regarding the use of aluminum and other metals in vaccines as an adjuvant, we may all be part of a 90-year-old experiment where we were all the lab rats.

Aluminum is an experimentally demonstrated neurotoxin and the most commonly used vaccine adjuvant. Despite almost 90 years of widespread use of aluminum adjuvants, medical science’s understanding about their mechanisms of action is still remarkably poor.

There is also a concerning scarcity of data on toxicology and pharmacokinetics of these compounds. In spite of this, the notion that aluminum in vaccines is safe appears to be widely accepted.

Experimental research, however, clearly shows that aluminum adjuvants have a potential to induce serious immunological disorders in humans.

In particular, aluminum in adjuvant form carries a risk for autoimmunity, long-term brain inflammation and associated neurological complications and may thus have profound and widespread adverse health consequences.

In our opinion, the possibility that vaccine benefits may have been overrated and the risk of potential adverse effects underestimated, has not been rigorously evaluated in the medical and scientific community.

We hope that the present paper will provide a framework for a much needed and long overdue assessment of this highly contentious medical issue."

US National Library of Medicine National Institutes of Health

The MMR vaccine isn’t the only vaccine under scrutiny. In 2017, the Centers for Disease Control (CDC) announced there might be a link between miscarriages and vaccinations.

The researchers found that women who had miscarriages between 2010 and 2012 were more likely to have had back-to-back annual flu shots including the Swine flu vaccine that a UK court ruled caused brain damage and Guillain-Barre syndrome (GBS) in multiple kids in 2015, as Natural Blaze reported.

At this point, the FDA effectively just inadvertently proved that jabbing yourself with a vaccine is the equivalent to trying Chinese research chemicals.

Except that these deadly chemical combinations are approved by the FDA.

The question on everyone’s minds is, how wasn’t any of this identified long before any of these vaccines were ever approved for use by the masses? Especially, the Polio and Smallpox vaccines which have injured and killed many over the years.

Related: Vaccine Authoritarians Try To Censor Billboard That Dares Ask, “Do You Know What’s In A Vaccine?” &
Australia Will Now Fine Parents Twice A Month If They Don’t Vaccinate Their Kids

Where at first the problem may have been isolated to metallics (aluminum) used in vaccines that the US National Library of Medicine National Institutes of Health has admitted their understanding of as a main adjuvant in vaccines is “poor.”

The new issue is vaccines that are made from living cells, or replicated cell substrates that may cause cancer or other serious diseases.

Despite all this evidence, forced vaccinations are occurring in places like BC, Canada where, as Activist Post reported, parents have no choice but to vaccinate children.

As this writer previously wrote, vaccines affect individuals differently and can have adverse side effects; now parents need to worry about deadly cells hidden beneath the vaccines that can cause illnesses.

Is it ever really safe to put a foreign substance into your body when each person’s body functions differently and has a different chemical make up? As RFK, Jr. says when it comes to vaccines: “Let the evidence speak for itself.”

Read more at ActivistPost

Related Articles:

USA Today bestselling author Jennifer Jaynes, who penned thrillers exposing the murderous vaccine deep state, found shot to death

WHO admits polio outbreak in the Philippines caused by polio vaccines… outbreak “caused by vaccine-derived poliovirus type 2”

NZ Ministry of Health Can Count to Potato

Vaccine-Injured Teen Heals From Severe Symptoms After Detox Diet & Herbal Formula

Congressman Confronts Zuckerberg About Censoring Information About Vaccine Safety

Shocking vaccine truth: Hundreds of cancer genes are deliberately engineered into the MMR vaccine to promote cancer for generations to come

CDC Vaccines Include Fetus DNA Sparking Cancer

Report says deadly pandemic could sweep world in 36 hours - killing millions

Healthy Infant Dies Of “SIDS” Within 48 Hours Of 8 Vaccines

Flea and tick vaccine rendered millions of cats autistic claims veterinarian

Measles Vaccination Is Not Protecting Against Measles

The two areas with highest measles outbreak have MMR vaccination rates of 97 percent.* Yes, you read it right, more than that 95 percent figure our Ministry of Health advisers keep telling us would ensure “herd immunity"!

The lowest vaccinated regions have the lowest measles rates, or indeed zero cases as is the case in Gisborne.

Related: Harvard Immunologist: Unvaccinated Children Pose Zero Risk To Anyone And Here’s Why + New York Times
Confirms Natural News Investigation: Mumps Now Spread Mostly By Vaccinated Children

Next let’s look at the official data for the Canterbury outbreak, which is now officially over. Cumulative total for that outbreak was 49! You may be surprised as we were led to believe it was a big outbreak. This information obtained under the OIA may shed some light:

Dr Shane Reti to the Associated Health Minister (27 Aug 2019): “How many samples tested at the National Measles Laboratory in Christchurch, if any, identified the vaccine strain of the measles virus?”

Hon Julie Anne Genter replied: “61 samples tested between 1 January 2019 and 19 July 2019 detected the vaccine strain of the measles virus and were subsequently identified as not being cases of measles.”

Please do read that statement again and see that based on the official data, the majority of measles cases were due to measles vaccine, not wild measles. I let you draw your own conclusions!

Also, have you noticed that in all announcements those older than 50 are told that they don’t need MMR vaccine? Ever wondered why?

They are immune due to natural exposure to measles in childhood (remember measles parties) and any such immunised-for-life mother was able to pass that immunity to her baby during pregnancy and via breastfeeding.

Related: Vaccines For Profit And Destruction & You Cannot Be Pro-Freedom And Pro-Forced Vaccinations At The Same Time

So, prior to the measles vaccines, measles was a childhood disease which parents knew how to deal with (cod liver oil - VitA - plenty of fluid, sleep in a dark room, rest at home) and other parents would welcome their children’s exposure and thus-acquired life-time immunity. Measles wasn’t even an issue for a healthy breast-fed child.

All problems arose after measles vaccination started and as a result many people started to get measles at an age - inappropriate time.

Also, as mothers no longer had immunity, they couldn’t pass it to their babies. And as we see, based on our own official data, the measles vaccine doesn’t offer protection for our children and there is a mass, hyped panic re measles!

Also, your readers may like to know that if someone is vaccinated with MMR and develops measles in the following two weeks, their status is recorded as “unvaccinated”!

This artificially and misleadingly increases the number of “unvaccinated” cases and reduces the number who have been vaccinated and develop measles.

Any nurse in Auckland hospitals could tell you that more than half of those turning up with measles are vaccinated!

Do Vaccines Cause Autism? Highly Informative Video

Share this video with everyone you know. Why? Because it explains the real story of how the vaccine industry is damaging countless children while getting away with it.

Related: Cot Deaths Linked To Vaccinations + Harvard Medical School Doctor: Vaccine Science Is Not Settled

A majority of those categorised as “Unknown” are indeed vaccinated against measles but don’t have their vaccination records, while their parents testify that they had vaccinated their kids according to the NZ schedule.

Pacific Islanders, who have one of the highest vaccination rates in NZ, also have the highest rate of measles. The higher rate of hospitalisation (which is defined as more than three hours in hospital) is partly due to quarantine cases where the patient can’t be sent home for isolation purposes (and not due to the severity of their case).

I find the lack of advice for treatment of this childhood disease from public health officials extremely disconcerting.

And as you see, blaming outbreaks on the unvaccinated is not borne by official data. Indeed, if we are truly concerned by measles outbreaks we would halt MMR vaccine immediately, as data shows those populations with a higher rate of MMR are more likely to develop measles.

Theo Brandt, Communications manager for The Immunisation Advisory Centre, University of Auckland responds. New Zealand is experiencing a serious outbreak of measles, the worst we’ve seen in decades.

Many people, particularly infants too young to be fully immunised, have suffered severe complications requiring intensive hospital treatment. This is not a disease that can always be managed by a healthy lifestyle, cod liver oil or rest.

Related: Measles outbreak: Housing conditions a factor in South Auckland spike

Misconceptions are being shared across social media in New Zealand about our MMR immunisation coverage, the seriousness of measles and the effectiveness of the MMR vaccine.

1. Some people claim that data from the Ministry of Health and the National Immunisation Register (NIR) show high MMR coverage across the country.

This incorrect claim is based on misuse of data. The data show that of children offered MMR vaccination, 97 percent completed and 3 percent declined. Population coverage cannot be calculated from these two groups alone.

This calculation does not include many other children who were eligible but did not complete or decline vaccination. Omitting this group from the calculation creates a false impression of overinflated coverage. Inferring failure of population protection made from these claims is incorrect.

New Zealand has a measles outbreak because our immunisation coverage is sub-optimal. Historically it was particularly low, leaving many adolescents and midlife adults now at risk, often unaware they are not protected. If all eligible people had two doses of MMR, measles could not spread so easily.

This is well demonstrated in other countries using the same vaccine, where rates of vaccine coverage of 95 percent or greater shows sustained prevention of the spread of measles.

2. An uncommon but known side effect of the MMR vaccine is the occurrence of a mild rash and fever. This is caused by the immune system’s response to the measles or rubella component of the vaccine.

People with this rash have a reaction to the vaccine strain, not transmissible measles. They cannot pass on measles to anyone and are correctly excluded as measles cases.

3. It is true that some people with measles have had two doses of the MMR vaccine (currently 75 of the 1275 cases in New Zealand). This is because no vaccine is 100 percent effective.

Related: There Is Deadly Formaldehyde In Clothing, Food, Cigarettes And Vaccines - What Will You Be Wearing, Eating,
Smoking And Injecting Today?

When tens of thousands of people are vaccinated, a small number of these will still contract the disease. If 100 vaccinated people were all exposed to measles, we would expect 1 or 2 to get the disease. If 100 unvaccinated people were exposed to the disease, then about 90 of them would get measles.

4. Mothers immunised against measles do pass on some protection to their unborn child. This protection doesn’t last more than a few months.

Measles is not a disease that can be easily treated.

The complications from measles can be managed, but as mentioned, there are never any guarantees that we will successfully manage all cases, even in well-nourished, breast-fed children and with the most advanced heathcare. It is a credit to the NZ health services that to date no one has died in this outbreak, despite much severe illness.

Although we can’t treat measles, we can prevent it. Since 2000, 21.1 million deaths have been prevented by the measles vaccine (World Health Organisation data).

The WHO cautions against “Vaccine misinformation” which it indicates “has the potential to impact public health and is as contagious and dangerous as the diseases it helps spread”.

Related Articles:

Improved access to immunisation needed: PM Jacinda Ardern

Vaccine Industry In Panic Mode As *Vaccinated* Children Keep Dying From The Flu All Across America

Vaccines-The True Weapons Of Mass Destruction

Vaccine Free

Whooping cough outbreak sweeps through Texas school with 100% vaccination rate, PROVING that vaccines don’t work (yet again)

Polio Vaccination - Still Causing Polio After All These Years

“It’s Degrading” - Mothers of Vaccine-Injured Children Speak Out

Measles vaccination is not protecting against measles

Vaccine ingredient warning: Ethyl mercury in vaccines 50 times more toxic than methyl mercury in fish

Dr. Suzanne Humphries - Neonatal Immunity: The First Three Years Parts 1-6

Part One | Part Two | Part Three | Part Four | Part Five | Part Six

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Amazing Science Lesson: Environmentalists Declare War On Photosynthesis In Stupefying Effort To Exterminate All Recognizable Life On Planet Earth
January 21 2020 | From: NaturalNews

We were all taught how photosynthesis works in high school… or at least you should have been taught how it works. Photosynthesis is arguably the single most important metabolic process on the planet, and it is from this process that nearly all complex life is sustainted.

Photosynthesis is a process by which plants produce metabolic energy. 

Related: Green Gestapo Says You're Mentally Ill If You Challenge Climate Change + Over 30,000 Scientists Say 'Catastrophic Man-Made Global Warming' Is A Complete Hoax And Science Lie

Using this energy combined with elemental materials pulled from air and soil, they build tree trunks, food crops, leaves, pollen, seeds, stems and everything you’ve come to associate with living plants.

Even alga use photosynthesis to grow and divide, which is why microalgae such as spirulina require sunlight to flourish.

Photosynthesis is the foundation of most food webs on the planet.

Any rational scientist would agree that if photosynthesis were halted, nearly all recognizable life on planet Earth would be exterminated.

This is inarguable.

Related: Things You Know That Ain't So - Carbon Dioxide Is A Pollutant

Photosynthesis Has Three Inputs:

1. Sunlight – A source of light energy

2. Carbon dioxide – An essential source of carbon, used by plants to build almost everything that plants need

3. Water – Used by plants to maintain structure, circulate metabolic nutrients, etc.

Why do these three inputs matter so much? Because environmentalists have declared WAR on two out of those three: Sunlight and carbon dioxide.

Related: Hollywood Sci-Fi Filmmakers Tapped To Dramatize Fictional Climate Change To Scare Everybody Into Voting For Climate Totalitarians